bert_annotations_isInstalled_train.tsv

'Is xbcd driver software installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is xbcd driver software installed?'			'1 - Look for the connector.\nLook for the connector. It should be attached at the end of your Xbox dongle. Proceed by cutting it off. Do this very carefully. You don’t want to ruin your controller. (By the way, if you need to replace or put back the connector and make it Xbox dongle compatible, buy a new one. It can cost around $4.)\n- ;'			None
'Is xbcd driver software installed?'			'2 - Once you have cut the connector, four wires are going to be exposed.\nOnce you have cut the connector, four wires are going to be exposed. They are compatible to a USB format (direct connectivity). Prepare to further expose the wires and then, match them up to the wires in your PC gamepad. Refer to the color codes of the wires to get the proper matching.'			None
'Is xbcd driver software installed?'			'3 - Get four pieces of tubing (shrink wrap).\nGet four pieces of tubing (shrink wrap). Slip one piece in every wire matching. Then, solder each piece so that the wires are successfully connected. Double check what you have done. See to it that the wires don’t separate when you pull them. Otherwise, solder again until the connection is firmer or stronger.'			None
'Is xbcd driver software installed?'			'4 - Bring out an electrical tape.\nBring out an electrical tape. Use it to protect your new connections. Cover the wires that you have just soldered. Roll the tape around the wires. Do this evenly and tightly. This can make your control less intermittent and allow you to enjoy your game better. So, if the tape wrapping is lousy, you may need to redo everything.'			None
'Is xbcd driver software installed?'			'5 - Go to your PC and then get your xbcd driver software.\nGo to your PC and then get your xbcd driver software. Install the software in your PC. After that, set to connect your controller. If you have done everything accurately, Windows should be able to automatically recognize your controller as an acceptable USB device.'			True
'Is xbcd driver software installed?'			'6 - Finished.\nFinished.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'0 - Installing the Hydra'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'1 - Open the box.\nOpen the box. Check if all the important accessories are inside. The Razer Hydra package typically includes:\n- Two motion-sensing controllers\n- A base station\n- A USB cable\n- A Quick Start Guide\n- ;'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'2 - Connect the controller to its base station.\nConnect the controller to its base station. Take the cable coming from the controller and plug it in to the dedicated port on the base station. There are two ports on the base station; the controller should be connected to the right-hand port.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'3 - Plug the base station to your computer.\nPlug the base station to your computer. Take the USB cable and plug the smaller end into the left-hand port on the base station. Take the other end of the USB cable and connect it to any available USB port on your computer.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'4 - Download the Razer Hydra driver installer.\nDownload the Razer Hydra driver installer. Open a web browser on your computer and download the Razer Hydra driver installer here:\n- http://www.razersupport.com/gaming-controllers/razer-hydra/.'			True
'Is web browser installed?'			'5 - Install the driver.\nInstall the driver. Once the download has finished, double-click on the downloaded file to start installing the driver then wait for it to finish installing.\n- A pop-up message will appear on the bottom-right corner of your computer screen notifying you that the Razer Hydra has been detected by your PC.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'0 - On Windows'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'1 - Open Start and type in device manager.\nOpen Start and type in device manager. This will search your computer for the "Device Manager" program, which allows you to reset hardware on your computer.\n- If your keyboard won\'t let you type correctly, scroll down to the Windows System folder and click it, click Control Panel, click the "View by" option and then select Large Icons if you\'re in Category view, and find Device Manager.\n- ;'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"2 - Click  Device Manager.\nClick  Device Manager. It's at the top of the Start window."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'3 - Scroll down and expand Keyboard.\nScroll down and expand Keyboard. Click the  icon to the left of the Keyboard heading. A drop-down list of your currently connected keyboards will appear.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"4 - Select the keyboard that you want to reset.\nSelect the keyboard that you want to reset. Click on a keyboard's name to select it.\n- If you're trying to reset an external keyboard (e.g., a wireless one), you can select it here."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'5 - Click the "Uninstall" icon.\nClick the "Uninstall" icon. This icon resembles a red "X" at the top of the window.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'6 - Click OK when prompted.\nClick OK when prompted. Doing so removes the keyboard from the Device Manager.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'7 - Click the "Search for updates" button.\nClick the "Search for updates" button. It resembles a computer monitor in the upper-right side of the Device Manager window. Clicking this will prompt the keyboard to reappear in Device Manager.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"8 - Select the keyboard again.\nSelect the keyboard again. Click the keyboard's name."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'9 - Click the "Update drivers" button.\nClick the "Update drivers" button. This option is at the top of the window, and resembles a black box with a green arrow facing upward.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"10 - Click Search automatically for updated driver software.\nClick Search automatically for updated driver software. It's the top option in the pop-up window. This will prompt Windows to begin searching for the most recent software updates for your keyboard."			None
'Is driver installed?'			"11 - Allow the newest drivers to install.\nAllow the newest drivers to install. If there are any drivers available for your keyboard they will install automatically.\n- If there aren't any new drivers, click Close in the bottom-right corner of the window when prompted."			True
'Is driver installed?'			'12 - Restart your computer.\nRestart your computer. Open Start and click Power , then click Restart. Once your computer finishes restarting, your keyboard should be fully reset.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'0 - Using Gboard on a Phone or Tablet'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			"1 - Download Gboard from the Google Play Store or App Store.\nDownload Gboard from the Google Play Store or App Store. This free keyboard (developed by Google) is available for Android and Apple phones and tablets. Since the iPhone/iPad keyboard does not allow you to enter the squared symbol, you'll need Gboard (or another keyboard app).\n- Gboard might be a system default keyboard for some Android phones and tablets.\n- ;"			True
'Is gboard installed?'			"2 - Make Gboard your default keyboard.\nMake Gboard your default keyboard.\n- If you're using an iPhone or iPad, go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Edit and add Gboard to the list of keyboards.\n- If you're using Android, go to Settings > System > Language and Input > Manage Keyboards and tap the switch next to Gboard to enable it."			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'3 - Open a text editing app.\nOpen a text editing app. You can open any app that allows typing, such as Google Docs, Notes, or your text messaging app.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'4 - Tap the typing area to open the keyboard.\nTap the typing area to open the keyboard.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			"5 - Press and hold the 2 on your keyboard.\nPress and hold the 2 on your keyboard. When you press and hold, you'll see the superscript or squared 2 pop-out above your finger."			None
'Is gboard installed?'			"6 - Press the pop-out ² key.\nPress the pop-out ² key. You'll see the squared number appear in the text field where your cursor is."			None
'Is text editing app installed?'			'0 - Using Gboard on a Phone or Tablet'			None
'Is text editing app installed?'			"1 - Download Gboard from the Google Play Store or App Store.\nDownload Gboard from the Google Play Store or App Store. This free keyboard (developed by Google) is available for Android and Apple phones and tablets. Since the iPhone/iPad keyboard does not allow you to enter the squared symbol, you'll need Gboard (or another keyboard app).\n- Gboard might be a system default keyboard for some Android phones and tablets.\n- ;"			None
'Is text editing app installed?'			"2 - Make Gboard your default keyboard.\nMake Gboard your default keyboard.\n- If you're using an iPhone or iPad, go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Edit and add Gboard to the list of keyboards.\n- If you're using Android, go to Settings > System > Language and Input > Manage Keyboards and tap the switch next to Gboard to enable it."			None
'Is text editing app installed?'			'3 - Open a text editing app.\nOpen a text editing app. You can open any app that allows typing, such as Google Docs, Notes, or your text messaging app.'			True
'Is text editing app installed?'			'4 - Tap the typing area to open the keyboard.\nTap the typing area to open the keyboard.'			None
'Is text editing app installed?'			"5 - Press and hold the 2 on your keyboard.\nPress and hold the 2 on your keyboard. When you press and hold, you'll see the superscript or squared 2 pop-out above your finger."			None
'Is text editing app installed?'			"6 - Press the pop-out ² key.\nPress the pop-out ² key. You'll see the squared number appear in the text field where your cursor is."			None
"Is hacker 's keyboard installed?"			'0 - '			None
"Is hacker 's keyboard installed?"			'1 - Open your device’s Settings menu.\nOpen your device’s Settings menu. Go to the Settings application on your device by tapping the gear app icon on your home screen or application drawer.'			None
"Is hacker 's keyboard installed?"			'2 - Open the Hacker’s Keyboard settings.\nOpen the Hacker’s Keyboard settings. Scroll down to the Language and Input menu, and tap on it. Under the list of Keyboards in the Language and Input menu, tap “Hacker’s Keyboard.” This will open the settings menu for the keyboard app.'			True
"Is hacker 's keyboard installed?"			'3 - Select a screen layout.\nSelect a screen layout. Look under the Keyboard View settings header. Here, you can set the keyboard to portrait or landscape mode by tapping on the option and using the slider to adjust the percentage.'			None
"Is hacker 's keyboard installed?"			'4 - Select a row layout.\nSelect a row layout. Under each screen layout option, portrait and landscape, you can choose to either have the 4-row or 5-row layout. The latter will have more buttons for advanced input, as well as arrow keys, Ctrl, Alt, and FN keys to name a few. Tap to select the option you prefer.\n- The 4-row layout is best for when the device is in portrait mode, and the 5-row layout is more efficient when used in landscape orientation.'			None
"Is hacker 's keyboard installed?"			'5 - Tinker with the other settings.\nTinker with the other settings. In the Settings menu for Hacker’s Keyboard, you will be able to find a host of other configuration options, all of which are plain to understand and try out. Tinker with the settings to get the best experience with the keyboard. It is a rewarding experience, especially when you frequently type on a Terminal emulator or when needing input that you can only do on a full PC keyboard.'			None
"Is hacker 's keyboard installed?"			'6 - Test it out.\nTest it out. Open an application with a text field to try Hacker’s Keyboard out. Your previous keyboard will be replaced with a plain Android Gingerbread-themed keyboard. The difference is that It will be almost like a desktop keyboard!\n- You can use the arrow keys when on the 5-row layout to move the text cursor, as well as the Esc key when using PC emulators on your Android device.'			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			'0 - Creating the key bind'			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"1 - Install and open the Razer Synapse program that came with your keyboard.\nInstall and open the Razer Synapse program that came with your keyboard. The program may by installed using the disk or may be installed online.\n- Insert the disc and click install.\n- If you didn't receive a disk, the program can installed at https://www.razerzone.com/downloads\n- \n- ;"			True
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"2 - Create an account.\nCreate an account. An account is needed to save all changes and macros created. \n- New users can click 'CREATE ACCOUNT'.\n- Past users may proceed by clicking 'LOGIN'."			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			'3 - Select the correct Razer device.\nSelect the correct Razer device. At the bottom left hand corner, select the Razer device that you would like to make changes to.\n- The device image will become highlighted to indicate it has been selected.'			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"4 - Click on the 'MACROS'.\nClick on the 'MACROS'. The 'MACROS' button can be found in the top header between 'KEYBOARD' and 'STATS'. \n- Click '+' to add a new macro.\n- Enter the desired name of the macro being created."			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"5 - Choose the delay desired between keystrokes.\nChoose the delay desired between keystrokes. There are three different options that may be chosen based on the user's desire. \n- Choosing 'RECORD DELAY'\xa0records the delay when recording keystrokes.\n- Choosing 'DEFAULT DELAY' allows one to set delays between keystrokes.\n- Choosing 'NO DELAY' will remove all delays between keystrokes."			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"6 - Click 'Record'.\nClick 'Record'. Once when the user clicks record, the recording begins immediately. \n- Type what you desire to bind to the keyboard.\n- The keystrokes will be recorded in order.\n- Click 'stop' to finish recording."			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"7 - Select the 'KEYBOARD' menu header.\nSelect the 'KEYBOARD' menu header. It can be located on the top header on the left hand side. \n- Click on the 'CUSTOMIZE' menu sub-header to get to the customization page."			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			'8 - Select the key(s) that you desire to be used for the macro.\nSelect the key(s) that you desire to be used for the macro. Any key(s) on the keyboard may be selected to key bind. \n- To select the key that you would like to bind, click on any of the keys on the keyboard image using your mouse.\n- Select more than one key to bind by holding down the left mouse button and highlighting over the keys.'			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"9 - Click the drop down menu under 'KEY ASSIGNMENT'.\nClick the drop down menu under 'KEY ASSIGNMENT'. The key must be set to a macro. \n- Scroll until you find the option 'MACRO' and click on it.\n- Change 'assign macro' to the macro that was created and named.\n- Be sure to click 'SAVE' in order to assign the macro."			None
'Is razer synapse installed?'			"10 - Select the playback option.\nSelect the playback option. This will allow the user to set the macro key to the desired amount of playback per keystroke. \n- Select 'play once' option will play the keystroke binding only once.\n- Only select 'play multiple times' if you would like the keystroke binding to play more than once with only one click."			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'0 - Using the Gboard App'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'1 - Download and install Gboard.\nDownload and install Gboard. Gboard is a custom keyboard that enables integrated Google Search and Android-style glide typing. Search for Gboard in the App Store and press “Get” to install. Upon launching, follow the explicit instructions displayed to get set up.\n- ;'			True
'Is gboard installed?'			'2 - Access Gboard’s keyboard settings.\nAccess Gboard’s keyboard settings. Launch the Gboard app and tap "Keyboard Settings". A list of keyboard settings will appear.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'3 - Toggle Glide Typing.\nToggle Glide Typing. Glide typing is a feature that allows you to type words by sliding your finger from key to key without lifting it away from the keyboard. This feature is unique to google keyboard and will not appear in the iOS settings.\n- The toggle will turn blue when it is on, gray color indicates that it is off.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'4 - Toggle Emoji Suggestions.\nToggle Emoji Suggestions. This feature recommends emojis in along with word suggestions as you type (e.g. typing the word ‘happy’ will suggest a smiley face in place of the word).'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'5 - Toggle Auto-correction.\nToggle Auto-correction. This feature automatically changes misspelled words as you type. Keep an eye on names and places when this feature is turned on - they may not be recognized by the auto-correct dictionary and changed to something you don’t want.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'6 - Toggle Auto-capitalization.\nToggle Auto-capitalization. This will automatically capitalize words at the beginning of sentences as well as recognized proper nouns like names.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'7 - Toggle Block offensive words.\nToggle Block offensive words. This feature will omit words deemed profane by the word filter. Having this on will not block manually typed words (though they may be targeted by auto-correct), but they will not appear when glide typing or as suggestions for word replacements.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'8 - Toggle Character preview.\nToggle Character preview. This feature displays a small popup of the key you just pressed while typing.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'9 - Toggle Enable caps lock.\nToggle Enable caps lock. This allows the keyboard to be locked into uppercase letters by tapping and holding the “Up Arrow” (or Shift) key on the keyboard. Caps lock is indicated by a solid line displayed underneath the arrow. If you find yourself accidentally entering caps lock when you don’t mean to then you can disable it entirely here.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'10 - Toggle Show lower case letters.\nToggle Show lower case letters. This option let’s you decide whether you want the keyboard display to switch to lowercase letters when uppercase is not set. Turning this off will not disabled lowercase letters, just make the display always show uppercase like a physical keyboard.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'11 - Toggle ".\nToggle "." shortcut. This option allows you to add a period without tapping the period key by instead double-tapping the space key. This can be useful for fast typists.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'0 - Changing Keyboard Order and Text Replacement'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'1 - Open iPhone or iPad settings.\nOpen iPhone or iPad settings. Here you can access all installed keyboards. Any of the settings here that match those in the Gboard will not apply to Gboard. Those must be changed from the Gboard app to affect Gboard’s behavior.'			True
'Is gboard installed?'			'2 - Access keyboard settings.\nAccess keyboard settings. Go to “General > Keyboard” to access the keyboard options.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'3 - Tap Keyboards.\nTap Keyboards. This button displays a list of all usable keyboards.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'4 - Set Gboard as the main keyboard.\nSet Gboard as the main keyboard. Tap “Edit” and tap and drag Gboard to the top of the list. Release and press “Done” to save your settings. This moves Gboard to the top of the list when switching between keyboards.'			None
'Is gboard installed?'			'5 - Edit text replacements.\nEdit text replacements. Go back to keyboard settings and tap “Text Replacement”. Here you can set filters and shortcuts for when you type. Tap the “+” button to enter a phrase and its replacement and tap “Save” to complete.\n- For example, iOS defaults with “omw” to be automatically replaced with “On my way!”. Changes to this setting will also be made in the Gboard app.'			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			'0 - Using Vim'			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			'1 - Type vi filename.txt into Terminal.\nType vi filename.txt into Terminal. The "vi" part of this command selects the Vim text editor as the program to use. You\'ll replace "filename" with the name you wish to assign to your new file.\n- For a file named "tamins", for example, you\'d type vi tamins.txt.\n- If your current directory has a file by the same name, this command will instead open that file.'			True
'Is vim text editor installed?'			"2 - Press ↵ Enter.\nPress ↵ Enter. This will create your new file and open it in the Vim editor. You should see a blank Terminal window with a tilde (~) on each line, as well as your text file's name at the bottom of the window."			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			'3 - Press your computer\'s i key.\nPress your computer\'s i key. Doing so will place your document in "Insert" mode, wherein you can enter text as needed.\n- You should see -- INSERT -- pop up at the bottom of the window when you press the I key.'			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			"4 - Enter your document's text.\nEnter your document's text. You can simply type as you typically would for any other text document. To save the current line of text and jump to the next line, you'll press ↵ Enter."			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			"5 - Press the Esc key.\nPress the Esc key. It's typically in the upper-left corner of your computer's keyboard. This key will stop the insert mode."			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			'6 - Press the : (colon) key.\nPress the : (colon) key. This key will place Vim in "Command" mode.\n- You should see a cursor appear at the bottom of the window.'			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			'7 - Type :w into Terminal and press ↵ Enter.\nType :w into Terminal and press ↵ Enter. This command will save your document as it currently is.'			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			"8 - Type :q into Terminal and press ↵ Enter.\nType :q into Terminal and press ↵ Enter. Doing so will quit out of Vim and return you to Terminal's main interface. Your text file is now in your specified directory.\n- You can check for the text file by typing ls into Terminal and pressing ↵ Enter and then looking for the file's name.\n- You can also type :wq to save and quit in one command."			None
'Is vim text editor installed?'			"9 - Reopen the file from the Terminal window.\nReopen the file from the Terminal window. Just as you did to create the file, you'll type vi filename.txt to open the file. This time when you open the file, you should see any saved changes that you made."			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			"1 - Install samba file system utilities.\nInstall samba file system utilities.\n- sudo apt-get install smbfs (In new version install sudo apt-get install cifs-utils)\n- \n- WH.performance.clearMarks('image1_rendered'); WH.performance.mark('image1_rendered');"			True
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'2 - Create a directory to use as the mount point.\nCreate a directory to use as the mount point.\n- sudo mkdir /mnt/backup'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'3 - Edit the file system table to include the new mount point.\nEdit the file system table to include the new mount point.\n- sudo vi /etc/fstab'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'4 - Append the following snippet to the end of the file.\nAppend the following snippet to the end of the file.  Scroll to the end and press a to append text.  Note that the text should all be on one line.\n- //YOUR_SERVER/YOUR_SHARE     /mnt/backup     cifs    domain=YOUR_DOMAIN,username=YOUR_USERNAME,password=YOUR_PASSWORD       0       0'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'5 - Save and exit.\nSave and exit.  To exit vi you leave edit mode by pressing escape.  Then enter command mode by typing colon.  Then enter wq to write and quit.\n- Type <escape>:wq<return>'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'6 - Reload the fstab file to mount the share.\nReload the fstab file to mount the share.\n- sudo mount -a'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'7 - Check the mount was successful by listing the contents of the share.\nCheck the mount was successful by listing the contents of the share.\n- ls /mnt/backup'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'1 - Understand that in Linux, software is bundled in packages which can be downloaded from repositories (repos).\nUnderstand that in Linux, software is bundled in packages which can be downloaded from repositories (repos). Installation tools are called package managers which automatically resolve dependencies on other software libraries.\n- ;'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'2 - Now for the command line.\nNow for the command line. Open a root shell/terminal.'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'3 - Type the root password.\nType the root password.'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'4 - To update the package lists type yum check-update'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'To update the package lists type yum check-update'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'5 - Type yum install "program name".\nType yum install "program name".'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'6 - For example, to install the Dillo web browser, you would type yum install dillo.\nFor example, to install the Dillo web browser, you would type yum install dillo.'			True
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			'7 - Confirm by pressing Y.\nConfirm by pressing Y.'			None
'Is dillo web browser installed?'			"8 - You're done!\nYou're done!"			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'1 - Make sure xvidcap is installed.\nMake sure xvidcap is installed.\n- ;'			True
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'2 - Go to a terminal and type xvidcap.\nGo to a terminal and type xvidcap. The xvidcap window will appear.'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'3 - Un-anchor the recording area by clicking the lock button.\nUn-anchor the recording area by clicking the lock button.'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'4 - Move the xvidcap window out of your desired recording area.\nMove the xvidcap window out of your desired recording area.'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'5 - Use the eyedropper to draw a rectangle around the area you wish to record.\nUse the eyedropper to draw a rectangle around the area you wish to record.'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'6 - Right click the test-0000.mpeg area and select preferences.\nRight click the test-0000.mpeg area and select preferences.'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'7 - Configure the video name and frame rate to your liking.\nConfigure the video name and frame rate to your liking.'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'8 - Get ready to record.\nGet ready to record.'			None
'Is xvidcap installed?'			'9 - Press the record button to begin.\nPress the record button to begin. You can pause recording, but if you stop it you cannot add any more video to the file.'			None
'Is steam installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is steam installed?'			'1 - Download and Install the Linux version of Steam, if you have not done so already.\nDownload and Install the Linux version of Steam, if you have not done so already. You can download the .deb file here or the .rpm/unpackaged file here.\n- ;'			True
'Is steam installed?'			'2 - Find out what the \'launch command\' for your non-Steam game is.\nFind out what the \'launch command\' for your non-Steam game is. For example, for the non-Steam version of Oil Rush, this would be (directories can change depending on your game\'s install location) ./home/user/Programs/OilRush/launcher_x86.sh\n- If the launch script for the program is in /usr/bin, take note of the name of the script used (for example, to launch Google Chrome, the launch path is simply: chrome)\n- If you are adding a WINE/PlayOnLinux program (a Windows-only game you play on Linux) you will need to find the location of the WINEPREFIX for said game. Then find the full directory path to the game. For default WINE the directory is commonly /home/user/.wine/drive_c/Program Files \xa0 or Program Files (x86) if you are using 64bit wine. \xa0 Refer to playOnLinux to find the location it stores your WINEPREFIXes at, as it can be different for some systems.\n- For an example we will be using my EvE-Online directory:/home/user/.wine/drive_c/Program Files (x86)/CCP/EVE/\n- The command used for WINE games should be as follows: WINEDEBUG=-all wine "/home/user/.wine/drive_c/Program Files (x86)/CCP/EVE/eve.exe"'			None
'Is steam installed?'			'3 - Add it to Steam.\nAdd it to Steam. After you have determined the path and launch commands for your program (super simple stuff, right?), open and log in to the Steam client.\n- Under the "Library" section in Steam, on the bottom left click "Add a Game..."\n- Click "Add a\xa0Non-Steam game.."\n- Here\'s the creative part. You will want to select any random program on the list. Fore example, you might use VLC Media Player.'			None
'Is steam installed?'			'4 - Modify the shortcut.\nModify the shortcut. You will notice now that VLC Media Player (or whatever you selected) will appear in the clients "SteamOS+Linux" Library list. Right-click on the name and select "Properties".\n- First you will change the name of the Shortcut. For example, you might name it "Eve - Online"\n- Next you go to the second box down which is "Target:". You will change this to your games launch command.\n- For the Linux game this was: "/home/user/Programs/OilRush/launcher_x86.sh"\n- For the WINE game this was: WINEDEBUG=-all wine "/home/user/.wine/drive_c/Program Files (x86)/CCP/EVE/eve.exe"\n- If the launch script is already in the /usr/bin folder, simply enter what the name of the script is here, with no quotes.\n- Note: Any /path/to/files should be in " " (quotes) to avoid weird things from happening. Seriously, aliens might invade. Use quotes and stay safe.\n- \n- If you are launching a non-steam Linux game, change the "Start In:" to the folder the launch script is located, for WINE/PoL games, or if the launch script is in /usr/bin, leave this as the default.\n- For Oil Rush "Start In:" should be: "/home/user/Programs/OilRush"\n- For Eve - Online it should be: "/usr/bin"\n- For Chrome it would be: "/usr/bin"'			None
'Is steam installed?'			"5 - Change the icon being used, if desired.\nChange the icon being used, if desired. To do this, either find a suitable icon with google search and download it, or find where your program stores it's icon at and use that. This varies a lot between programs; common places are in its launcher directory, in /usr/opt, in /home/user/Pictures/Icons, the list goes on.\n- For WINE/PoL games, if the icon is not easily located within the programs directory, it's likely saved inside the .exe itself, and you have two options..\n- Search for the icon online. This is simpler, and recommended.\n- Download a program that strips icon images from .exe files."			None
'Is steam installed?'			"6 - Launch the game_program of your choice directly from the Linux Steam client.\nLaunch the game/program of your choice directly from the Linux Steam client. You will have full access to all Steam client features, including in-game overlay complete with music player, web browser, IMs, friends list, the works. You will also get the steam FPS overlay in-game should you enable it in the Steam settings.\n- Also, you get the added advantage of people on your friends list seeing what game you're playing, even if it's not a Steam game, provided you named the shortcut in Steam properly. Enjoy!"			None
'Is rpm2cpio installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is rpm2cpio installed?'			"1 - RPM is a sort of cpio archive.\nRPM is a sort of cpio archive. So rpm2cpio converts the specified .rpm file to a cpio archive. Unpack the content of rpm is possible using standard archiving tools, regardless of your distribution’s package format. Even though rpm utility is capable of doing so , here is a more generic option on how to do it. WH.performance.clearMarks('image1_rendered'); WH.performance.mark('image1_rendered');"			None
'Is rpm2cpio installed?'			'2 - Open a terminal (or Console as it is usually called in KDE).\nOpen a terminal (or Console as it is usually called in KDE).'			None
'Is rpm2cpio installed?'			'3 - Download the rpm file which you want to install and place it in a place of your choice.\nDownload the rpm file which you want to install and place it in a place of your choice. mkdir testing cd testing  wget ftp://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/updates/11/SRPMS/mediawiki-1.15.1-50.fc11.src.rpm'			None
'Is rpm2cpio installed?'			'4 - Now using the two command line utilities, rpm2cpio and cpio you could try to extract all the files.\nNow using the two command line utilities, rpm2cpio and cpio you could try to extract all the files.  rpm2cpio mediawiki-1.15.1-50.fc11.src.rpm | cpio -idmv'			True
'Is rpm2cpio installed?'			'5 - You could also try installing with following arguments.\nYou could also try installing with following arguments.\n- i: Restore archive\n- d: Create leading directories where needed\n- m: Retain previous file modification times when creating files\n- v: Verbose i.e. display progress'			None
'Is rpm2cpio installed?'			'6 - The package most probably has been extracted to that directory.\nThe package most probably has been extracted to that directory. To check whether you have been successful in extracting it properly type in. ls \n- If you get some file names when you run the command, rpm has been extracted successfully into that directory.'			None
'Is cpio installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is cpio installed?'			"1 - RPM is a sort of cpio archive.\nRPM is a sort of cpio archive. So rpm2cpio converts the specified .rpm file to a cpio archive. Unpack the content of rpm is possible using standard archiving tools, regardless of your distribution’s package format. Even though rpm utility is capable of doing so , here is a more generic option on how to do it. WH.performance.clearMarks('image1_rendered'); WH.performance.mark('image1_rendered');"			None
'Is cpio installed?'			'2 - Open a terminal (or Console as it is usually called in KDE).\nOpen a terminal (or Console as it is usually called in KDE).'			None
'Is cpio installed?'			'3 - Download the rpm file which you want to install and place it in a place of your choice.\nDownload the rpm file which you want to install and place it in a place of your choice. mkdir testing cd testing  wget ftp://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/updates/11/SRPMS/mediawiki-1.15.1-50.fc11.src.rpm'			None
'Is cpio installed?'			'4 - Now using the two command line utilities, rpm2cpio and cpio you could try to extract all the files.\nNow using the two command line utilities, rpm2cpio and cpio you could try to extract all the files.  rpm2cpio mediawiki-1.15.1-50.fc11.src.rpm | cpio -idmv'			True
'Is cpio installed?'			'5 - You could also try installing with following arguments.\nYou could also try installing with following arguments.\n- i: Restore archive\n- d: Create leading directories where needed\n- m: Retain previous file modification times when creating files\n- v: Verbose i.e. display progress'			None
'Is cpio installed?'			'6 - The package most probably has been extracted to that directory.\nThe package most probably has been extracted to that directory. To check whether you have been successful in extracting it properly type in. ls \n- If you get some file names when you run the command, rpm has been extracted successfully into that directory.'			None
'Is apache server installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is apache server installed?'			'1 - Open the Terminal (Command Prompt) window on your Linux machine.\nOpen the Terminal (Command Prompt) window on your Linux machine. You can use the Terminal window to easily download and install the Apache server on your computer. Depending on your Linux version:\n- Click the icon on the top-left to open the Dash, type "Terminal," and hit ⏎ Return or ↵ Enter.\n- Press the Ctrl+Alt+T keyboard shortcut.\n- Click the Applications tab on the menu bar, select Accessories, and click Terminal.\n- ;'			None
'Is apache server installed?'			'2 - Type sudo apt-get install apache2 in Terminal.\nType sudo apt-get install apache2 in Terminal. This command will download and install the Apache server on your Linux machine.\n- This command will work in Ubuntu and other Debian Linux versions.\n- For Fedora / RHEL / Cent OS and Red Hat Enterprise Linux, type yum install httpd.'			True
'Is apache server installed?'			'3 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard. This will run the command, and prompt you to enter your user/root password.'			None
'Is apache server installed?'			'4 - Enter your user_root password.\nEnter your user/root password. This will confirm your action, and start downloading Apache on your computer.\n- Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return to confirm your password.'			None
'Is apache server installed?'			'5 - Press Y to continue.\nPress Y to continue. When you\'re prompted to install the required extra packages, type "Y" and press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return to proceed.\n- This will install all the required packages, and start your Apache server on your computer.\n- You will see a message saying "Starting web server apache2" in Terminal when your installation is finished.'			None
'Is apache server installed?'			'6 - Open your internet browser.\nOpen your internet browser. You can use any internet browser to check if your Apache server is successfully installed.'			None
'Is apache server installed?'			"7 - Type localhost in your browser's address bar.\nType localhost in your browser's address bar. Your Apache server should automatically start running on your localhost when it's finished installing."			None
'Is apache server installed?'			'8 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard. The localhost page should open up to the Apache2 Default Page.\n- If you see the Apache2 Default Page, your Apache server is up and running on this computer.\n- If your Apache server isn\'t running, you\'ll see a message saying "Unable to connect."'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'1 - Open the Terminal (Command Prompt) window on your Linux machine.\nOpen the Terminal (Command Prompt) window on your Linux machine. You can use the Terminal window to easily download and install the Apache server on your computer. Depending on your Linux version:\n- Click the icon on the top-left to open the Dash, type "Terminal," and hit ⏎ Return or ↵ Enter.\n- Press the Ctrl+Alt+T keyboard shortcut.\n- Click the Applications tab on the menu bar, select Accessories, and click Terminal.\n- ;'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'2 - Type sudo apt-get install apache2 in Terminal.\nType sudo apt-get install apache2 in Terminal. This command will download and install the Apache server on your Linux machine.\n- This command will work in Ubuntu and other Debian Linux versions.\n- For Fedora / RHEL / Cent OS and Red Hat Enterprise Linux, type yum install httpd.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'3 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard. This will run the command, and prompt you to enter your user/root password.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'4 - Enter your user_root password.\nEnter your user/root password. This will confirm your action, and start downloading Apache on your computer.\n- Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return to confirm your password.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'5 - Press Y to continue.\nPress Y to continue. When you\'re prompted to install the required extra packages, type "Y" and press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return to proceed.\n- This will install all the required packages, and start your Apache server on your computer.\n- You will see a message saying "Starting web server apache2" in Terminal when your installation is finished.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'6 - Open your internet browser.\nOpen your internet browser. You can use any internet browser to check if your Apache server is successfully installed.'			True
'Is internet browser installed?'			"7 - Type localhost in your browser's address bar.\nType localhost in your browser's address bar. Your Apache server should automatically start running on your localhost when it's finished installing."			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'8 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard. The localhost page should open up to the Apache2 Default Page.\n- If you see the Apache2 Default Page, your Apache server is up and running on this computer.\n- If your Apache server isn\'t running, you\'ll see a message saying "Unable to connect."'			None
'Is vim installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is vim installed?'			"1 - Check for an existing configuration file.\nCheck for an existing configuration file. To see if you already have the Xorg.conf file, run cat /etc/X11/xorg.conf. If the file exists, skip to Step 8. If there is no such file, you can create it from the console by continuing with this method.\n- Most people will never need to edit xorg.conf. You'll only need to create or edit this file if you have a specific reason, such as an advanced configuration or a need to add specific text required to make certain hardware work.\n- ;"			None
'Is vim installed?'			'2 - Press Ctrl+Alt+F1 to switch to a console.\nPress Ctrl+Alt+F1 to switch to a console. This will bring up a new login prompt.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is vim installed?'			"3 - Log in as the root user.\nLog in as the root user. If you're hesitant to log in as root, even from the console, you can log in as a regular user and preface the remaining commands in this method with sudo."			None
'Is vim installed?'			"4 - Run the stop command for your window manager.\nRun the stop command for your window manager. Some examples:\n- If you're using LightDM, you'll run service lightdm stop.\n- If you're using Gnome, you'll run service gdm stop."			None
'Is vim installed?'			"5 - Run cd _etc_X11 to enter the correct directory.\nRun cd /etc/X11 to enter the correct directory. This is where you'll be creating the configuration file."			None
'Is vim installed?'			'6 - Run sudo Xorg -configure.\nRun sudo Xorg -configure. This creates a skeleton file called xorg.conf in /etc/X11. Information from your hardware, such as your video card and mouse, will automatically be added to the file.'			None
'Is vim installed?'			"7 - Restart X using the start command for your window manager.\nRestart X using the start command for your window manager. For example, to restart LightDM, you'll run service lightdm start."			None
'Is vim installed?'			"8 - Open the configuration file for editing.\nOpen the configuration file for editing. For example, if you're using vim to edit, type vim /etc/X11/xorg.conf.\n- Preface the command with sudo if you don't have permission to edit the file."			True
'Is vim installed?'			"9 - Edit the necessary section.\nEdit the necessary section. Auto-configuration has already populated this file with necessary information about your hardware. If you need to make changes, you'll need to do to so in the correct section:[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Files: File path names, including font paths. Fonts should've been auto-detected by Xorg -configure, but if you need to add more, you can add a new entry such as fontpath (location).\n- Device: Video adapter and driver info.\n- Monitor:  This is where you can edit monitor specifics, such as the refresh rate, DPI, and gamma.  Only adjust these values if you know they should be adjusted, as incorrect values can break things.\n- Server Flags: General server flags, including how the server should react to signals.\n- Vendor: Vendor-specific info.\n- Module: Modules can be loaded into the XServer at startup to facilitate things like fonts and 3D graphics.\n- Extensions: Extension enabling.\n- Input Class: Input devices, such as mice, touchpads, and keyboards. Option XkbLayout controls the layout of your keyboard.\n- Server Layout: Controls things such as multiple desktops."			None
'Is vim installed?'			"10 - Save your changes and restart Xorg.\nSave your changes and restart Xorg. After saving the file, use your window manager's stop and start commands to restart Xorg. Some examples:\n- If you're using LightDM, you'll run service lightdm stop to stop, and then service lightdm start to restart.\n- If you're using Gnome, you'll run service gdm stop to stop the server, and then service gdm start to restart."			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			'0 - Booting into the Installer'			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			"1 - Back up your computer\nBack up your computer to an external hard drive. You'll be erasing your current operating system, so make sure that you have a backup of anything that you want to keep before continuing.\n- ;"			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			'2 - Download the Arch installation image.\nDownload the Arch installation image. Arch Linux can be downloaded in ISO format, from which point you can burn it onto a blank DVD in order to run the image on your computer. To download this image:\n- Make sure that you have either BitTorrent or uTorrent installed.\n- Go to https://www.archlinux.org/download/ in your browser.\n- Click the Torrent link below the "BitTorrent" heading.\n- Open the downloaded torrent in BitTorrent or uTorrent.\n- Wait for the Arch Linux torrent file to finish downloading.'			True
'Is bittorrent installed?'			"3 - Burn the image onto a blank DVD\nBurn the image onto a blank DVD. Once your Arch Linux ISO file finishes downloading via your torrent client, you'll burn it onto a blank DVD using your computer's DVD drive. Once the burning is complete, leave the DVD in your computer.\n- If your computer doesn't have a DVD drive, you'll need to buy an external DVD drive and attach it to your computer via USB cable."			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			"4 - Restart your computer.\nRestart your computer. Click Start , click Power , and click Restart in the menu.\n- On a Mac, you'll instead click the Apple menu , click System Preferences..., click Startup, click External Drive, and then restart by clicking Restart... in the Apple menu and clicking Restart when prompted."			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			'5 - Press the key that allows you to change the boot order.\nPress the key that allows you to change the boot order. On most newer computers, this is F12, though the exact key should be displayed on the screen during boot up. If there is no key to change boot order, press the BIOS Setup key (usually F1, F2, F10, or Del).\n- Skip this step on a Mac.'			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			'6 - Select your installation drive as the primary boot drive.\nSelect your installation drive as the primary boot drive. Set the drive (e.g., "DVD Drive" or "Disk Drive") that contains your Arch Linux DVD as the primary drive by selecting it and pressing the + key until it\'s at the top of the menu.\n- Skip this step on a Mac.\n- On some PCs, you may first have to open an "Advanced" tab or select a "Boot Options" section.'			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			'7 - Save and exit the "Boot Options" screen.\nSave and exit the "Boot Options" screen. You should see a key at the bottom or in the bottom-right corner of the screen that you can press to save and exit. After doing so, your computer will resume restarting.\n- Skip this step on a Mac.'			None
'Is bittorrent installed?'			'8 - Select Boot Arch Linux and press ↵ Enter.\nSelect Boot Arch Linux and press ↵ Enter. This will launch the Arch Linux installer, at which point you can proceed with partitioning your hard drive.'			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			'0 - Booting into the Installer'			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			"1 - Back up your computer\nBack up your computer to an external hard drive. You'll be erasing your current operating system, so make sure that you have a backup of anything that you want to keep before continuing.\n- ;"			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			'2 - Download the Arch installation image.\nDownload the Arch installation image. Arch Linux can be downloaded in ISO format, from which point you can burn it onto a blank DVD in order to run the image on your computer. To download this image:\n- Make sure that you have either BitTorrent or uTorrent installed.\n- Go to https://www.archlinux.org/download/ in your browser.\n- Click the Torrent link below the "BitTorrent" heading.\n- Open the downloaded torrent in BitTorrent or uTorrent.\n- Wait for the Arch Linux torrent file to finish downloading.'			True
'Is u torrent installed?'			"3 - Burn the image onto a blank DVD\nBurn the image onto a blank DVD. Once your Arch Linux ISO file finishes downloading via your torrent client, you'll burn it onto a blank DVD using your computer's DVD drive. Once the burning is complete, leave the DVD in your computer.\n- If your computer doesn't have a DVD drive, you'll need to buy an external DVD drive and attach it to your computer via USB cable."			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			"4 - Restart your computer.\nRestart your computer. Click Start , click Power , and click Restart in the menu.\n- On a Mac, you'll instead click the Apple menu , click System Preferences..., click Startup, click External Drive, and then restart by clicking Restart... in the Apple menu and clicking Restart when prompted."			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			'5 - Press the key that allows you to change the boot order.\nPress the key that allows you to change the boot order. On most newer computers, this is F12, though the exact key should be displayed on the screen during boot up. If there is no key to change boot order, press the BIOS Setup key (usually F1, F2, F10, or Del).\n- Skip this step on a Mac.'			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			'6 - Select your installation drive as the primary boot drive.\nSelect your installation drive as the primary boot drive. Set the drive (e.g., "DVD Drive" or "Disk Drive") that contains your Arch Linux DVD as the primary drive by selecting it and pressing the + key until it\'s at the top of the menu.\n- Skip this step on a Mac.\n- On some PCs, you may first have to open an "Advanced" tab or select a "Boot Options" section.'			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			'7 - Save and exit the "Boot Options" screen.\nSave and exit the "Boot Options" screen. You should see a key at the bottom or in the bottom-right corner of the screen that you can press to save and exit. After doing so, your computer will resume restarting.\n- Skip this step on a Mac.'			None
'Is u torrent installed?'			'8 - Select Boot Arch Linux and press ↵ Enter.\nSelect Boot Arch Linux and press ↵ Enter. This will launch the Arch Linux installer, at which point you can proceed with partitioning your hard drive.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'0 - Installing'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'1 - Set up a Wi-Fi connection.\nSet up a Wi-Fi connection. If your computer is plugged into your router via ethernet, you can skip this step. Using ethernet is preferable to using Wi-Fi.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type ip link and press ↵ Enter to determine the interface name of your network adapter.\n- Type pacman -S iw wpa_supplicant and press ↵ Enter to install the necessary software.\n- Type pacman -S dialog and press ↵ Enter to install the Wi-Fi menu.\n- Type pacman -S wpa_actiond and press ↵ Enter to install the software that allows you to automatically connect to known networks.\n- Type systemctl enable netctl-auto@interfacename.service to turn on the auto-connection service for your wireless adapter.\n- Next time you reboot, type wifi-menu interfacename to access the wireless menu for your adapter. After you connect to the network for the first time, you will be automatically connected for subsequent boots. Do not enter this now, or you will lose access to your network.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'2 - Install the base system.\nInstall the base system. Type in pacstrap /mnt base base-devel and press ↵ Enter. The system will begin installing onto your computer.\n- This process will usually take around 15-30 minutes depending on your Internet connection speed.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'3 - Open "chroot" access.\nOpen "chroot" access. Type in arch-chroot /mnt and press ↵ Enter. This will allow you to change aspects of the root directory, including the password.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			"4 - Set a password.\nSet a password. This is the password that you'll use to log into the root account. To do so:\n- Type in passwd and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type in a password and press ↵ Enter.\n- Retype your password and press ↵ Enter."			None
'Is grub installed?'			'5 - Set a language.\nSet a language. To do so:\n- Type in nano /etc/locale.gen and press ↵ Enter.\n- Scroll down to select your preferred language.\n- Select the letter directly in front of the "#" symbol behind your language and press Del.\n- Delete the "#" symbol from any other versions of your language (e.g., all versions of "en_US").\n- Press Ctrl+O (or ⌘ Command+O on a Mac), then press ↵ Enter.\n- Exit by pressing Ctrl+X or ⌘ Command+X.\n- Type in locale-gen and press ↵ Enter to finish setting up your language.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'6 - Select a time zone.\nSelect a time zone. To do so:\n- Type in cd usr/share/zoneinfo and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type in ls and press ↵ Enter.\n- Find your country or region, then type in cd usr/share/zoneinfo/country (e.g., America) and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type in ls again and press ↵ Enter.\n- Find your preferred time zone, then type in ln -s /usr/share/zoneinfo/country/timezone /etc/localtime and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'7 - Set a host name for your computer.\nSet a host name for your computer. To do so, type in echo name > /etc/hostname and press ↵ Enter.\n- To name your computer "Panda", for example, you\'d enter echo Panda > /etc/hostname here.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'8 - Download the GRUB bootloader.\nDownload the GRUB bootloader. This is the program that will install your Arch Linux for you. To do so:\n- Type in pacman -S grub-bios and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type in y and press ↵ Enter.\n- Wait for GRUB to finish downloading.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'9 - Install GRUB.\nInstall GRUB. Make sure that when you do this, you install it on your actual hard drive (e.g., "sda"), not the partition (e.g., "sda1"). To install GRUB:\n- Type in grub-install /dev/drive name (e.g., grub-install /dev/sda and press ↵ Enter.'			True
'Is grub installed?'			'10 - Create an "init" file.\nCreate an "init" file. This file stores information about your computer\'s hardware, making it available for utilization by Linux. To do so, type in mkinitcpio -p linux and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'11 - Create a configuration file for GRUB.\nCreate a configuration file for GRUB. To do so, type in grub-mkconfig -o /boot/grub/grub.cfg and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'12 - Create an "fstab" file.\nCreate an "fstab" file. Type in genfstab /mnt >> /mnt/etc/fstab and press ↵ Enter. Doing so allows Arch Linux to identify your partition\'s file systems.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'13 - Reboot your computer.\nReboot your computer. To do so, type in umount /mnt and press ↵ Enter, type in reboot, press ↵ Enter, remove your installation media, and wait for your system to finish rebooting.'			None
'Is grub installed?'			'14 - Log into your account.\nLog into your account. Type root into the "login" field and press ↵ Enter, then type your password in and press ↵ Enter. You have successfully installed and opened Arch Linux on your computer.\n- If you want to install a graphical user interface (GUI) that allows you to use the mouse, try installing GNOME on your computer.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'0 - Downloading the Tor Package'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"1 - Open the Tor website.\nOpen the Tor website. Go to https://www.torproject.org/projects/torbrowser.html in your web browser. This is where you'll download the Tor setup file.\n- ;"			True
'Is web browser installed?'			"2 - Click the Download tab.\nClick the Download tab. It's in the upper-right corner of the page. Doing so takes you to the Tor download page."			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'3 - Click DOWNLOAD.\nClick DOWNLOAD. This purple button is on the far-left side of the page.\n- This button should have "Linux 64-bit" written at the bottom of it. If you see another operating system\'s name (e.g., "Windows"), first click the Linux link to the right of the button.\n- If asked what to do with the setup file, make sure that you select the "Save" or "Download" option before proceeding.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'4 - Wait for the setup file to download.\nWait for the setup file to download. This should only take a few seconds.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'5 - Note the setup file\'s name.\nNote the setup file\'s name. You should see the setup file\'s name somewhere in the window; you\'ll need to know the language and version for the Tor setup file in order to install it.\n- For example, downloading the U.S. English version of Tor would result in the file name "tor-browser-linux64-7.5.2_en-US.tar.xz" for the most recent 64-bit version of Tor.\n- If you can\'t find the file\'s name, you\'ll be able to review it in the Downloads folder on your computer.'			None
'Is package installed?'			'0 - Installing on Ubuntu 16.04 via PPAs'			None
'Is package installed?'			"1 - First of all, this is a 3rd party package, your distro's maintainer can't audit this package, use with caution.\nFirst of all, this is a 3rd party package, your distro's maintainer can't audit this package, use with caution. That being said, first open a terminal by pressing Ctrl+Alt+T."			None
'Is package installed?'			'2 - Ensure you have an updated system.\nEnsure you have an updated system. Type in sudo apt-get update && sudo apt-get upgrade -y, you might get prompted for a password, type it in and press ↵ Enter, no dots or asterisks will appear as you type, this is normal.\n- While technically optional, this step is always recommended before installing anything, keeping your system updated will help prevent many problems.'			None
'Is package installed?'			'3 - Add the PPA repository to your system.\nAdd the PPA repository to your system. Type in sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/java, and then press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is package installed?'			'4 - Update your package lists again.\nUpdate your package lists again. Type in sudo apt-get update and wait for the lists to be refreshed.'			None
'Is package installed?'			'5 - Install the package.\nInstall the package. Type in sudo apt-get install oracle-java9-installer -y.\n- You might get prompted for a password, type it in and press ↵ Enter, no dots or asterisks will appear, this is normal.'			True
'Is package installed?'			"6 - Make Oracle's Java the default.\nMake Oracle's Java the default. In many Ubuntu derivatives, OpenJDK is set to be the default Java to be used, if you want Oracle's Java to be used by default you need to type sudo apt install oracle-java9-set-default."			None
'Is junit installed?'			'0 - Installing NetBeans'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'1 - Download NetBeans.\nDownload NetBeans. Get the latest NetBeans IDE installer from this site: https://netbeans.org/features/index.html. Click the “Download” button and the browser will start downloading the installer file to your computer.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'2 - Run the NetBeans installer.\nRun the NetBeans installer. Open your Linux computer’s command terminal by pressing CTRL + ALT + T keys on your keyboard. Once the command terminal is up, type in the following command: “chmod +x filename”.\n- The “filename” in the command refers to the name of the NetBeans installer file you downloaded.\n- The NetBeans setup window will then appear.\n- Note: If the installer doesn\'t appear, it may work if this is typed instead: /home/"username"/Downloads/"filename"\n- Insert your profile name instead of "username" and the NetBeans file instead of "filename".'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'3 - Start the setup.\nStart the setup. Click “Next” on the Welcome page of the NetBeans setup to begin.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'4 - Agree to the License Agreement.\nAgree to the License Agreement. The next page will show the licensing agreement for the NetBeans application. Read the agreement, put a checkmark on the Accept section and click “Next” to proceed.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'5 - Install JUnit.\nInstall JUnit. If you’d like to install the JUnit package with NetBeans, agree with the license agreement and click “Next.” Otherwise, you can simply skip this step and not install the JUnit package.'			True
'Is junit installed?'			'6 - Choose the installation directory.\nChoose the installation directory. On the next window you’ll be asked where you want to install the NetBeans application. If you wish to set your own, click on “Browse” and navigate to the directory of your choice. If you’d like to use the default location (recommended), then just click on “Next” to continue.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'7 - Choose the default JDK to install.\nChoose the default JDK to install. Next, you’ll be asked which JDK you want to install with NetBeans. If you’d like to install a specific JDK package, click the drop-down list and choose which one from the list you’d like to get. Otherwise, if you want to go with the recommended JDK package to install, just hit “Next” again to go to the next step.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'8 - Install GlassFish Server Open Source Edition.\nInstall GlassFish Server Open Source Edition. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'9 - Install Apache Tomcat.\nInstall Apache Tomcat. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'10 - View the summary.\nView the summary. On the Summary page of the setup you’ll be able to check that all needed components to be installed are selected and if your computer has enough memory to accommodate the application. Click the “Install” button to begin once you’re done checking the summary page.'			None
'Is junit installed?'			'11 - Finalize setup.\nFinalize setup. Once the installation process is complete, click the “Finish” button and you’re done installing NetBeans on Linux.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'0 - Installing NetBeans'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'1 - Download NetBeans.\nDownload NetBeans. Get the latest NetBeans IDE installer from this site: https://netbeans.org/features/index.html. Click the “Download” button and the browser will start downloading the installer file to your computer.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'2 - Run the NetBeans installer.\nRun the NetBeans installer. Open your Linux computer’s command terminal by pressing CTRL + ALT + T keys on your keyboard. Once the command terminal is up, type in the following command: “chmod +x filename”.\n- The “filename” in the command refers to the name of the NetBeans installer file you downloaded.\n- The NetBeans setup window will then appear.\n- Note: If the installer doesn\'t appear, it may work if this is typed instead: /home/"username"/Downloads/"filename"\n- Insert your profile name instead of "username" and the NetBeans file instead of "filename".'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'3 - Start the setup.\nStart the setup. Click “Next” on the Welcome page of the NetBeans setup to begin.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'4 - Agree to the License Agreement.\nAgree to the License Agreement. The next page will show the licensing agreement for the NetBeans application. Read the agreement, put a checkmark on the Accept section and click “Next” to proceed.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'5 - Install JUnit.\nInstall JUnit. If you’d like to install the JUnit package with NetBeans, agree with the license agreement and click “Next.” Otherwise, you can simply skip this step and not install the JUnit package.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'6 - Choose the installation directory.\nChoose the installation directory. On the next window you’ll be asked where you want to install the NetBeans application. If you wish to set your own, click on “Browse” and navigate to the directory of your choice. If you’d like to use the default location (recommended), then just click on “Next” to continue.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'7 - Choose the default JDK to install.\nChoose the default JDK to install. Next, you’ll be asked which JDK you want to install with NetBeans. If you’d like to install a specific JDK package, click the drop-down list and choose which one from the list you’d like to get. Otherwise, if you want to go with the recommended JDK package to install, just hit “Next” again to go to the next step.'			True
'Is jdk installed?'			'8 - Install GlassFish Server Open Source Edition.\nInstall GlassFish Server Open Source Edition. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'9 - Install Apache Tomcat.\nInstall Apache Tomcat. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'10 - View the summary.\nView the summary. On the Summary page of the setup you’ll be able to check that all needed components to be installed are selected and if your computer has enough memory to accommodate the application. Click the “Install” button to begin once you’re done checking the summary page.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'11 - Finalize setup.\nFinalize setup. Once the installation process is complete, click the “Finish” button and you’re done installing NetBeans on Linux.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'0 - Installing NetBeans'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'1 - Download NetBeans.\nDownload NetBeans. Get the latest NetBeans IDE installer from this site: https://netbeans.org/features/index.html. Click the “Download” button and the browser will start downloading the installer file to your computer.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'2 - Run the NetBeans installer.\nRun the NetBeans installer. Open your Linux computer’s command terminal by pressing CTRL + ALT + T keys on your keyboard. Once the command terminal is up, type in the following command: “chmod +x filename”.\n- The “filename” in the command refers to the name of the NetBeans installer file you downloaded.\n- The NetBeans setup window will then appear.\n- Note: If the installer doesn\'t appear, it may work if this is typed instead: /home/"username"/Downloads/"filename"\n- Insert your profile name instead of "username" and the NetBeans file instead of "filename".'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'3 - Start the setup.\nStart the setup. Click “Next” on the Welcome page of the NetBeans setup to begin.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'4 - Agree to the License Agreement.\nAgree to the License Agreement. The next page will show the licensing agreement for the NetBeans application. Read the agreement, put a checkmark on the Accept section and click “Next” to proceed.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'5 - Install JUnit.\nInstall JUnit. If you’d like to install the JUnit package with NetBeans, agree with the license agreement and click “Next.” Otherwise, you can simply skip this step and not install the JUnit package.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'6 - Choose the installation directory.\nChoose the installation directory. On the next window you’ll be asked where you want to install the NetBeans application. If you wish to set your own, click on “Browse” and navigate to the directory of your choice. If you’d like to use the default location (recommended), then just click on “Next” to continue.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'7 - Choose the default JDK to install.\nChoose the default JDK to install. Next, you’ll be asked which JDK you want to install with NetBeans. If you’d like to install a specific JDK package, click the drop-down list and choose which one from the list you’d like to get. Otherwise, if you want to go with the recommended JDK package to install, just hit “Next” again to go to the next step.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'8 - Install GlassFish Server Open Source Edition.\nInstall GlassFish Server Open Source Edition. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			True
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'9 - Install Apache Tomcat.\nInstall Apache Tomcat. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'10 - View the summary.\nView the summary. On the Summary page of the setup you’ll be able to check that all needed components to be installed are selected and if your computer has enough memory to accommodate the application. Click the “Install” button to begin once you’re done checking the summary page.'			None
'Is glassfish server open source edition installed?'			'11 - Finalize setup.\nFinalize setup. Once the installation process is complete, click the “Finish” button and you’re done installing NetBeans on Linux.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'0 - Installing NetBeans'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'1 - Download NetBeans.\nDownload NetBeans. Get the latest NetBeans IDE installer from this site: https://netbeans.org/features/index.html. Click the “Download” button and the browser will start downloading the installer file to your computer.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'2 - Run the NetBeans installer.\nRun the NetBeans installer. Open your Linux computer’s command terminal by pressing CTRL + ALT + T keys on your keyboard. Once the command terminal is up, type in the following command: “chmod +x filename”.\n- The “filename” in the command refers to the name of the NetBeans installer file you downloaded.\n- The NetBeans setup window will then appear.\n- Note: If the installer doesn\'t appear, it may work if this is typed instead: /home/"username"/Downloads/"filename"\n- Insert your profile name instead of "username" and the NetBeans file instead of "filename".'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'3 - Start the setup.\nStart the setup. Click “Next” on the Welcome page of the NetBeans setup to begin.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'4 - Agree to the License Agreement.\nAgree to the License Agreement. The next page will show the licensing agreement for the NetBeans application. Read the agreement, put a checkmark on the Accept section and click “Next” to proceed.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'5 - Install JUnit.\nInstall JUnit. If you’d like to install the JUnit package with NetBeans, agree with the license agreement and click “Next.” Otherwise, you can simply skip this step and not install the JUnit package.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'6 - Choose the installation directory.\nChoose the installation directory. On the next window you’ll be asked where you want to install the NetBeans application. If you wish to set your own, click on “Browse” and navigate to the directory of your choice. If you’d like to use the default location (recommended), then just click on “Next” to continue.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'7 - Choose the default JDK to install.\nChoose the default JDK to install. Next, you’ll be asked which JDK you want to install with NetBeans. If you’d like to install a specific JDK package, click the drop-down list and choose which one from the list you’d like to get. Otherwise, if you want to go with the recommended JDK package to install, just hit “Next” again to go to the next step.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'8 - Install GlassFish Server Open Source Edition.\nInstall GlassFish Server Open Source Edition. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'9 - Install Apache Tomcat.\nInstall Apache Tomcat. If this step appears on your setup process, you can choose either to install it on a specific location on your computer by clicking “Browse” or accepting the default installation directory by clicking “Next”.'			True
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'10 - View the summary.\nView the summary. On the Summary page of the setup you’ll be able to check that all needed components to be installed are selected and if your computer has enough memory to accommodate the application. Click the “Install” button to begin once you’re done checking the summary page.'			None
'Is apache tomcat installed?'			'11 - Finalize setup.\nFinalize setup. Once the installation process is complete, click the “Finish” button and you’re done installing NetBeans on Linux.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'0 - Using the Desktop Installer'			None
'Is installer installed?'			"1 - Understand the process.\nUnderstand the process. Ubuntu no longer supports using the Windows installer to install Ubuntu from within Windows, but you can still use it if you prefer. The installer will not work in Windows 8 or newer; you must be using Windows XP, Vista, or 7. The installer can also lead to problems that could be avoided by installing with a USB drive, even on supported machines. It is recommended that you use the USB method above unless absolutely necessary.\n- You can only use the installer to install Ubuntu alongside Windows. You can't use it to replace Windows. If you want to replace Windows with Ubuntu, use the USB method above."			None
'Is installer installed?'			'2 - Download the Wubi files.\nDownload the Wubi files. This is the installer for Ubuntu that allows you to install Ubuntu within the Windows environment, just like you would any Windows program. You can download the files from cdimage.ubuntu.com/wubi/current/.\n- Click the link for the "i386.tar.xz" file if you aren\'t sure which one applies to you. If you know that you meet the processor requirements for the 64-bit version, select "amd64.tar.xz" instead.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'3 - Extract the Wubi installer.\nExtract the Wubi installer. You\'ll need a program that supports GZIP in order to extract the files from the "tar.xz" file you downloaded. One of the most popular free programs is 7-Zip, which you can download from 7-zip.org. Once you\'ve installed 7-Zip, use it to open the "tar.xz" file that you downloaded. Extract the files inside into a new folder.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			"4 - Run the Wubi installer.\nRun the Wubi installer. There are only a few settings you'll need to change before running the installer, and they are all on the same menu."			None
'Is installer installed?'			'5 - Select how much space you want to allocate for Ubuntu.\nSelect how much space you want to allocate for Ubuntu. Ubuntu will create its own partition out of your available free space to install itself on. Use the drop-down menu to select how large you want this partition to be. Ubuntu needs at least 7 GB of space, more if you want to install programs and download files.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			"6 - Create a username and password.\nCreate a username and password. You'll need to create a user before you can install Ubuntu. You'll be able to create additional users after installing. Enter a password to keep your account secure."			None
'Is installer installed?'			'7 - Click the "Install" button and wait for Ubuntu to install.\nClick the "Install" button and wait for Ubuntu to install. The installer will download the necessary Ubuntu files, and then you will be prompted to reboot.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			True
'Is installer installed?'			'8 - Select "Ubuntu" when rebooting.\nSelect "Ubuntu" when rebooting. You\'ll see a new menu when your computer reboots, allowing you to select the operating system you want to use. Select Ubuntu to continue the installation process.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'9 - Continue to wait while Ubuntu installs.\nContinue to wait while Ubuntu installs. After Ubuntu boots up, it will continue installing for another 15 minutes or so. After the installation is complete, the computer will reboot again.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			"10 - Use the menu when starting your computer to select your operating system.\nUse the menu when starting your computer to select your operating system. Once Ubuntu is installed, you'll be prompted to select your operating system every time you start your computer. This is how you switch between operating systems."			None
'Is installer installed?'			'11 - Start using Ubuntu.\nStart using Ubuntu. You can start using Ubuntu as soon as you log in. There are a few wikiHow articles that can help you get comfortable:\n- \n- Click here to set up a network connection in Ubuntu.\n- Click here to install graphics card drivers.\n- Click here for a guide on learning how to use the Terminal.\n- Click here to learn how to install Ubuntu software.'			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'0 - Using the Desktop Installer'			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			"1 - Understand the process.\nUnderstand the process. Ubuntu no longer supports using the Windows installer to install Ubuntu from within Windows, but you can still use it if you prefer. The installer will not work in Windows 8 or newer; you must be using Windows XP, Vista, or 7. The installer can also lead to problems that could be avoided by installing with a USB drive, even on supported machines. It is recommended that you use the USB method above unless absolutely necessary.\n- You can only use the installer to install Ubuntu alongside Windows. You can't use it to replace Windows. If you want to replace Windows with Ubuntu, use the USB method above."			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'2 - Download the Wubi files.\nDownload the Wubi files. This is the installer for Ubuntu that allows you to install Ubuntu within the Windows environment, just like you would any Windows program. You can download the files from cdimage.ubuntu.com/wubi/current/.\n- Click the link for the "i386.tar.xz" file if you aren\'t sure which one applies to you. If you know that you meet the processor requirements for the 64-bit version, select "amd64.tar.xz" instead.'			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'3 - Extract the Wubi installer.\nExtract the Wubi installer. You\'ll need a program that supports GZIP in order to extract the files from the "tar.xz" file you downloaded. One of the most popular free programs is 7-Zip, which you can download from 7-zip.org. Once you\'ve installed 7-Zip, use it to open the "tar.xz" file that you downloaded. Extract the files inside into a new folder.'			True
'Is 7-zi installed?'			"4 - Run the Wubi installer.\nRun the Wubi installer. There are only a few settings you'll need to change before running the installer, and they are all on the same menu."			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'5 - Select how much space you want to allocate for Ubuntu.\nSelect how much space you want to allocate for Ubuntu. Ubuntu will create its own partition out of your available free space to install itself on. Use the drop-down menu to select how large you want this partition to be. Ubuntu needs at least 7 GB of space, more if you want to install programs and download files.'			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			"6 - Create a username and password.\nCreate a username and password. You'll need to create a user before you can install Ubuntu. You'll be able to create additional users after installing. Enter a password to keep your account secure."			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'7 - Click the "Install" button and wait for Ubuntu to install.\nClick the "Install" button and wait for Ubuntu to install. The installer will download the necessary Ubuntu files, and then you will be prompted to reboot.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'8 - Select "Ubuntu" when rebooting.\nSelect "Ubuntu" when rebooting. You\'ll see a new menu when your computer reboots, allowing you to select the operating system you want to use. Select Ubuntu to continue the installation process.'			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'9 - Continue to wait while Ubuntu installs.\nContinue to wait while Ubuntu installs. After Ubuntu boots up, it will continue installing for another 15 minutes or so. After the installation is complete, the computer will reboot again.'			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			"10 - Use the menu when starting your computer to select your operating system.\nUse the menu when starting your computer to select your operating system. Once Ubuntu is installed, you'll be prompted to select your operating system every time you start your computer. This is how you switch between operating systems."			None
'Is 7-zi installed?'			'11 - Start using Ubuntu.\nStart using Ubuntu. You can start using Ubuntu as soon as you log in. There are a few wikiHow articles that can help you get comfortable:\n- \n- Click here to set up a network connection in Ubuntu.\n- Click here to install graphics card drivers.\n- Click here for a guide on learning how to use the Terminal.\n- Click here to learn how to install Ubuntu software.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'0 - Set up your new router'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'1 - Plug your router into your internet socket if you want to share your internet.\nPlug your router into your internet socket if you want to share your internet.\n- ;'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'2 - Plug your router into your PC with an ethernet cable.\nPlug your router into your PC with an ethernet cable.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'3 - Go to your browser and type in the address "http:__192.168.0.1 192.168.0.1" or "http:__192.168.2.1 192.168.2.1", or "http:__192.168.1.1 192.168.1.1".\nGo to your browser and type in the address "http://192.168.0.1 192.168.0.1" or "http://192.168.2.1 192.168.2.1", or "http://192.168.1.1 192.168.1.1".'			True
'Is browser installed?'			'4 - Enter your user name and password from your router (often "admin" and "admin") then your internet service provider.\nEnter your user name and password from your router (often "admin" and "admin") then your internet service provider.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			"5 - Enable wireless and set your encryption (WPA as a minimum, WEP can be cracked in seconds) use AES encryption if you have it available, skip if you do not.\nEnable wireless and set your encryption (WPA as a minimum, WEP can be cracked in seconds) use AES encryption if you have it available, skip if you do not. and type a memorable passkey that is at least 64 characters.  It's a hassle, but you only have type it a few times."			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'1 - Install Systemback to your Linux system.\nInstall Systemback to your Linux system. This can only be done by using the terminal, so open it up. The keyboard shortcut is Ctrl+Alt+T. Then copy the following commands into the space provided. You may be required to type in an administrative password.\n- \n- sudo add-apt-repository ppa:nemh/systemback This command receives the repository of the software.\n- sudo apt-get update This command updates the repository list.\n- sudo apt-get install systemback This command downloads and installs your program.\n- ;'			True
'Is systemback installed?'			'2 - Launch Systemback.\nLaunch Systemback. In the screenshot above, we are using Application Finder to launch Systemback.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'3 - Select Live system create.\nSelect Live system create. If you wish to create a restore point before continuing, you can do that using Systemback.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'4 - Customize your image.\nCustomize your image. In this window, you can select a custom name for your new “distribution”. You can also change the directory (where the file will be stored) in this window. When you have finished customizing, click Create new.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'5 - Try not to use programs and modify any system settings.\nTry not to use programs and modify any system settings. The process of creating your system image has begun. Depending on the size of your system, this process could take hours to complete.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'6 - Wait for your Live system creation to finish.\nWait for your Live system creation to finish. When it does, the notification above will be displayed. Click OK to continue.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'7 - Convert your sblive file to an ISO.\nConvert your sblive file to an ISO. In the upper-right box, select the Live file you just created, and then click Convert to ISO.\n- This process will convert the sblive file to an ISO. Depending on the sblive file size, this process could take a while, but this process is much faster than creating the Live system itself.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'8 - After the conversion, exit Systemback.\nAfter the conversion, exit Systemback. Then open your file manager and open up your File System (Computer) → home. Your image file will be located here if you did not change the directory in step four.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'9 - Write your image file to a USB or DVD.\nWrite your image file to a USB or DVD. In the screenshot above, I am using UNetbootin.\n- \n- This article will guide you in writing your image to a USB.\n- This article will guide you in writing your image to a DVD.'			None
'Is systemback installed?'			'10 - Restart your system.\nRestart your system. When the bootscreen appears, repeatedly press F12, then select from the menu Boot From USB.'			None
'Is application installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is application installed?'			'1 - Download the software you wish to install.\nDownload the software you wish to install. The necessary files will usually be compressed into a .tar, .tgz, or .zip file.\n- If the script you downloaded is already in the ″INSTALL.sh″ format, you’ll need to compress it to a .zip or .tar file before you can continue. Right-click the script, select Compress…, choose .zip, and then click Create.\n- ;'			None
'Is application installed?'			"2 - Extract the Tar or Zip to your Desktop.\nExtract the Tar or Zip to your Desktop. Right-click the downloaded archive, and then select Extract Here (the exact text may vary by Linux version). This creates a new folder on your desktop containing the installation files.\n- If you're logged in via console, extract a .tar file by running tar -x filename.tar at the prompt.\n- To extract a .tgz or .tar.gz file from the prompt, use tar -xzf filename.tgz or tar -xvf filename.tar.gz.\n- To unpack a .zip file from console, type unzip filename.zip."			None
'Is application installed?'			'3 - Double-click the extracted folder.\nDouble-click the extracted folder. If you don’t see the install.sh file inside, it’s likely in one of the subfolders. Figure out which folder it’s in, and then continue to the next step.'			None
'Is application installed?'			'4 - Open a terminal window.\nOpen a terminal window. A quick way to do this in most window managers is to press Ctrl+Alt+T on the keyboard.'			None
'Is application installed?'			'5 - Type cd ~_path_to_the_extracted_folder and press ↵ Enter.\nType cd ~/path/to/the/extracted/folder and press ↵ Enter. Replace ″path/to/the/extracted/folder″ with the full path to the folder that contains the install.sh file.\n- For example, if you extracted the files to your desktop, you may type cd ~Desktop/file name. After typing the first few letters of a folder’s name, you can press the Tab ↹ key to automatically its name.\n- To make sure you’re in the right folder, type ls -a at the command prompt and press ↵ Enter. You should see a list of the same files and folders as you do when you doubleclick the new folder on the desktop.'			None
'Is application installed?'			'6 - Type chmod +x install.sh and press ↵ Enter.\nType chmod +x install.sh and press ↵ Enter. If the installer is called something other than ″install.sh,″ type its name instead. This makes the installer file executable. You won’t see any confirmation message from this command.\n- As long as you don’t see an error, you’ll know the script is now executable.'			None
'Is application installed?'			'7 - Type sudo bash install.sh and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo bash install.sh and press ↵ Enter. Again, replace ″install.sh″ with the name of your .sh file if necessary.\n- If you get an error, try sudo ./install.sh instead.'			None
'Is application installed?'			'8 - Enter the root password and press ↵ Enter.\nEnter the root password and press ↵ Enter. This starts the installation of your application.'			True
'Is application installed?'			'9 - Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.\nFollow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation. Depending on the app, you may have to enter additional information to complete the install.'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'1 - If the project has no explicit releases, you may need to pull the source code directly from its CVS or SVN repository.\nIf the project has no explicit releases, you may need to pull the source code directly from its CVS or SVN repository. The websites of most such projects will have the corresponding command line which you only need to copy-paste to your system, for instance cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.savannah.gnu.org:/sources/classpath co classpath. The similar command usually downloads a large number of project files in a current folder.\n- ;'			True
'Is cvs installed?'			'2 - Look into the files README and INSTALL that should be at the top folder in the downloaded project.\nLook into the files README and INSTALL that should be at the top folder in the downloaded project. They may contain valuable information that will save you a lot of time.'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'3 - Some projects provide the build script as a shell script (usually named build.sh).\nSome projects provide the build script as a shell script (usually named build.sh). This is not very frequent, but happens for very old projects and also for new projects that try to provide a "user friendly" build procedure. If you find such file, try to use it first (the installation may be placed in a separate script that is usually named install.sh). If you find these scripts, just run them. Otherwise, proceed to the following steps.'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'4 - Search for the file called configure which also must be present in a project top folder.\nSearch for the file called configure which also must be present in a project top folder. It is usually a .sh script that will tune the project build system to your machine. If you find it, type ./configure or sh configure to run this script. ./configure usually has a lot of options that may help if the "default" run fails with error messages. Run the script with the key --help to see the options. If there is no configure script, it may be an old - style project which only uses make files, so you can proceed directly to the next step.'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'5 - Search for the file called makefile which may be initially present or appear after you run configure.\nSearch for the file called makefile which may be initially present or appear after you run configure. If you find it, type the command make. It should find the make file in the current directory and build the project for you.'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'6 - If there is no configure nor makefile in the project tree, it may be an ant - powered project with the build.xml file instead.\nIf there is no configure nor makefile in the project tree, it may be an ant - powered project with the build.xml file instead. In this case, type ant in the project root folder. While make is more popular for C and C++ projects, ant is popular for java projects.'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			"7 - If ant doesn't work either, or the project is C or C++, try running .\nIf ant doesn't work either, or the project is C or C++, try running ./autogen.sh to create the configure and makefile files. This uses Autoconf, automake and libtool to create these files."			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'8 - After you succeeded to compile the makefile - based project, try make install to place the project files into appropriate locations (to install the project).\nAfter you succeeded to compile the makefile - based project, try make install to place the project files into appropriate locations (to install the project). The default locations like /usr/lib or /usr/bin are usually only root-writeable, so this step usually needs administrator rights.'			None
'Is cvs installed?'			'9 - After the installation succeeds, try to type the short project name.\nAfter the installation succeeds, try to type the short project name. This usually invokes the newly compiled and installed program which is now ready to use.'			None
'Is svn installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is svn installed?'			'1 - If the project has no explicit releases, you may need to pull the source code directly from its CVS or SVN repository.\nIf the project has no explicit releases, you may need to pull the source code directly from its CVS or SVN repository. The websites of most such projects will have the corresponding command line which you only need to copy-paste to your system, for instance cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.savannah.gnu.org:/sources/classpath co classpath. The similar command usually downloads a large number of project files in a current folder.\n- ;'			True
'Is svn installed?'			'2 - Look into the files README and INSTALL that should be at the top folder in the downloaded project.\nLook into the files README and INSTALL that should be at the top folder in the downloaded project. They may contain valuable information that will save you a lot of time.'			None
'Is svn installed?'			'3 - Some projects provide the build script as a shell script (usually named build.sh).\nSome projects provide the build script as a shell script (usually named build.sh). This is not very frequent, but happens for very old projects and also for new projects that try to provide a "user friendly" build procedure. If you find such file, try to use it first (the installation may be placed in a separate script that is usually named install.sh). If you find these scripts, just run them. Otherwise, proceed to the following steps.'			None
'Is svn installed?'			'4 - Search for the file called configure which also must be present in a project top folder.\nSearch for the file called configure which also must be present in a project top folder. It is usually a .sh script that will tune the project build system to your machine. If you find it, type ./configure or sh configure to run this script. ./configure usually has a lot of options that may help if the "default" run fails with error messages. Run the script with the key --help to see the options. If there is no configure script, it may be an old - style project which only uses make files, so you can proceed directly to the next step.'			None
'Is svn installed?'			'5 - Search for the file called makefile which may be initially present or appear after you run configure.\nSearch for the file called makefile which may be initially present or appear after you run configure. If you find it, type the command make. It should find the make file in the current directory and build the project for you.'			None
'Is svn installed?'			'6 - If there is no configure nor makefile in the project tree, it may be an ant - powered project with the build.xml file instead.\nIf there is no configure nor makefile in the project tree, it may be an ant - powered project with the build.xml file instead. In this case, type ant in the project root folder. While make is more popular for C and C++ projects, ant is popular for java projects.'			None
'Is svn installed?'			"7 - If ant doesn't work either, or the project is C or C++, try running .\nIf ant doesn't work either, or the project is C or C++, try running ./autogen.sh to create the configure and makefile files. This uses Autoconf, automake and libtool to create these files."			None
'Is svn installed?'			'8 - After you succeeded to compile the makefile - based project, try make install to place the project files into appropriate locations (to install the project).\nAfter you succeeded to compile the makefile - based project, try make install to place the project files into appropriate locations (to install the project). The default locations like /usr/lib or /usr/bin are usually only root-writeable, so this step usually needs administrator rights.'			None
'Is svn installed?'			'9 - After the installation succeeds, try to type the short project name.\nAfter the installation succeeds, try to type the short project name. This usually invokes the newly compiled and installed program which is now ready to use.'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'1 - If the project has no explicit releases, you may need to pull the source code directly from its CVS or SVN repository.\nIf the project has no explicit releases, you may need to pull the source code directly from its CVS or SVN repository. The websites of most such projects will have the corresponding command line which you only need to copy-paste to your system, for instance cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.savannah.gnu.org:/sources/classpath co classpath. The similar command usually downloads a large number of project files in a current folder.\n- ;'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'2 - Look into the files README and INSTALL that should be at the top folder in the downloaded project.\nLook into the files README and INSTALL that should be at the top folder in the downloaded project. They may contain valuable information that will save you a lot of time.'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'3 - Some projects provide the build script as a shell script (usually named build.sh).\nSome projects provide the build script as a shell script (usually named build.sh). This is not very frequent, but happens for very old projects and also for new projects that try to provide a "user friendly" build procedure. If you find such file, try to use it first (the installation may be placed in a separate script that is usually named install.sh). If you find these scripts, just run them. Otherwise, proceed to the following steps.'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'4 - Search for the file called configure which also must be present in a project top folder.\nSearch for the file called configure which also must be present in a project top folder. It is usually a .sh script that will tune the project build system to your machine. If you find it, type ./configure or sh configure to run this script. ./configure usually has a lot of options that may help if the "default" run fails with error messages. Run the script with the key --help to see the options. If there is no configure script, it may be an old - style project which only uses make files, so you can proceed directly to the next step.'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'5 - Search for the file called makefile which may be initially present or appear after you run configure.\nSearch for the file called makefile which may be initially present or appear after you run configure. If you find it, type the command make. It should find the make file in the current directory and build the project for you.'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'6 - If there is no configure nor makefile in the project tree, it may be an ant - powered project with the build.xml file instead.\nIf there is no configure nor makefile in the project tree, it may be an ant - powered project with the build.xml file instead. In this case, type ant in the project root folder. While make is more popular for C and C++ projects, ant is popular for java projects.'			True
'Is ant installed?'			"7 - If ant doesn't work either, or the project is C or C++, try running .\nIf ant doesn't work either, or the project is C or C++, try running ./autogen.sh to create the configure and makefile files. This uses Autoconf, automake and libtool to create these files."			None
'Is ant installed?'			'8 - After you succeeded to compile the makefile - based project, try make install to place the project files into appropriate locations (to install the project).\nAfter you succeeded to compile the makefile - based project, try make install to place the project files into appropriate locations (to install the project). The default locations like /usr/lib or /usr/bin are usually only root-writeable, so this step usually needs administrator rights.'			None
'Is ant installed?'			'9 - After the installation succeeds, try to type the short project name.\nAfter the installation succeeds, try to type the short project name. This usually invokes the newly compiled and installed program which is now ready to use.'			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			'1 - Before you download Knoppix, take a look at some more information at the Knoppix Website.\nBefore you download Knoppix, take a look at some more information at the Knoppix Website. If you prefer (or are on dial-up), you can buy a disc from On Disk or other suppliers and skip to step 5.\n- ;'			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			"2 - Click on a location (preferably the one nearest to you) from this list (don't worry about FTP or HTTP).\nClick on a location (preferably the one nearest to you) from this list (don't worry about FTP or HTTP). Click on an image file (with the extension .iso) to download it."			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			"3 - After the download is completed, and if you know what a checksum (md5) is, you might want to check it for errors.\nAfter the download is completed, and if you know what a checksum (md5) is, you might want to check it for errors. Otherwise don't worry."			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			'4 - Burn the image file "as an image" (which will contain lot of files on a disc), rather than "a data disc" (which will simply contain an .iso file on a disc).\nBurn the image file "as an image" (which will contain lot of files on a disc), rather than "a data disc" (which will simply contain an .iso file on a disc). Windows XP allows users to directly burn files through Windows Explorer but does NOT support burning as images. Use something like InfraRecorder or ImgBurn instead.'			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			'5 - When the disc is done, reboot your computer with the disc left in.\nWhen the disc is done, reboot your computer with the disc left in.'			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			"6 - If all goes well, you'll be asked if you want to load Knoppix.\nIf all goes well, you'll be asked if you want to load Knoppix. Press return to start and it will load itself to your system's memory. Be patient, it could take 5 minutes."			True
'Is knoppix installed?'			"7 - After it's done, click on the K button at the bottom left to bring up a menu like the Windows start menu.\nAfter it's done, click on the K button at the bottom left to bring up a menu like the Windows start menu. Choose an application and click on it to begin using it."			None
'Is knoppix installed?'			"8 - Actually installing Knoppix to your hard disk drive isn't recommended, but to do so, read instructions from the official website or try KanotiX.\nActually installing Knoppix to your hard disk drive isn't recommended, but to do so, read instructions from the official website or try KanotiX."			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			'1 - Before you download Knoppix, take a look at some more information at the Knoppix Website.\nBefore you download Knoppix, take a look at some more information at the Knoppix Website. If you prefer (or are on dial-up), you can buy a disc from On Disk or other suppliers and skip to step 5.\n- ;'			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			"2 - Click on a location (preferably the one nearest to you) from this list (don't worry about FTP or HTTP).\nClick on a location (preferably the one nearest to you) from this list (don't worry about FTP or HTTP). Click on an image file (with the extension .iso) to download it."			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			"3 - After the download is completed, and if you know what a checksum (md5) is, you might want to check it for errors.\nAfter the download is completed, and if you know what a checksum (md5) is, you might want to check it for errors. Otherwise don't worry."			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			'4 - Burn the image file "as an image" (which will contain lot of files on a disc), rather than "a data disc" (which will simply contain an .iso file on a disc).\nBurn the image file "as an image" (which will contain lot of files on a disc), rather than "a data disc" (which will simply contain an .iso file on a disc). Windows XP allows users to directly burn files through Windows Explorer but does NOT support burning as images. Use something like InfraRecorder or ImgBurn instead.'			True
'Is imgburn installed?'			'5 - When the disc is done, reboot your computer with the disc left in.\nWhen the disc is done, reboot your computer with the disc left in.'			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			"6 - If all goes well, you'll be asked if you want to load Knoppix.\nIf all goes well, you'll be asked if you want to load Knoppix. Press return to start and it will load itself to your system's memory. Be patient, it could take 5 minutes."			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			"7 - After it's done, click on the K button at the bottom left to bring up a menu like the Windows start menu.\nAfter it's done, click on the K button at the bottom left to bring up a menu like the Windows start menu. Choose an application and click on it to begin using it."			None
'Is imgburn installed?'			"8 - Actually installing Knoppix to your hard disk drive isn't recommended, but to do so, read instructions from the official website or try KanotiX.\nActually installing Knoppix to your hard disk drive isn't recommended, but to do so, read instructions from the official website or try KanotiX."			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			'1 - Before you download Knoppix, take a look at some more information at the Knoppix Website.\nBefore you download Knoppix, take a look at some more information at the Knoppix Website. If you prefer (or are on dial-up), you can buy a disc from On Disk or other suppliers and skip to step 5.\n- ;'			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			"2 - Click on a location (preferably the one nearest to you) from this list (don't worry about FTP or HTTP).\nClick on a location (preferably the one nearest to you) from this list (don't worry about FTP or HTTP). Click on an image file (with the extension .iso) to download it."			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			"3 - After the download is completed, and if you know what a checksum (md5) is, you might want to check it for errors.\nAfter the download is completed, and if you know what a checksum (md5) is, you might want to check it for errors. Otherwise don't worry."			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			'4 - Burn the image file "as an image" (which will contain lot of files on a disc), rather than "a data disc" (which will simply contain an .iso file on a disc).\nBurn the image file "as an image" (which will contain lot of files on a disc), rather than "a data disc" (which will simply contain an .iso file on a disc). Windows XP allows users to directly burn files through Windows Explorer but does NOT support burning as images. Use something like InfraRecorder or ImgBurn instead.'			True
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			'5 - When the disc is done, reboot your computer with the disc left in.\nWhen the disc is done, reboot your computer with the disc left in.'			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			"6 - If all goes well, you'll be asked if you want to load Knoppix.\nIf all goes well, you'll be asked if you want to load Knoppix. Press return to start and it will load itself to your system's memory. Be patient, it could take 5 minutes."			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			"7 - After it's done, click on the K button at the bottom left to bring up a menu like the Windows start menu.\nAfter it's done, click on the K button at the bottom left to bring up a menu like the Windows start menu. Choose an application and click on it to begin using it."			None
'Is infrarecorder installed?'			"8 - Actually installing Knoppix to your hard disk drive isn't recommended, but to do so, read instructions from the official website or try KanotiX.\nActually installing Knoppix to your hard disk drive isn't recommended, but to do so, read instructions from the official website or try KanotiX."			None
'Is gimp installed?'			'0 - Using GIMP'			None
'Is gimp installed?'			'1 - Install GIMP.\nInstall GIMP. GIMP is a free image editor that comes installed on some Linux distributions. If you don\'t have it installed, you can get it for free using your distribution\'s package manager or Software Center. Open the Software Center, search for "gimp", and then install the "GIMP Image Editor".'			True
'Is gimp installed?'			'2 - Click the "File" menu and select "Create" → "Screenshot".\nClick the "File" menu and select "Create" → "Screenshot". The screenshot creation tool will open. This tool is very similar to the Gnome Screenshot utility.'			None
'Is gimp installed?'			"3 - Select the type of screenshot you want to take.\nSelect the type of screenshot you want to take. You can choose to take three different types of screenshots: single window, full-screen, or custom selection. If you choose the single window option, you'll be able to click the window that you want to take a screenshot of."			None
'Is gimp installed?'			"4 - Add a delay.\nAdd a delay. You can add a delay before the screenshot is taken so that you can arrange everything exactly how you want it. If you have single window or custom screenshots selected, you'll choose your screenshot target after the delay timer runs out."			None
'Is gimp installed?'			'5 - Click "Snap" to take the screenshot.\nClick "Snap" to take the screenshot. Depending on your settings, the screenshot may be taken immediately. When you\'re finished, the screenshot will open in the GIMP editing window.'			None
'Is gimp installed?'			'6 - Save the screenshot.\nSave the screenshot. If you don\'t want to make any edits to the screenshot, you can save it to your hard drive. Click the "File" menu and select "Export". Give the screenshot a name and choose where you would like to save it. Click the "Export" button once you are satisfied.'			None
'Is image magick installed?'			'0 - Using ImageMagick'			None
'Is image magick installed?'			"1 - Open the Terminal.\nOpen the Terminal. ImageMagick is a command-line utility that can capture screenshots for you. Many distributions come with ImageMagick already installed, but you can install it for free from your distribution's package manager if you don't have it.\n- To open the Terminal quickly in Ubuntu and many other distributions, press Ctrl+Alt+T."			None
'Is image magick installed?'			"2 - Install ImageMagick.\nInstall ImageMagick. On Debian-based distributions such as Ubuntu, type sudo apt-get install imagemagick and press ↵ Enter. You will be prompted for your administrator password. If ImageMagick hasn't been installed, it will begin downloading and installing. If it is already installed, you will be informed."			True
'Is image magick installed?'			'3 - Take a screenshot of the entire screen.\nTake a screenshot of the entire screen. Type import -window root Pictures/fileName.png and press ↵ Enter. Replace fileName with the name you want to give the screenshot.'			None
'Is image magick installed?'			'4 - Take a screenshot of a specific window.\nTake a screenshot of a specific window. Type import Pictures/fileName.png and press ↵ Enter. Replace fileName with the name you want to give the screenshot. The cursor will turn into a crosshair, and you can click the window that you want to capture.'			None
'Is image magick installed?'			'5 - Add a delay to the screenshot.\nAdd a delay to the screenshot. Type import -window root -pause # Pictures/fileName.png and press ↵ Enter. Replace # with the amount of seconds that you want to wait before the screenshot is taken. After waiting the set amount of time, the screenshot will be taken and you will be returned to the terminal prompt.'			None
'Is shutter installed?'			'0 - Using Shutter'			None
'Is shutter installed?'			'1 - Install Shutter.\nInstall Shutter. This is a popular screenshot program that contains some advanced upload and editing capabilities. If you take and share screenshots often, you may want to give this program a try.\n- You can find Shutter through most distribution\'s package managers. Simply search for "Shutter" and install the program.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- To install Shutter from the Terminal on Debian-based distributions, type sudo add-apt-repository ppa:shutter/ppa and press ↵ Enter. Update your repositories by typing sudo apt-get update, and then install Shutter by typing sudo apt-get install shutter.'			True
'Is shutter installed?'			'2 - Select the type of screenshot you want to take.\nSelect the type of screenshot you want to take. Along the top of the Shutter window, you\'ll see the three options that you can pick from: "Selection", "Desktop" and "Window". Click the button to select the type of screenshot you want to take.'			None
'Is shutter installed?'			'3 - Take your screenshot.\nTake your screenshot. If you selected "Desktop", your screenshot will be taken automatically. If you selected "Selection", the screen will dim and you can click and drag to create a selection box. Everything inside of the box will be captured. If you selected "Window", you can click the window that you want to take a screenshot of.\n- The screenshot will be saved automatically to your Pictures folder.'			None
'Is shutter installed?'			'4 - Edit the screenshot.\nEdit the screenshot. After taking the screenshot, a preview will appear in the Shutter window. Click the "Edit" button to open the Shutter editor. You can use the editor to highlight things on the screenshot or make notations. Click "Save" when you are finished.'			None
'Is shutter installed?'			'5 - Export the screenshot.\nExport the screenshot. You can send the screenshot to an image upload service, or add an FTP server to upload it to. Click the "Export" button to open the Export menu.\n- In the "Public hosting" tab, you can choose to upload the screenshot to your Dropbox account or a variety of online image hosting websites. You\'ll be asked for your account credentials when you select one.\n- In the "FTP" tab, you can enter in the connection information for your FTP server, which is useful if you post screenshots on a blog or website.\n- In the "Places" tab, you can move the screenshot to another location on your computer or network.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'0 - Using the Snap Store'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			"1 - Open the Snapcraft Store in your internet browser.\nOpen the Snapcraft Store in your internet browser. Type or paste https://snapcraft.io/store into your browser's address bar, and press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your screen."			True
'Is internet browser installed?'			'2 - Click the Store tab.\nClick the Store tab. This button is on a gray navigation bar at the top of the page.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			"3 - Find and click the software you want to install.\nFind and click the software you want to install. This will open the selected app's details on a new page."			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'4 - Scroll down and select your Linux distribution.\nScroll down and select your Linux distribution. Snap is available in a variety of different Linux distributions, including Ubuntu, Fedora, CentOS, and Linux Mint.\n- This will open a new page, and show the specific command prompt instructions for your system.\n- If you already have the snapd tool installed and enabled on your system, just click the green Install button on the app info page to see the install command.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			"5 - Open a Terminal window on your computer.\nOpen a Terminal window on your computer. You can open the command prompt from your desktop environment's applications menu."			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			'6 - Run the "Enable snapd" commands from the web page.\nRun the "Enable snapd" commands from the web page. Follow the instructions for your Linux distribution, and run the required commands in Terminal to install the snapd tool.\n- Some systems like Ubuntu 19.04 and 18.10 will not require any extra installation. Snap is already installed and ready to use.\n- Your system may require multiple steps to install and enable Snap. All the required commands are provided on this page for each available system.'			None
'Is internet browser installed?'			"7 - Type and run the selected app's install command in Terminal.\nType and run the selected app's install command in Terminal. After enabling Snap on your computer, find the installation command prompt for the selected app in the lower-right corner, and run it on your computer.\n- This command often looks like sudo snap install <app name>, such as sudo snap install opera for the Opera web browser.\n- This will install the selected app on your computer."			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'0 - Using the Snap Store'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			"1 - Open the Snapcraft Store in your internet browser.\nOpen the Snapcraft Store in your internet browser. Type or paste https://snapcraft.io/store into your browser's address bar, and press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your screen."			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'2 - Click the Store tab.\nClick the Store tab. This button is on a gray navigation bar at the top of the page.'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			"3 - Find and click the software you want to install.\nFind and click the software you want to install. This will open the selected app's details on a new page."			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'4 - Scroll down and select your Linux distribution.\nScroll down and select your Linux distribution. Snap is available in a variety of different Linux distributions, including Ubuntu, Fedora, CentOS, and Linux Mint.\n- This will open a new page, and show the specific command prompt instructions for your system.\n- If you already have the snapd tool installed and enabled on your system, just click the green Install button on the app info page to see the install command.'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			"5 - Open a Terminal window on your computer.\nOpen a Terminal window on your computer. You can open the command prompt from your desktop environment's applications menu."			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'6 - Run the "Enable snapd" commands from the web page.\nRun the "Enable snapd" commands from the web page. Follow the instructions for your Linux distribution, and run the required commands in Terminal to install the snapd tool.\n- Some systems like Ubuntu 19.04 and 18.10 will not require any extra installation. Snap is already installed and ready to use.\n- Your system may require multiple steps to install and enable Snap. All the required commands are provided on this page for each available system.'			True
'Is snapd installed?'			"7 - Type and run the selected app's install command in Terminal.\nType and run the selected app's install command in Terminal. After enabling Snap on your computer, find the installation command prompt for the selected app in the lower-right corner, and run it on your computer.\n- This command often looks like sudo snap install <app name>, such as sudo snap install opera for the Opera web browser.\n- This will install the selected app on your computer."			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'0 - Using the Ubuntu Apt Manager'			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'1 - Open a Terminal window on your Ubuntu_Debian system.\nOpen a Terminal window on your Ubuntu/Debian system. Click the Dash icon on the top-left and select the Terminal app to open a new window.\n- Alternatively, press Ctrl+Alt+T on your keyboard to open a new terminal window.'			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'2 - Type sudo apt-get update in terminal.\nType sudo apt-get update in terminal. This command will update your repositories, and make sure you have all the latest software packages for installation.'			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			"3 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard. This will run the command, and update your repositories.\n- If you're prompted, enter your user password to run the command."			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'4 - Run sudo apt-get upgrade in terminal.\nRun sudo apt-get upgrade in terminal. This command will upgrade all the installed software on your computer to the latest versions.'			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'5 - Run sudo apt-cache search [package name] to search.\nRun sudo apt-cache search [package name] to search. You can use this command to search and find software to install.\n- You will get a list of the matching packages below your search command.\n- For example, you can run sudo apt-cache search "opera-stable" to find the latest stable version of the Opera browser available for install.'			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'6 - Run sudo apt-cache show "package name" to see details.\nRun sudo apt-cache show "package name" to see details. This command will show the details for any available software package, including its version, architecture, and installation size.\n- For example, run sudo apt-cache show opera-stable to see the package details for the latest stable version of the Opera web browser.'			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'7 - Run sudo apt-get install "package name" to install.\nRun sudo apt-get install "package name" to install. This command will install the selected software package on your system.\n- For example, sudo apt-get install opera-stable will install the latest stable version of the Opera web browser.'			True
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'8 - Enter Y to proceed with the installation.\nEnter Y to proceed with the installation. When the terminal asks "Do you want to continue? [Y/n]," enter Y to continue, and install the software on your computer.'			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			"9 - Add  --reinstall at the end of the install command to reinstall.\nAdd  --reinstall at the end of the install command to reinstall. If you're having issues with software you already have and want to reinstall it, run the standard installation command with this bit added at the end.\n- For example, if you have the stable Opera browser and want to reinstall it, run the sudo apt-get install opera-stable --reinstall command."			None
'Is opera web browser installed?'			'10 - Run sudo apt-get remove "package name" to uninstall.\nRun sudo apt-get remove "package name" to uninstall. If you want to remove an app from your computer, run this command to uninstall it, and remove the software files from your computer.\n- Alternatively, you can use the sudo apt-get purge "package name" command. This will remove all the configuration files and personal preferences of the specified app.'			None
'Is font installed?'			'0 - Installing GNOME'			None
'Is font installed?'			'1 - Enter the DejaVu font download command.\nEnter the DejaVu font download command. This font is crucial for the X Window System to work properly. Type in sudo pacman -S ttf-dejavu and press ↵ Enter.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is font installed?'			'2 - Enter your root password.\nEnter your root password. When prompted, type in your root password and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is font installed?'			'3 - Confirm the download.\nConfirm the download. Type in y and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is font installed?'			'4 - Wait for the font to finish installing.\nWait for the font to finish installing. This should only take a few minutes.'			True
'Is font installed?'			'5 - Enter the GNOME download command.\nEnter the GNOME download command. Type in sudo pacman -S gnome and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is font installed?'			'6 - Confirm the download.\nConfirm the download. When prompted, type in y and press ↵ Enter. GNOME will begin downloading.\n- This process can take anywhere from a couple of minutes to a couple of hours depending on your Internet speed.'			None
'Is font installed?'			"7 - Install an updated command line.\nInstall an updated command line. The GNOME command line doesn't work in several versions of Arch Linux, but you can install a different one to compensate. To do so:\n- Type in sudo pacman -S lxterminal and press ↵ Enter.\n- Enter your root password when prompted.\n- Type in y and press ↵ Enter."			None
'Is font installed?'			'8 - Enable the display manager.\nEnable the display manager. Type in sudo systemctl enable gdm.service and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is font installed?'			'9 - Enter your password when prompted.\nEnter your password when prompted. You\'ll have to enter your root password at least twice during the display manager authentication. Once you see the phrase "AUTHENTICATION COMPLETE" at the bottom of the page, you can proceed.'			None
'Is font installed?'			'10 - Reboot your computer.\nReboot your computer. Type in reboot and press ↵ Enter. Your computer will restart itself; once it finishes rebooting, you should be greeted with a login page where you can select your name using the mouse, enter your password, and proceed into your newly interfaced computer desktop.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'1 - Download the latest version of the Linux kernel.\nDownload the latest version of the Linux kernel. You can download it here.\n- ;'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'2 - Be sure to download the full source.\nBe sure to download the full source. You can assure this by clicking on the "F" where it says "The latest stable version is..." Otherwise, you\'ll just download the patch, which is used when your current kernel is a patch number lower. An example of this would be 3.4.4.1>>3.4.4.2'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'3 - Make sure you have downloaded the complete source code.\nMake sure you have downloaded the complete source code. Make sure it is not a patch or change log.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'4 - Open a terminal.\nOpen a terminal.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'5 - Extract the kernel.\nExtract the kernel. Use these commands.\n- tar xjvf kernel (Here -j option is for bz2 compression)'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'6 - Move into the directory (in the terminal) that was created.\nMove into the directory (in the terminal) that was created.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'7 - Configure the kernel.\nConfigure the kernel. There are 4 common ways to do this.\n- Make old configuration -- asks you questions on what the kernel should support one by one, very time consuming.\n- Make menuconfig -- creates a menu where you can browse options on what the kernel supports. Requires curses library, but that is likely already on your computer.\n- Make qconfig/xconfig/gconfig -- same as menuconfig, except that now the configuration menu is graphics based."qconfig" Requires the QT library.\n- Use configuration of current kernel. Run this from your kernel source folder "cp /boot/config-`uname -r` .config". This saves a lot of time, but you may want to change version number of the to be compiled kernel to avoid replacing your current kernel. "General setup" -->  "Local version - append to kernel release". Example if the kernel version number is 3.13.0, you can example write there 3.13.0.RC1.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'8 - Install the drivers.\nInstall the drivers. Once the configuration window is opened, you will see that a specific type of configuration is already selected like support for essential drivers like Broadcom wireless support/EXT4 filesystem etc. Further, you may customize the options like adding support for your specific type of device/controller/driver like you may add support for NTFS file system from "Filesystem >> DOS/FAT/NT/ >> select NTFS file system support, thereby taking full advantage of custom kernel.\n- NOTE: While configuring the kernel, you will see a section known as kernel hacking(by hacking we mean exploring into it), where different types of options are given for hacking into kernel and learning it. If you want to use it then you may add further options, otherwise you may disable the option "kernel debugging", as it makes the kernel a lot heavier and and may be improper to use in the production environment.'			True
'Is driver installed?'			'9 - Compile and install the kernel.\nCompile and install the kernel. You can run needed commands in one line by separating them with double ampersands (&&) as written below. This may take a long time.\n- make && make modules_install && make install\n- You may want to use -j option with make. This allows to fork additional processes for compiling kernel, syntax would be "make -j 3". 3 here represents the number of processes to be created.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'10 - Make the kernel bootable.\nMake the kernel bootable.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'11 - Go to boot.\nGo to boot.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'12 - Run the following command.\nRun the following command. Remember to replace <kernelverison> with the version number of the kernel you build.\n- "mkinitrd -o initrd.img-<kernelversion><kernelversion>"\n- For Redhat based distros, you need not create initrd, as it is created by default'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'13 - Point the boot loader at the new kernel.\nPoint the boot loader at the new kernel. So it can be started. Use the tool that came with your distro to configure your bootloader. Add a new entry for the new kernel.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'14 - Reboot.\nReboot.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'1 - Buy an NVidia graphics card, if you do not already have one.\nBuy an NVidia graphics card, if you do not already have one.\n- ;'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"2 - Go to this website * http:__www.nvidia.com_object_unix.html and download the file appropriate for your computer.\nGo to this website * http://www.nvidia.com/object/unix.html and download the file appropriate for your computer.\n- if you have a computer with a processor such as a Pentium 1-4, select Linux IA32.\n- \n- \n- if you have a computer with a processor such as the AMD 64, select AMD64/EM64T.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('fae0a78113ae5c0a11d4c5209fb7a03e')"			None
'Is driver installed?'			'3 - Note that  once the driver is downloaded, save it to a spot on your computer you will remember.\nNote that  once the driver is downloaded, save it to a spot on your computer you will remember.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'4 - Kill the existing XServer before we continue.\nKill the existing XServer before we continue. Follow these steps.\n- press ctrl-alt-f1 to enter a virtual terminal. Log in as root and use the command "killall 5"\n- \n- \n- press ctrl-alt-f2 and log back in as root.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem(\'0f20d0fba7fbe734ccce9cc7df186c67\')'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'5 - You should now backup your X configuration in case it is corrupted.\nYou should now backup your X configuration in case it is corrupted.\n- Type cp /etc/X11/xorg.conf /etc/X11/xorg.conf.backup'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'6 - Now that the XServer is down we can install the driver.\nNow that the XServer is down we can install the driver.\n- in the terminal, go to the directory where you downloaded the driver.\n- \n- \n- run the command "chmod a+x *.run"\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem(\'01b3515e79784f72bf29c54064469790\')\n- \n- \n- run the command "sh *.run"\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem(\'78dade707d859905fe3b569423fa039d\')'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"7 - Note that you will now be taken into an installation screen.\nNote that you will now be taken into an installation screen. Follow the steps on the screen.\n- Remember, when it asks you if you want it to configure your XServer to say yes.\n- \n- \n- Remember, allow it to download/compile from the Internet if needed.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('df4b82741f79943229b79c1ba1b14e13')"			None
'Is driver installed?'			'8 - Once the driver is installed, run the command "reboot" .\nOnce the driver is installed, run the command "reboot" . You have successfully installed the driver!'			True
'Is driver installed?'			'9 - If X fails to load up, press ctrl+alt+F1, log in as root and type cp _etc_X11_xorg.conf.backup _etc_X11_xorg.conf'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"If X fails to load up, press ctrl+alt+F1, log in as root and type cp /etc/X11/xorg.conf.backup /etc/X11/xorg.conf\n- Type /sbin/init 5\n- \n- \n- Your problem should now be solved, although your NVidia driver will not be configured.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('8df2e1dc0a383edb2e3077d3d8a72ab5')"			None
'Is package installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is package installed?'			'1 - Getting Started.\nGetting Started. First, you need to get a tar file from the internet. For example, something like SuperTuxKart.\n- ;'			None
'Is package installed?'			'2 - Opening the terminal.\nOpening the terminal. Now, once the tarball is finished downloading, open your terminal, on each operating system it is slightly different. But the universal way of getting to the terminal is by pressing Ctrl+Alt+T.'			None
'Is package installed?'			'3 - Extracting the tarball.\nExtracting the tarball. After the terminal launches, type in this command: "cd /home/[user]/Downloads/" Then, type in: "sudo tar zvxf supertuxkart.tar.gz". Sudo is to give your command the root privileges (highest possible). Tar is the program to extract a tarball. The "v" option here is optional as it only tells the program to give verbose (on screen details of what it is doing).The "f" option should always be last, and followed by a space and then the name of the file you wish to extract.'			None
'Is package installed?'			"4 - Open the folder.\nOpen the folder. After the process finishes, open your file viewer of choice, and direct to the Downloads folder. There should be a new folder in there that is named after the package (In this case, SuperTuxKart) There won't be tar.gx at the end."			None
'Is package installed?'			'5 - Installing the package.\nInstalling the package. Open that folder,  and find any .txt or readable files named install or README. You will have to read both named documents to correctly install the package. These files should include the documentation on how to use the application/commands and any necessary programs to install as well.'			True
'Is package installed?'			'6 - All done!\nAll done! Once you have completed all of the steps in the install and/or the README file, the application should be ready to use.'			None
'Is rpm fusion repository installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is rpm fusion repository installed?'			'1 - Open a terminal window.\nOpen a terminal window. There is no Steam app in the official Fedora repositories, but you can install it via a third-party repository in the command prompt.'			None
'Is rpm fusion repository installed?'			"2 - Type $ su -c 'dnf install https:__download1.rpmfusion.org_free_fedora_rpmfusion-free-release-$(rpm -E %fedora).noarch.rpm https:__download1.rpmfusion.org_nonfree_fedora_rpmfusion-nonfree-release-$(rpm -E %fedora).noarch.rpm'.\nType $ su -c 'dnf install https://download1.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-$(rpm -E %fedora).noarch.rpm https://download1.rpmfusion.org/nonfree/fedora/rpmfusion-nonfree-release-$(rpm -E %fedora).noarch.rpm'.\n- This command will install the RPM Fusion repository. You can install Steam via this repo.\n- RPM Fusion is a reliable third-party repository for Fedora/RedHat and clone Linux versions. You can find more information at https://rpmfusion.org."			True
'Is rpm fusion repository installed?'			'3 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return. This will run your command, and install the repo.\n- If you\'re prompted, answer "Y" or "Yes" to install and configure the new repository.'			None
'Is rpm fusion repository installed?'			"4 - Type and run $ su -c 'dnf -y update'.\nType and run $ su -c 'dnf -y update'. This will refresh your system's repository list."			None
'Is rpm fusion repository installed?'			"5 - Type and run $ su -c 'dnf -y install steam'.\nType and run $ su -c 'dnf -y install steam'. This will install the Steam app from the RPM Fusion repository.\n- You can launch Steam on your computer when your installation is finished."			None
'Is java installed?'			'0 - Installing on RPM Linux'			None
'Is java installed?'			"1 - Open the Java for Linux download page.\nOpen the Java for Linux download page. You'll see several options listed here."			None
'Is java installed?'			"2 - Click Linux RPM.\nClick Linux RPM. It's in the middle of the page. Doing so will prompt the Java for RPM installation file to download.\n- You can also click the Linux RPM X64 version if you want to install 64-bit Java."			None
'Is java installed?'			'3 - Note the file\'s name.\nNote the file\'s name. The latest version of Java is version 8, but you also need the update version number, which is written in the file name after the "8u" section.\n- For example, your file might be named "jre-8u151", signifying that it is version 8, update 151.'			None
'Is java installed?'			'4 - Open the command line.\nOpen the command line. This step will vary depending on your version of Linux, but you can usually find the command line by opening the Terminal app or by clicking a bar at the top or bottom of the screen.'			None
'Is java installed?'			'5 - Enter the root command.\nEnter the root command. Type in sudo su and press ↵ Enter. This will prompt the command line to request your user password.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is java installed?'			"6 - Enter your account password.\nEnter your account password. Type in the password for your account and press ↵ Enter. As long as you have root access on your account, doing so will allow you to install Java.\n- If you don't have root access on your account, you'll need to enter the password for an account that does have root access."			None
'Is java installed?'			'7 - Change the installation directory.\nChange the installation directory. Type cd into console, press the spacebar once, and then type in the path (e.g., /usr/java/ and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is java installed?'			"8 - Enter the installation command.\nEnter the installation command. Type in rpm -ivh, press the spacebar once, type in the full file name, and press ↵ Enter. This will install Java on your computer.\n- The file name will depend on when you downloaded the file. As of October 2017, you'd type in rpm -ivh jre-8u151-linux-i586.rpm and press ↵ Enter."			True
'Is java installed?'			'9 - Upgrade the download.\nUpgrade the download. Type in rpm -Uvh jre-8u73-linux-i586.rpm and press ↵ Enter. This will check for updates for the Java package and, if possible, apply them.'			None
'Is emac installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is emac installed?'			'1 - Remember that Unix and Linux are case sensitive to settings and commands.\nRemember that Unix and Linux are case sensitive to settings and commands.  Be precise when entering settings.  The directory listing command "ls" will not work if you type "LS" or "Ls".\n- All commands will be listed in their correct case, even at the beginning of a sentence in this article.\n- "Unix" will be used to refer to Unix or Linux.\n- Prompts will not be shown in this article.  It is also assumed that you need to press <Enter> after issuing a command.\n- Unix files that control setting and aliases usually start with a "."\xa0!  When you wish to list these out (using the ls command), you must add " -a" after it, like this: ls -a\n- ;'			None
'Is emac installed?'			'2 - Learn to use emacs or vi, preferably both.\nLearn to use emacs or vi, preferably both.  emacs and vi are the text editing tools used in Unix.  emacs is easier to use than vi, but vi is included with all forms of Unix; emacs is not.'			True
'Is emac installed?'			'3 - Set Up Paths -- A "path" is the directories the computer will look in to find a command (or program) you wish to run.\nSet Up Paths -- A "path" is the directories the computer will look in to find a command (or program) you wish to run.\n- Make a copy of the .login file before you edit it.  If you make a mistake, you will only need to copy back the original.\n- The path to most commands should already be set up.\n- \n- Determine which directories are in your "path".  Enter this:  echo $path\n- Examine your path to determine if you need to add another directory. You should see a listing after entering the above command like this (We will suppose your username is "joe"):  /usr/local/bin /etc/log /home/joe   The listing will probably be much longer.\n- Modify the .login file, in your home directory in order to add to your path.\n- The .login file probably already has a line saying: set path = ($path)  If you want to access programs, without typing the full path, in a subdirectory of your home directory;  modify the path line in the .login file to look like this:set path = ($path $HOME/bin)  If the programs you wish to access are somewhere else, you will have to give the explicit pathname:set path = ($path /etc/log/monitors/)'			None
'Is emac installed?'			'4 - Modify the ".\nModify the ".Xdefaults" file, in order to change your default fonts and colors.\n- Make a copy of the .Xdefaults file before you modify it.  The "X" is capitalized.\n- Examine the .Xdefaults file.  It should look something like this: xterm*Font:             courr10xterm*VisualBell:       truexterm*Background:       blackxterm*Foreground:       cyanxterm*Geometry:         95x50-0-92xterm*ScrollBar:        truexterm*ScrollLines:      200dtterm*blink Rate 0emacs*Background:       blackemacs*Foreground:       ghostwhiteemacs*bitmapIcon: on\n- Modify the file (with emacs or vi) to change to your preferred fonts and colors.  You can modify almost any part of the X window, from the title bar to the cursor.\n- Consult a Unix or Linux book about "X" window settings.  The potential fonts and colors available are too numerous too mention here.'			None
'Is emac installed?'			'5 - Create Aliases -- Aliases in Unix are commands that substitute for other commands.\nCreate Aliases -- Aliases in Unix are commands that substitute for other commands.\n- For instance, you are constantly typing "Ls" instead of "ls" when you are trying to list a directory.  So you create an alias that makes "Ls" behave like "ls".\n- Unix administrators often arrange that all users have the command rm set up as an alias for "rm -i".  This forces the user to type "y" before deleting a file!\n- Make sure that the alias you wish to set up is not already in use.  Use the command "which" to verify that the command is not in use.  If you see this, it is ok to proceed: which jk jk: Command not found.\n- Temporary Aliases  -- if you need an alias for only a short time, create it at the command prompt.  type: alias <name of the alias> \'<command you wish to substitute>\'\n- Example, you are working in a facility with 3,000 CPUs.  Most of these machines only have marginal user accounts because they are rarely accessed(by regular users).  You need to look at many directories (each having many files) and do not want to keep typing "ls -alth | more" (This command is a directory listing command that lists all files, in order of most recent modification and lists the size of the file in human readable form.  It will halt scrolling when the page is filled until you press the space key.)You type: alias l \'ls -alth | more\'Now, you only have to type "l" to issue the command.\n- Permanent aliases\n- Check to see if an .aliases file already exists in your home directory.\n- If the .aliases file already exists, make a copy of it before you begin.\n- Create or Modify the .aliases file using emacs or vi.  Use the same syntax as when you made a temporary alias: alias <name of your alias> \'<command you wish to substitute>\'\n- Here is an example from an .aliases file:alias l         \'ll -alht | more\'alias clock     \'xclock -fg red -hd green -bg black &\'alias giant     \'xterm -bg black -fg cyan -fn courr24 -sb -sl 500 -n `hostname` & \'alias tiny      \'xterm -bg black -fg cyan -sb -sl 500 -fn courr08 -n `hostname` &\'\n- If you wish to use your permanent aliases without logging back in do this:source .aliasesYour aliases will be available in that window ONLY (unless you repeat the command in the other windows) during the current session.  Any new windows that read the file will have the aliases automatically available.'			None
'Is vi installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is vi installed?'			'1 - Remember that Unix and Linux are case sensitive to settings and commands.\nRemember that Unix and Linux are case sensitive to settings and commands.  Be precise when entering settings.  The directory listing command "ls" will not work if you type "LS" or "Ls".\n- All commands will be listed in their correct case, even at the beginning of a sentence in this article.\n- "Unix" will be used to refer to Unix or Linux.\n- Prompts will not be shown in this article.  It is also assumed that you need to press <Enter> after issuing a command.\n- Unix files that control setting and aliases usually start with a "."\xa0!  When you wish to list these out (using the ls command), you must add " -a" after it, like this: ls -a\n- ;'			None
'Is vi installed?'			'2 - Learn to use emacs or vi, preferably both.\nLearn to use emacs or vi, preferably both.  emacs and vi are the text editing tools used in Unix.  emacs is easier to use than vi, but vi is included with all forms of Unix; emacs is not.'			True
'Is vi installed?'			'3 - Set Up Paths -- A "path" is the directories the computer will look in to find a command (or program) you wish to run.\nSet Up Paths -- A "path" is the directories the computer will look in to find a command (or program) you wish to run.\n- Make a copy of the .login file before you edit it.  If you make a mistake, you will only need to copy back the original.\n- The path to most commands should already be set up.\n- \n- Determine which directories are in your "path".  Enter this:  echo $path\n- Examine your path to determine if you need to add another directory. You should see a listing after entering the above command like this (We will suppose your username is "joe"):  /usr/local/bin /etc/log /home/joe   The listing will probably be much longer.\n- Modify the .login file, in your home directory in order to add to your path.\n- The .login file probably already has a line saying: set path = ($path)  If you want to access programs, without typing the full path, in a subdirectory of your home directory;  modify the path line in the .login file to look like this:set path = ($path $HOME/bin)  If the programs you wish to access are somewhere else, you will have to give the explicit pathname:set path = ($path /etc/log/monitors/)'			None
'Is vi installed?'			'4 - Modify the ".\nModify the ".Xdefaults" file, in order to change your default fonts and colors.\n- Make a copy of the .Xdefaults file before you modify it.  The "X" is capitalized.\n- Examine the .Xdefaults file.  It should look something like this: xterm*Font:             courr10xterm*VisualBell:       truexterm*Background:       blackxterm*Foreground:       cyanxterm*Geometry:         95x50-0-92xterm*ScrollBar:        truexterm*ScrollLines:      200dtterm*blink Rate 0emacs*Background:       blackemacs*Foreground:       ghostwhiteemacs*bitmapIcon: on\n- Modify the file (with emacs or vi) to change to your preferred fonts and colors.  You can modify almost any part of the X window, from the title bar to the cursor.\n- Consult a Unix or Linux book about "X" window settings.  The potential fonts and colors available are too numerous too mention here.'			None
'Is vi installed?'			'5 - Create Aliases -- Aliases in Unix are commands that substitute for other commands.\nCreate Aliases -- Aliases in Unix are commands that substitute for other commands.\n- For instance, you are constantly typing "Ls" instead of "ls" when you are trying to list a directory.  So you create an alias that makes "Ls" behave like "ls".\n- Unix administrators often arrange that all users have the command rm set up as an alias for "rm -i".  This forces the user to type "y" before deleting a file!\n- Make sure that the alias you wish to set up is not already in use.  Use the command "which" to verify that the command is not in use.  If you see this, it is ok to proceed: which jk jk: Command not found.\n- Temporary Aliases  -- if you need an alias for only a short time, create it at the command prompt.  type: alias <name of the alias> \'<command you wish to substitute>\'\n- Example, you are working in a facility with 3,000 CPUs.  Most of these machines only have marginal user accounts because they are rarely accessed(by regular users).  You need to look at many directories (each having many files) and do not want to keep typing "ls -alth | more" (This command is a directory listing command that lists all files, in order of most recent modification and lists the size of the file in human readable form.  It will halt scrolling when the page is filled until you press the space key.)You type: alias l \'ls -alth | more\'Now, you only have to type "l" to issue the command.\n- Permanent aliases\n- Check to see if an .aliases file already exists in your home directory.\n- If the .aliases file already exists, make a copy of it before you begin.\n- Create or Modify the .aliases file using emacs or vi.  Use the same syntax as when you made a temporary alias: alias <name of your alias> \'<command you wish to substitute>\'\n- Here is an example from an .aliases file:alias l         \'ll -alht | more\'alias clock     \'xclock -fg red -hd green -bg black &\'alias giant     \'xterm -bg black -fg cyan -fn courr24 -sb -sl 500 -n `hostname` & \'alias tiny      \'xterm -bg black -fg cyan -sb -sl 500 -fn courr08 -n `hostname` &\'\n- If you wish to use your permanent aliases without logging back in do this:source .aliasesYour aliases will be available in that window ONLY (unless you repeat the command in the other windows) during the current session.  Any new windows that read the file will have the aliases automatically available.'			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			'0 - Using the Thunderbird Mail Client'			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			"1 - Install Thunderbird.\nInstall Thunderbird. Most desktop versions of Linux, including Debian and Ubuntu, come with Thunderbird as the default mail client. It's still a good idea to make sure you have the latest package. Follow these steps to get the latest version:[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Press Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window.\n- Type sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter.\n- Enter your root password when prompted.\n- Type sudo apt-get install thunderbird and press ↵ Enter.\n- Follow any on-screen instructions.\n- ;"			True
'Is thunderbird installed?'			'2 - Type thunderbird at the prompt and press ↵ Enter.\nType thunderbird at the prompt and press ↵ Enter. This opens Thunderbird to a welcome screen.\n- If you see an envelope icon on your desktop, you can usually click that to open Thunderbird as well.'			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			"3 - Enter your email information and click Continue.\nEnter your email information and click Continue. You'll have to provide your name, email address, and email password. Thunderbird will then check its database to see if it can automatically locate the correct server settings for your email provider."			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			"4 - Review the suggested email settings and enter your own if necessary.\nReview the suggested email settings and enter your own if necessary. If you're using a popular email service like Gmail, Thunderbird will usually display the correct settings. If not, click the Manual config button and enter the settings manually."			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			"5 - Click Done.\nClick Done. It's at the bottom-right corner of the window. This saves your mail settings."			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			'6 - Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the setup.\nFollow the on-screen instructions to complete the setup. Depending on your mail provider, you may be asked to sign in.[2]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			'7 - Click the Write button to compose a new message.\nClick the Write button to compose a new message. This opens a blank email message.'			None
'Is thunderbird installed?'			'8 - Write your message and click Send.\nWrite your message and click Send. Your message will be sent to the recipient.'			None
'Is chrome installed?'			'0 - Using Web-Based Email'			None
'Is chrome installed?'			"1 - Open your web browser.\nOpen your web browser. As long as you have internet access and a web browser, you can use any number of free web-based email services to send and receive email on Linux. Depending on your distribution, you should have a web browser already installed. If you don't see Firefox, Chrome, Konqueror, GNOME Web, or another browser on the system, you can follow these steps to install Chrome now:[3]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Press Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window.\n- Type wget https: / /dl.google.com/linux/direct/google-chrome-stable_current_amd64.deb and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type sudo dpkg -i google-chrome-stable_current_amd64.deb and press ↵ Enter.\n- Enter your root password and press ↵ Enter.\n- Once Chrome is installed, type google-chrome at the prompt and press ↵ Enter to launch it."			True
'Is chrome installed?'			'2 - Visit the website of any web-based email service.\nVisit the website of any web-based email service. Some popular free options are Gmail, Outlook.com, and Yahoo Mail.'			None
'Is chrome installed?'			"3 - Sign in or create an account.\nSign in or create an account. You can create a brand new account or use an existing one, it's up to you. Once you're logged in or signed up, you'll be brought to your inbox."			None
'Is chrome installed?'			"4 - Click the Compose or New Message button.\nClick the Compose or New Message button. The name and location of this button varies, but it'll usually have an icon of a pencil, sheet of paper, or a plus (+) symbol."			None
'Is chrome installed?'			'5 - Enter the recipient\'s email address into the "To" field.\nEnter the recipient\'s email address into the "To" field. This is the email address of the person you\'re sending a message to.'			None
'Is chrome installed?'			'6 - Type a message subject.\nType a message subject. The "Subject" field is optional but recommended. Messages with blank subjects are sometimes routed to peoples\' spam folders.'			None
'Is chrome installed?'			'7 - Type the message.\nType the message. The message should be typed into the largest part of the new message window.'			None
'Is chrome installed?'			"8 - Click the Send button.\nClick the Send button. The name and location of this button varies, but you'll usually see a paper airplane icon on or near it. This sends the message to the recipient."			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'0 - Using Ubuntu or Linux Mint'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			"1 - Press Ctrl+Alt+T to open a new terminal window.\nPress Ctrl+Alt+T to open a new terminal window. If you're already at the command prompt, just skip to the next step.\n- ;"			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'2 - Type sudo add-apt-repository ppa:linuxuprising_java and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo add-apt-repository ppa:linuxuprising/java and press ↵ Enter. This adds the Linux Uprising repository.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'3 - Type sudo apt update and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt update and press ↵ Enter. Now that the repository is ready, you can use it to install JDK.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'4 - Type sudo apt install oracle-java12-installer and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt install oracle-java12-installer and press ↵ Enter. JDK is now installed.'			True
'Is jdk installed?'			'5 - Type sudo apt install oracle-java12-set-default and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt install oracle-java12-set-default and press ↵ Enter. This sets Java 12 as the default Java version.\n- To double-check the default version, type java --version at the command prompt and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'0 - Using Debian'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			"1 - Press Ctrl+Alt+T to open a new terminal window.\nPress Ctrl+Alt+T to open a new terminal window. If you're already at the command prompt, just skip to the next step."			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'2 - Type su -  and press ↵ Enter.\nType su -  and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'3 - Add the Linux Uprising repository.\nAdd the Linux Uprising repository. Here\'s how:\n- Type echo "deb http://ppa.launchpad.net/linuxuprising/java/ubuntu bionic main"  and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type apt-key adv --keyserver hkp://keyserver.ubuntu.com:80 --recv-keys 73C3DB2A and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'4 - Type apt-get update and press ↵ Enter.\nType apt-get update and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'5 - Type apt-get install oracle-java12-installer and press ↵ Enter.\nType apt-get install oracle-java12-installer and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'6 - Type exit and press ↵ Enter.\nType exit and press ↵ Enter. JDK is now installed.'			True
'Is jdk installed?'			'7 - Type sudo apt install oracle-java12-set-default and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt install oracle-java12-set-default and press ↵ Enter. This sets Java 12 as the default Java version.\n- To double-check the default version, type java --version at the command prompt and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is l gnupg installed?'			'0 - Encrypting a File'			None
'Is l gnupg installed?'			'1 - Install GnuPG first.\nInstall GnuPG first. Open the terminal and enter the command sudo apt install gnupg. The installation process will start.\n- ;'			True
'Is l gnupg installed?'			'2 - Navigate to the folder where you store the file that you are going to encrypt.\nNavigate to the folder where you store the file that you are going to encrypt. Right-click and choose Open Terminal from the menu.'			None
'Is l gnupg installed?'			'3 - Enter the the command gpg -c file1.txt, and press ↵ Enter.\nEnter the the command gpg -c file1.txt, and press ↵ Enter. Replace "file1.txt" with the name of the file you want to encrypt.'			None
'Is l gnupg installed?'			"4 - Enter the passphrase.\nEnter the passphrase. You can choose any suitable passphrase you want; it will as you to re-enter the phrase for the confirmation. Don't forget the phrase!"			None
'Is l gnupg installed?'			'5 - Remove the original file by typing the command rm file1.txt.\nRemove the original file by typing the command rm file1.txt. Replace "file1.txt" with the right file name. Your encrypted file will be created with the extension ".gpg" in the same directory.'			None
'Is l gnupg installed?'			'6 - Reload the agent.\nReload the agent. Sometimes GnuPG will cache your passphrase, meaning anyone can decrypt the file without the passphrase. To avoid this, use the command  gpg-connect-agent reloadagent /bye.'			None
'Is exe file installed?'			'0 - Installing a Program'			None
'Is exe file installed?'			"1 - Open your Downloads folder.\nOpen your Downloads folder. You'll find this in your Home folder, though you may also be able to open the Downloads folder from within the Applications menu."			None
'Is exe file installed?'			'2 - Find the downloaded EXE file.\nFind the downloaded EXE file. Scroll through the Downloads folder until you find the EXE file for the program that you want to install.'			None
'Is exe file installed?'			'3 - Right-click the file.\nRight-click the file. Doing so will prompt a drop-down menu.'			None
'Is exe file installed?'			"4 - Click Open With Wine Windows Program Loader.\nClick Open With Wine Windows Program Loader. It's at the top of the drop-down menu. This will open an installation window."			None
'Is exe file installed?'			"5 - Click Install.\nClick Install. It's at the bottom of the installation window. The program will begin installing onto your computer.\n- Some programs may require additional input before they can be installed.\n- You can also change the location in which your program is installed by clicking ⋯ on the right side of the window and then selecting a different folder on your computer."			True
'Is exe file installed?'			'6 - Click Close when prompted.\nClick Close when prompted. This option will become available when the program is finished installing.'			None
'Is exe file installed?'			'7 - Run your program.\nRun your program. You can run your newly installed program from within the Applications section, which is usually inside of the Menu.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'1 - Install Fluxbox.\nInstall Fluxbox. In the terminal either type apt-get install fluxbox (Ubuntu or other Debian based systems) or yum install fluxbox (Red Hat) or urpmi fluxbox (Mandriva).\n- ;'			True
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'2 - Load Fluxbox from the options or sessions on the login screen.\nLoad Fluxbox from the options or sessions on the login screen.\n- Or go to your home folder and edit .xinitrc adding "exec startfluxbox" then logout and login again.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'3 - Right click anywhere on the desktop to bring up the menu.\nRight click anywhere on the desktop to bring up the menu.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'4 - Fluxbox uses a taskbar to store opened applications.\nFluxbox uses a taskbar to store opened applications. It is sometimes referred to as the "Slit", but this is wrong.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'5 - Fluxbox is a tabbed window manager so you can store multiple windows in one window with tabs.\nFluxbox is a tabbed window manager so you can store multiple windows in one window with tabs. Use the middle mouse button to drag Window title bars onto one another (and off on another to separate them again.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'6 - Go to your home folder and into the .fluxbox folder.\nGo to your home folder and into the .fluxbox folder.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'7 - To add items to the menu add lines to menu such as exec firefox.\nTo add items to the menu add lines to menu such as exec firefox.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'8 - Change your wallpaper in the fluxbox startup settings (and refresh your screen to see it immediately without restarting X).\nChange your wallpaper in the fluxbox startup settings (and refresh your screen to see it immediately without restarting X).'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'9 - More settings can be changed in the Fluxbox configuration menu and styles can be set in the Styles menu.\nMore settings can be changed in the Fluxbox configuration menu and styles can be set in the Styles menu.'			None
'Is fluxbox installed?'			'10 - If you want icons on your desktop Fluxbox does not support them so install FBDesk (settings in home directory and .fluxbox_fbdesk), iDesk or ROX.\nIf you want icons on your desktop Fluxbox does not support them so install FBDesk (settings in home directory and .fluxbox/fbdesk), iDesk or ROX.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'0 - Using Cygwin for Windows'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'1 - Go to https:__cygwin.com_install.html.\nGo to https://cygwin.com/install.html. Cygwin is a free Windows tool that allows you to use the GCC C compiler from a Unix command line.\n- ;'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			"2 - Click the setup-x86.exe file for your Windows version.\nClick the setup-x86.exe file for your Windows version. If you're using the 64-bit version of Windows, download setup-x86_64.exe. If you have the 32-bit version, download setup-x86.exe."			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'3 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. Double-click the downloaded file to open the setup wizard. Downloaded files usually save to the Downloads folder.\n- If prompted to give permission for the installer to run, click Yes.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'4 - Click Next on the first screen.\nClick Next on the first screen.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'5 - Select Install from Internet and click Next.\nSelect Install from Internet and click Next.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'6 - Choose where to install the app and click Next.\nChoose where to install the app and click Next.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'7 - Select local package directory and click Next.\nSelect local package directory and click Next. This is where packages you download will be saved.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'8 - Choose your internet settings and click Next.\nChoose your internet settings and click Next. The installer will connect to the internet and then display a list of download sites.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			"9 - Select a download site and click Next.\nSelect a download site and click Next. These sites all host the same files. This downloads the installation files to your computer.\n- If there's a problem with one site, try another on the list."			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'10 - Select packages to install.\nSelect packages to install. Follow these steps to ensure the C compiler is installed:\n- Click the + next to "Devel" to expand the options.\n- Scroll down and click the down-arrow next to gcc core.\n- Click the most recent (highest) version number.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			"11 - Click Next.\nClick Next. It's at the bottom-right corner. A confirmation message will appear."			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'12 - Click Next to start the installation.\nClick Next to start the installation. Cygwin will now download all selected tools and install them on your computer. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			"13 - Open Cygwin.\nOpen Cygwin. It'll be in the Start menu (called either Cygwin64 or Cygwin32, depending on your version)."			True
'Is cygwin installed?'			'14 - Use the cd command to navigate to the location of your C code.\nUse the cd command to navigate to the location of your C code. You\'re looking for the file you coded with ".c" at the end. For example, if your code is located in your Documents folder, you would type cd c:\\Users\\(yourusername)\\Documents and press ↵ Enter.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- A quick way to find the full path to your file: Press ⊞ Win+E to open the File Explorer, go to the folder that contains your file, click the file once to select it, then click Copy Path at the top of the screen. Now you can right-click the Cygwin command line and select Paste.'			None
'Is cygwin installed?'			'15 - Type gcc yourcode.c –o yourcode.exe and press ↵ Enter.\nType gcc yourcode.c –o yourcode.exe and press ↵ Enter. Replace "yourcode.c" with the name of the file, and "yourcode.exe" with the name of your program.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n-  Your code is now compiled.'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'0 - Using Xcode for macOS'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'1 - Install Xcode on your Mac.\nInstall Xcode on your Mac.[4]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Mavericks (10.9) and later: Open the App Store  and search for xcode. Click GET to install, and follow any on-screen instructions.\n- Lion and Mountain Lion (10.7 and 10.8): Follow the instructions for Mavericks and later. Once installed, open the app (it\'s in the Applications folder), click the File menu and then Preferences. Click the Downloads tab, then click Install next to "Command Line Tools."'			True
'Is xcode installed?'			"2 - Open Xcode.\nOpen Xcode. Now that it's installed, you'll find it in the Applications folder."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'3 - Click the File and select Open.\nClick the File and select Open.'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'4 - Select your code file and click Open.\nSelect your code file and click Open. The contents of your code will appear.[5]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"5 - Click the Product menu.\nClick the Product menu. It's at the top of the screen."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"6 - Click Archive.\nClick Archive. This compiles and links your C code. When it's ready to be exported, a window containing options will appear."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'7 - Select Export as an Xcode Archive and click Next.\nSelect Export as an Xcode Archive and click Next. Xcode will create a new folder (inside the folder where your code is saved) and place the executable file inside.'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'1 - Install it.\nInstall it.\n- ;'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'2 - Entrance.\nEntrance. You may encounter Entrance the login manager for Enlightenment.'			True
'Is enlightenment installed?'			"3 - On first start, the menus will be generated, be patient until a window pops up at the top left saying they are complete, then click OK.\nOn first start, the menus will be generated, be patient until a window pops up at the top left saying they are complete, then click OK. You can click on User Documentation in the opened window at this point, or click Next through the whole guided tour.\n- \n- User menu. Left-clicking on the desktop will bring up the menu. Sub-menus are brought up by moving the mouse pointer over them, holding the left-mouse button will open sub-menus and launch the application selected when the mouse button is released.\n- \n- \n- \n- Settings menu. Right-clicking on the desktop (or holding down the Win key and left-clicking) will bring up settings.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('7229475d1ccf262308a5520ad3f70b57')\n- \n- \n- Just leaving your mouse pointer on the desktop will bring up tips.\n- The Pager. The box at the bottom-left of your screen is called the Pager and includes your four virtual (or more accurately multiple) desktops (also accessible as a list by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking the middle mouse button).\n- The icon box. The box at the bottom-right of your screen is called the Iconbox and is your taskbar (also accessible as a list by holding down the Alt key and clicking the middle mouse button). When you minimize (or Iconify an application, it goes here.\n- Holding down Ctrl and left-clicking (or just middle-clicking) brings up the root Enlightenment menu (where the main menu and settings menu can both be accessed."			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'4 - To change the wallpaper, put it in a _~_.enlightenment_backgrounds directory (within your home directory) then restart Enlightenment (Ctrl+Alt+End).\nTo change the wallpaper, put it in a /~/.enlightenment/backgrounds directory (within your home directory) then restart Enlightenment (Ctrl+Alt+End). Then go to the Settings menu, then Desktop Background Settings.'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'5 - The drag bar is found at the top of your screen and manages the order of virtual desktops.\nThe drag bar is found at the top of your screen and manages the order of virtual desktops. Switching between these virtual desktops appears to slide between them.\n- Middle-mouse-button-click on the dragbar to bring up the task list.\n- Right-click on the dragbar to bring up the task list sorted by virtual desktop.'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'6 - On your active window, double-click the title bar to shade_unshade the window.\nOn your active window, double-click the title bar to shade/unshade the window.'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'7 - "Throw" the mouse pointer rapidly to the edge of the screen to switch desktop.\n"Throw" the mouse pointer rapidly to the edge of the screen to switch desktop.'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'8 - Install a launcher such as iBar if you wish.\nInstall a launcher such as iBar if you wish.'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'9 - Widgets.\nWidgets. "Epplets" are small programs which can display widgets (also known as widgets, gadgets or modules) on your desktop such as a clock, battery power, calendar, CPU usage, hard disk usage, network connections and traffic.'			None
'Is enlightenment installed?'			'10 - Themes.\nThemes. Customize the desktop by downloading new themes. Put it in a /~/.enlightenment/themes directory (within your home directory) then restart Enlightenment (Ctrl+Alt+End). Then go to the Enlightenment root menu, then Themes.'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'1 - Install it.\nInstall it.\n- ;'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'2 - Entrance.\nEntrance. You may encounter Entrance the login manager for Enlightenment.'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			"3 - On first start, the menus will be generated, be patient until a window pops up at the top left saying they are complete, then click OK.\nOn first start, the menus will be generated, be patient until a window pops up at the top left saying they are complete, then click OK. You can click on User Documentation in the opened window at this point, or click Next through the whole guided tour.\n- \n- User menu. Left-clicking on the desktop will bring up the menu. Sub-menus are brought up by moving the mouse pointer over them, holding the left-mouse button will open sub-menus and launch the application selected when the mouse button is released.\n- \n- \n- \n- Settings menu. Right-clicking on the desktop (or holding down the Win key and left-clicking) will bring up settings.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('7229475d1ccf262308a5520ad3f70b57')\n- \n- \n- Just leaving your mouse pointer on the desktop will bring up tips.\n- The Pager. The box at the bottom-left of your screen is called the Pager and includes your four virtual (or more accurately multiple) desktops (also accessible as a list by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking the middle mouse button).\n- The icon box. The box at the bottom-right of your screen is called the Iconbox and is your taskbar (also accessible as a list by holding down the Alt key and clicking the middle mouse button). When you minimize (or Iconify an application, it goes here.\n- Holding down Ctrl and left-clicking (or just middle-clicking) brings up the root Enlightenment menu (where the main menu and settings menu can both be accessed."			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'4 - To change the wallpaper, put it in a _~_.enlightenment_backgrounds directory (within your home directory) then restart Enlightenment (Ctrl+Alt+End).\nTo change the wallpaper, put it in a /~/.enlightenment/backgrounds directory (within your home directory) then restart Enlightenment (Ctrl+Alt+End). Then go to the Settings menu, then Desktop Background Settings.'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'5 - The drag bar is found at the top of your screen and manages the order of virtual desktops.\nThe drag bar is found at the top of your screen and manages the order of virtual desktops. Switching between these virtual desktops appears to slide between them.\n- Middle-mouse-button-click on the dragbar to bring up the task list.\n- Right-click on the dragbar to bring up the task list sorted by virtual desktop.'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'6 - On your active window, double-click the title bar to shade_unshade the window.\nOn your active window, double-click the title bar to shade/unshade the window.'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'7 - "Throw" the mouse pointer rapidly to the edge of the screen to switch desktop.\n"Throw" the mouse pointer rapidly to the edge of the screen to switch desktop.'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'8 - Install a launcher such as iBar if you wish.\nInstall a launcher such as iBar if you wish.'			True
'Is ibar installed?'			'9 - Widgets.\nWidgets. "Epplets" are small programs which can display widgets (also known as widgets, gadgets or modules) on your desktop such as a clock, battery power, calendar, CPU usage, hard disk usage, network connections and traffic.'			None
'Is ibar installed?'			'10 - Themes.\nThemes. Customize the desktop by downloading new themes. Put it in a /~/.enlightenment/themes directory (within your home directory) then restart Enlightenment (Ctrl+Alt+End). Then go to the Enlightenment root menu, then Themes.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'0 - Installing XAMPP'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			"1 - Open the XAMPP download page.\nOpen the XAMPP download page. Go to https://www.apachefriends.org/index.html in your computer's web browser. This is the official download site for XAMPP.\n- ;"			True
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'2 - Click XAMPP for Linux.\nClick XAMPP for Linux. It\'s in the middle of the page. This will prompt the XAMPP setup file to begin downloading onto your computer.\n- You may have to click Save File or select the "Downloads" folder as your save location before proceeding.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			"3 - Allow the download to complete.\nAllow the download to complete. Once XAMPP's installation file finishes downloading onto your computer, you can proceed."			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'4 - Open Terminal.\nOpen Terminal. Click the Terminal app icon, which resembles a black box with a white ">_" inside of it.\n- You can also just press Alt+Ctrl+T to open a new Terminal window.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'5 - Change over to the "Downloads" directory.\nChange over to the "Downloads" directory. Type in cd Downloads and press ↵ Enter.\n- Make sure you capitalize "Downloads".\n- If your default downloads location is in a different folder, you\'ll have to change the directory to that folder.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'6 - Make the downloaded file executable.\nMake the downloaded file executable. Type in chmod +x xampp-linux-x64-7.2.9-0-installer.run\ufeff and press ↵ Enter.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- If you download a different version of XAMPP (e.g., version 5.9.3), you\'ll replace "7.2.9" with your XAMPP version\'s number.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'7 - Enter the installation command.\nEnter the installation command. Type in sudo ./xampp-linux-x64-7.2.9-0-installer.run\ufeff and press ↵ Enter.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			"8 - Enter your password when prompted.\nEnter your password when prompted. Type in the password you use to log into your computer, then press ↵ Enter. The installation window will pop up.\n- You won't see the characters appear in Terminal when you type."			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'9 - Follow the installation prompts.\nFollow the installation prompts. Once the installation window appears, do the following:\n- Click Next three times.\n- Uncheck the "Learn more about Bitnami for XAMPP" box.\n- Click Next, then click Next again to begin installing XAMPP.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			'10 - Uncheck the "Launch XAMPP" box.\nUncheck the "Launch XAMPP" box. It\'s in the middle of the final installation window.\n- Since XAMPP needs a few extra steps to actually run on Linux, you\'ll need to finish the installation without automatically running XAMPP.'			None
"Is computer 's web browser installed?"			"11 - Click Finish.\nClick Finish. This option is at the bottom of the window. Doing so will close the installation window. At this point, you're ready to run XAMPP."			None
'Is xampp installed?'			'0 - Running XAMPP'			None
'Is xampp installed?'			"1 - Re-open Terminal if necessary.\nRe-open Terminal if necessary. If you closed the Terminal window that you used to install XAMPP, re-open Terminal.\n- XAMPP doesn't have any desktop files, so you'll need to launch it from within its installation directory via Terminal each time you want to run it."			True
'Is xampp installed?'			'2 - Switch to the XAMPP installation directory.\nSwitch to the XAMPP installation directory. Type in cd /opt/lampp and press ↵ Enter.[2]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is xampp installed?'			'3 - Enter the "Open" command.\nEnter the "Open" command. Type in sudo ./manager-linux-x64.run\ufeff and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is xampp installed?'			'4 - Enter your password when prompted.\nEnter your password when prompted. Type in the password you usually use to log into your computer, then press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is xampp installed?'			'5 - Click the Manage Servers tab.\nClick the Manage Servers tab. This option is at the top of the window.'			None
'Is xampp installed?'			"6 - Click Start All.\nClick Start All. It's at the bottom of the window. Doing so prompts any active components of XAMPP to begin running."			None
'Is xampp installed?'			"7 - Open your computer's localhost page.\nOpen your computer's localhost page. Go to 127.0.0.1 in your computer's web browser. You should see the XAMPP dashboard here; at this point, you're able to begin using XAMPP as you please."			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'0 - Using Shimo on macOS Sierra'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'1 - Open a web browser.\nOpen a web browser. If you must connect to a PPTP VPN on macOS Sierra, you’ll need a VPN app that still supports the protocol. Shimo is one app that is highly recommended across the internet.[5]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Shimo is not free, but it does have a fully-functional 30 day free trial.\n- Apple recommends no one use PPTP due to security vulnerabilities.[6]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'2 - Navigate to https:__www.shimovpn.com_download.\nNavigate to https://www.shimovpn.com/download. A pop-up will appear.[7]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'3 - Follow the prompts to download Shimo.\nFollow the prompts to download Shimo. The app will download.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'4 - Open the Downloads folder.\nOpen the Downloads folder.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'5 - Double-click the downloaded file.\nDouble-click the downloaded file. It will be called something like Shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip.'			True
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'6 - Double-click Shimo.\nDouble-click Shimo.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'7 - Click Open.\nClick Open. You may see this button on a pop-up window that asks you to confirm you want to run the program. If you don’t see it, just skip to the next step.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'8 - Click Move to Applications Folder.\nClick Move to Applications Folder. You should see a new icon appear in your menu bar. It’s the outline of a square with rounded edges at its top. This is the Shimo icon.[8]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'9 - Click the Shimo icon.\nClick the Shimo icon. A menu will appear.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'10 - Select “Preferences.\nSelect “Preferences.”'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'11 - Click the “Accounts” icon.\nClick the “Accounts” icon. It’s the blue icon at the top left corner of the Preferences panel.[9]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'12 - Click + below the left panel.\nClick + below the left panel.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'13 - Select your VPN account type.\nSelect your VPN account type.\n- If you’re using this method, it’s likely because you’re required to use PPTP on macOS Sierra. If this is the case, select “PPTP/L2TP.”\n- If you’re not sure, check the documentation for your VPN provider.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'14 - Click Create.\nClick Create.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'15 - Enter your VPN connection information.\nEnter your VPN connection information. This information is also supplied by your VPN provider.[10]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- The hostname or IP address of the VPN server goes into the “Remote Host” box.\n- The username and password you enter are the ones you use for the VPN server, not the one you use to log into macOS.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'16 - Click Create.\nClick Create. The connection is now saved.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'17 - Click the Shimo icon.\nClick the Shimo icon. Remember, it’s in the menu bar.'			None
'Is shimo_4.1.2_8433.zip installed?'			'18 - Select your VPN.\nSelect your VPN. Shimo will now connect your computer to the VPN.'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'0 - Using WinRAR for Windows'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			"1 - Install WinRAR on your PC.\nInstall WinRAR on your PC. If you don't already have this free archive tool, see Use WinRAR to learn how to get it.\n- ;"			True
'Is winrar installed?'			'2 - Press ⊞ Win+E.\nPress ⊞ Win+E. This opens the File Explorer.'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'3 - Browse to the folder with the files you want to zip.\nBrowse to the folder with the files you want to zip.'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'4 - Select the file(s) and_or folder(s) you want to zip.\nSelect the file(s) and/or folder(s) you want to zip. To select more than one file and/or folder at a time, hold Ctrl as you click each file or folder name.'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'5 - Right-click the highlighted file(s).\nRight-click the highlighted file(s). A context menu will expand.'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'6 - Click Add to archive….\nClick Add to archive…. This opens a WinRAR window called “Archive name and parameters.”'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'7 - Name the file.\nName the file. You can type a different file name by erasing the default under "Archive name."\n- Leave ".zip” at the end of the file name to show that it\'s a zip file. For example, archive.zip.'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'8 - Select ZIP under “Archive format.\nSelect ZIP under “Archive format.”'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			"9 - Click Set password….\nClick Set password…. It's at the bottom-right corner of the window. A password entry window will appear."			None
'Is winrar installed?'			'10 - Enter and confirm a password.\nEnter and confirm a password. You must type the password exactly the same into both blanks.'			None
'Is winrar installed?'			"11 - Click OK.\nClick OK. It's at the bottom-left corner of the password window."			None
'Is winrar installed?'			"12 - Click OK.\nClick OK. It's at the bottom-center part of the archive window. This creates the zip file and protects it with the password you entered."			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Using a Windows-based PC'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Open a web browser.\nOpen a web browser. Popular ones include Firefox and Chrome.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Navigate to https:__www.7-zip.org_.\nNavigate to https://www.7-zip.org/.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click Download either the 32-bit X84 or 64-bit x64 file.\nClick Download either the 32-bit X84 or 64-bit x64 file.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Choose a download location in the pop-up window.\nChoose a download location in the pop-up window. A pop-up box will appear asking you to choose a download location once you click Download.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Click Save.\nClick Save. The .exe file will save in the location you picked in the previous step, which is most likely the Downloads folder.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Click the downloaded .exe file.\nClick the downloaded .exe file. Your browser will alert you when the download is finished.\n- Click Allow changes  if prompted.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Click Install.\nClick Install. You will see a progress bar as the installation progresses.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'8 - Click Close.\nClick Close.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'9 - Open 7-Zip File Manager.\nOpen 7-Zip File Manager.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'10 - Navigate to the TAR file.\nNavigate to the TAR file. This program works just like the native file manager on your computer.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'11 - Click your TAR file.\nClick your TAR file. It will highlight in blue.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'12 - Click the extract button.\nClick the extract button. This is at the top of the window and looks like a blue minus button.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'13 - Choose an extraction location.\nChoose an extraction location. A window will pop up with options such as extraction location.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"14 - Click Ok.\nClick Ok. The files inside the TAR file will extract into the location you specified in the previous step, and you'll be able to open it from there."			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Opening an MPP with Project Viewer 365'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Navigate to https:__www.projectplan365.com_download_.\nNavigate to https://www.projectplan365.com/download/.\n- This method will download Project Plan 365 with a Trial period which lasts 30 days. After that is over, you will be unable to use the program.\n- With Project Plan 365, you can edit MPP files as well as view them.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Click Windows or MacOS from the drop-down menu.\nClick Windows or MacOS from the drop-down menu. This is under “Select your operating system:”'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click the green Download Project Plan 365 button.\nClick the green Download Project Plan 365 button. A pop-up box will appear for the download location and file name change.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Click Ok.\nClick Ok.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Follow the Installer Setup Wizard.\nFollow the Installer Setup Wizard. It will lead you through setting up and installing Project Plan 365.\n- Read any and all agreements before clicking I agree.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Click Install.\nClick Install. You will see a progress bar as the installation progresses.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Click File.\nClick File. A menu will drop down.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'8 - Click Open.\nClick Open. A list of locations will appear, such as your local storage and your Google Drive.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'9 - Select a location.\nSelect a location.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'10 - Navigate to your file and open it.\nNavigate to your file and open it.\n- Your MPP file will load for you to read.'			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'0 - Moving Your Data'			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'1 - Download OneDrive on your Mac.\nDownload OneDrive on your Mac.  OneDrive automatically syncs with Microsoft Windows 10 PCs when connected to the Internet.  It is also available for your iPhone and Android for free.\n- ;'			True
'Is onedrive installed?'			"2 - Sign in with_create a Microsoft account on OneDrive.\nSign in with/create a Microsoft account on OneDrive.  PCs work best when signed into Microsoft accounts, and allow you to install Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps, sync your stuff, and use Cortana.  Plus, it's free."			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'3 - Check all of the boxes pertaining to syncing files.\nCheck all of the boxes pertaining to syncing files.  You will need to sync each and every file possible.  OneDrive by default has about 16 GB of free storage, but storage plans extend to about 1 TB of storage.\n- You should upgrade your storage if your overall disk space takes up more than 16 GB.\n- Office 365 subscribers get a free TB of storage, so have your friends temporarily share their subscription, or share a subscription with your family.'			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			"4 - Go to the Applications folder.\nGo to the Applications folder.  This is located at /var/Applications.  Search up every app on your Mac for your Windows 10 PC in the Microsoft Store (don't forget to sign in), and download them.  Apps not available in the Microsoft Store can be downloaded from the software vendor's website.\n- Depending on your PC, you may be locked down to Windows Store apps, but you can upgrade from Windows 10 S to Windows 10 Home/Pro to install these apps.\n- Be sure to have product keys/app accounts ready so that you can use those apps on Windows."			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'5 - Sign in to OneDrive on Windows.\nSign in to OneDrive on Windows.  Click on the OneDrive icon on the system tray, choose sign in, then enter your account details.  Do not sync anything yet.'			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'6 - Open OneDrive preferences and check the box under "Files On-Demand" in "Settings".\nOpen OneDrive preferences and check the box under "Files On-Demand" in "Settings".'			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'7 - Click "Account", and check all the boxes to show all the files on File Explorer.\nClick "Account", and check all the boxes to show all the files on File Explorer.'			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'8 - Under "Protect your Important folders", click on "Update Folders".\nUnder "Protect your Important folders", click on "Update Folders". Choose to protect all of the folders so your Mac Desktop and other components show up on your PC.'			None
'Is onedrive installed?'			'9 - Download the files you wish to.\nDownload the files you wish to. Opening a file will download a file temporarily.  To download a file permanently, choose "Keep on this device" from the right click menu. Choose "Free up space" to remove a file.'			None
'Is camera installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is camera installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is camera installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is camera installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is camera installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is camera installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is camera installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is camera installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is camera installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is camera installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is camera installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is camera installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is photo booth installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is photo booth installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is itunes installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is itunes installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is itunes installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is groove music installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is groove music installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is groove music installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is microsoft edge installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is safari installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is safari installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is safari installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is safari installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is safari installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is safari installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is safari installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is safari installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is safari installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is safari installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is safari installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is safari installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is notepad installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is notepad installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is notepad installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is textedit installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is textedit installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is textedit installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is photo installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is photo installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is photo installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is photo installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is photo installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is photo installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is photo installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is photo installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is photo installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is photo installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is photo installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is photo installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is iphoto installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is iphoto installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'0 - Getting to Know the Interface'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'1 - Use Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.\nUse Ctrl in place of ⌘ Command for most commands.  For example, to undo, use Ctrl+Z.'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'2 - Use ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.\nUse ⇧ Shift in place of ⌥ Option for most commands.  For example, to open Task Manager quickly, instead of using ⌘ Command+⌥ Option+Esc, use Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Esc.'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			"3 - Memorize the exceptions.\nMemorize the exceptions.  To close a window, don't use Ctrl+Q, use Alt+F4, and to switch between windows, use Alt+Tab ↹ or ⊞ Win+Tab ↹ instead of Ctrl+Tab ↹ (this shortcut may be used to switch between tabs in a browser, though)."			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'4 - Learn how to use the default apps.\nLearn how to use the default apps.\n- Instead of using Preferences, use Settings or Control Panel.\n- Use Camera instead of Photo Booth.\n- Instead of using iTunes, use Groove Music to play your music and Movies & TV to play your movies.\n- Use Microsoft Edge instead of Safari to surf the web.\n- Use Notepad instead of TextEdit to edit .txt files.\n- Use Photos instead of iPhoto and iMovie to view, import, and edit photos and videos.'			True
'Is imovie installed?'			"5 - Understand the taskbar.\nUnderstand the taskbar.  The taskbar is similar to the dock.  All of your open apps and your quick launch apps are on your taskbar.  The Recycle Bin isn't there, though; it's on the desktop."			None
'Is imovie installed?'			"6 - Understand Start.\nUnderstand Start.  It's the same as the Launchpad and the Apple menu combined.  In Start, you can quickly launch apps, shut down your computer, and open up folders.\n- For more options, right-click on the Start button."			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'7 - Understand Cortana.\nUnderstand Cortana.  Cortana is the same as Siri and Spotlight Search combined.  It can do the same as Siri, but it can also search the web and files.'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'8 - Understand the location of certain functions.\nUnderstand the location of certain functions.  On Mac, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper left corner:  Close, minimize, full screen/maximize.  On Windows, the buttons appear in the following order in the upper right corner:  minimize, maximize/exit full screen, close.'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'9 - Understand the filesystem.\nUnderstand the filesystem.  Files are located in the C drive, particularly your user folder.  It is very easy to switch drives.'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'10 - Understand multitasking.\nUnderstand multitasking.  You can view all open apps, as well as previously open apps on Windows 10 version 1803, through the Task View/Timeline.  You can also create new virtual desktops in Desktop Mode as in Mission Control.'			None
'Is imovie installed?'			'11 - Understand the Action Center.\nUnderstand the Action Center.  The Action Center is like the Notification Center, except you can also change quick settings there as well, like the Control Center.'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'0 - Using Google Drive'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'1 - Navigate to https:__drive.google.com_ on your Mac.\nNavigate to https://drive.google.com/ on your Mac.'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'2 - Sign into your Google account.\nSign into your Google account.\n- If you do not have a Google account, you will need to make one.'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'3 - Click New.\nClick New.'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'4 - Click File Upload.\nClick File Upload.\n- You can also click Folder Upload to upload multiple documents.'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'5 - Select a file on your computer to upload.\nSelect a file on your computer to upload.'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'6 - Click Open.\nClick Open.\n- You can also drag and drop files into the Google Drive window to upload them.'			None
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'7 - Navigate to https:__drive.google.com_ on your other device.\nNavigate to https://drive.google.com/ on your other device.\n- If you are using an iOS or Android device, you can also download the Google Drive app.'			True
'Is https://drive.google.com/ installed?'			'8 - Sign into your Google account.\nSign into your Google account. You will have access to all of your files uploaded from your Mac.\n- You can click/tap a document to view it or open the menu for a document and click/tap Download to save it to your device.'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'0 - Customizing Windows Desktops'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'1 - Download and install Rainmeter.\nDownload and install Rainmeter. Search the web for Rainmeter - the software can be downloaded from their website. The page also has links to helpful documentation and sites to download prefabricated background designs (called "skins").\n- Skins are often functionally interactive. Many utilize plugins that can interact directly with applications or the operating system (e.g. browser searches or volume control). Others may function just as eye candy.\n- Rainmeter is configured to run automatically after installation and comes preconfigured with the default “Illustro” skin, with helpful hints and tutorials.\n- Other similar software options include Deskscapes, Windowblinds, or SysAuto, which will work in a similar fashion.\n- ;'			True
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'2 - Return to the Rainmeter website.\nReturn to the Rainmeter website. Navigate back to the Rainmeter website in your web browser to acquire new skins.'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'3 - Browse for and download skins.\nBrowse for and download skins. Press "Discover" on the Rainmeter website. Here there are links to various locations (such as Reddit, deviantArt, and the Rainmeter forums) where people show off and share their Rainmeter creations. Skin creations can vary widely in complexity and functionality.\n- You are also not limited to a single skin; multiple skins can be loaded simultaneously. For example, you may load two separate skins for a media player controller and a custom weather display.\n- Common skins include designs for browser bars, custom clocks, CPU usage displays, or music player overlays.'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'4 - Install a .rmskin format skin.\nInstall a .rmskin format skin. Double-click a .rmskin file, press "Install" and Rainmeter will run the self-extractor.\n- Skin downloads can come in two formats depending on how the creator decided to package them: .rmskin, a format specified for Rainmeter, or an archived folder (.zip, .rar).\n- Not every feature from a .rmskin installer has to be used. The .rmskin installer will open a window to confirm which features of the skin you want included. You can deselect checkboxes of features you do not want prior to installing.'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'5 - Install a compressed format (.zip, .rar) skin.\nInstall a compressed format (.zip, .rar) skin. If the skin creator compressed their file in this way then you will need to extract the files manually. Right-click and select “Extract Here” to extract them. Now open your Rainmeter "Skins" folder (the path will look something like C:\\Users\\[yourname]\\Documents\\Rainmeter\\Skins). Drag the recently extracted folder over into the "Skins" folder.'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'6 - Load a skin into your environment after installation is complete.\nLoad a skin into your environment after installation is complete. Right-click the Rainmeter tray icon. Load a skin by selecting its name from the menu and the selecting the .ini file from the submenu.\n- To apply newly installed skins right click the Rainmeter tray icon and select “Refresh All”.\n- If there are multiple versions of a skin, they will be listed in the “Variants” menu. You can switch between variants at any time if you want a change in design.\n- Skins can also be unloaded from the right-click menu.'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'7 - Configure your skin.\nConfigure your skin. Click the Rainmeter tray icon in the lower right corner and then select “Manage” to see an overview of your skins and to make changes to their settings. Settings for each skin will vary depending on the way it was designed. You can also access an individual skin’s settings by right-clicking any of its elements on the desktop.'			None
'Is rainmeter installed?'			'8 - Experiment with creating your own skins.\nExperiment with creating your own skins. In order to get started, you will need a text editor to write in Rainmeter’s custom code (functionally similar to HTML, although loading and executing scripts will utilize Lua), and an image editor if you plan to make custom art. There is a lot of tutorial information on the Rainmeter website, but a few core concepts to know are:\n- A skin is a .ini file. This the most basic level to start with.\n- Folder structure matters, since skins can have variants, .ini files can be grouped into config folders to identify them (e.g. 2 variant skins for a custom clock)\n- Multiple skins combine to make a skin suite. The combined package is known as a "Root" folder. Roots are what get placed in the "Skins" folder when installed.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Customizing Windows Desktops'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Download and install Rainmeter.\nDownload and install Rainmeter. Search the web for Rainmeter - the software can be downloaded from their website. The page also has links to helpful documentation and sites to download prefabricated background designs (called "skins").\n- Skins are often functionally interactive. Many utilize plugins that can interact directly with applications or the operating system (e.g. browser searches or volume control). Others may function just as eye candy.\n- Rainmeter is configured to run automatically after installation and comes preconfigured with the default “Illustro” skin, with helpful hints and tutorials.\n- Other similar software options include Deskscapes, Windowblinds, or SysAuto, which will work in a similar fashion.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Return to the Rainmeter website.\nReturn to the Rainmeter website. Navigate back to the Rainmeter website in your web browser to acquire new skins.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Browse for and download skins.\nBrowse for and download skins. Press "Discover" on the Rainmeter website. Here there are links to various locations (such as Reddit, deviantArt, and the Rainmeter forums) where people show off and share their Rainmeter creations. Skin creations can vary widely in complexity and functionality.\n- You are also not limited to a single skin; multiple skins can be loaded simultaneously. For example, you may load two separate skins for a media player controller and a custom weather display.\n- Common skins include designs for browser bars, custom clocks, CPU usage displays, or music player overlays.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Install a .rmskin format skin.\nInstall a .rmskin format skin. Double-click a .rmskin file, press "Install" and Rainmeter will run the self-extractor.\n- Skin downloads can come in two formats depending on how the creator decided to package them: .rmskin, a format specified for Rainmeter, or an archived folder (.zip, .rar).\n- Not every feature from a .rmskin installer has to be used. The .rmskin installer will open a window to confirm which features of the skin you want included. You can deselect checkboxes of features you do not want prior to installing.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Install a compressed format (.zip, .rar) skin.\nInstall a compressed format (.zip, .rar) skin. If the skin creator compressed their file in this way then you will need to extract the files manually. Right-click and select “Extract Here” to extract them. Now open your Rainmeter "Skins" folder (the path will look something like C:\\Users\\[yourname]\\Documents\\Rainmeter\\Skins). Drag the recently extracted folder over into the "Skins" folder.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Load a skin into your environment after installation is complete.\nLoad a skin into your environment after installation is complete. Right-click the Rainmeter tray icon. Load a skin by selecting its name from the menu and the selecting the .ini file from the submenu.\n- To apply newly installed skins right click the Rainmeter tray icon and select “Refresh All”.\n- If there are multiple versions of a skin, they will be listed in the “Variants” menu. You can switch between variants at any time if you want a change in design.\n- Skins can also be unloaded from the right-click menu.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Configure your skin.\nConfigure your skin. Click the Rainmeter tray icon in the lower right corner and then select “Manage” to see an overview of your skins and to make changes to their settings. Settings for each skin will vary depending on the way it was designed. You can also access an individual skin’s settings by right-clicking any of its elements on the desktop.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'8 - Experiment with creating your own skins.\nExperiment with creating your own skins. In order to get started, you will need a text editor to write in Rainmeter’s custom code (functionally similar to HTML, although loading and executing scripts will utilize Lua), and an image editor if you plan to make custom art. There is a lot of tutorial information on the Rainmeter website, but a few core concepts to know are:\n- A skin is a .ini file. This the most basic level to start with.\n- Folder structure matters, since skins can have variants, .ini files can be grouped into config folders to identify them (e.g. 2 variant skins for a custom clock)\n- Multiple skins combine to make a skin suite. The combined package is known as a "Root" folder. Roots are what get placed in the "Skins" folder when installed.'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'0 - Customizing Mac Desktops'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'1 - Download and install Übersicht.\nDownload and install Übersicht. Search the web for Übersicht - the software can be downloaded from their website. Run the installer and launch the application when complete.\n- GeekTools is another free software option that will work similarly make your desktop more interactive.'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'2 - Return to the Übersicht website.\nReturn to the Übersicht website. Navigate back to the Übersicht website in your web browser to acquire widgets.\n- Übersicht\'s term for a background design is "widget".'			True
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'3 - Browse for widgets.\nBrowse for widgets. Übersicht hosts a variety of widget creations on its own site. On the website, click "Get Widgets". The results can be sorted by date, number of downloads, or by name, with the menu at the top of the page. Individual widgets typically serve a simple singular purpose, but can be loaded simultaneously by the software to create a personalized desktop environment.\n- Widget functions will vary from interactive to visual, including options like software developer tools, daily comic strips, or variable wallpapers.'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'4 - Download a widget.\nDownload a widget. Click the "Download" button below the target widget. Browse to your desired save location and press "Save".'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'5 - Unzip a widget (optional).\nUnzip a widget (optional). Downloaded widgets may come in the .zip format. If so, double-click to unzip the file automatically and you will have a .widget file.'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'6 - Install a widget.\nInstall a widget. In Übersicht, select “Open Widgets Folder” from the Übersicht menu in the top menu bar, then drag the appropriate .widget file into the Widgets folder.\n- Some widgets may have custom installation requirements. Check the widget’s documentation for any possible extra steps.'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'7 - Configure your widgets in Übersicht.\nConfigure your widgets in Übersicht. Widgets can be toggled on or off from the Übersicht menu.'			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			"8 - Set the widget's feature options.\nSet the widget's feature options. Each widget listing in the Übersicht menu also has its own options specific to that widget."			None
'Is übersicht website installed?'			'9 - Experiment with creating your own widgets.\nExperiment with creating your own widgets. Widgets are written in Javascript or Coffeescript (A simplified form of Javascript). You do not need any special software to write code in Javascript. Use a text editor and save the file in the .xhtml format. Some starting instructions can be found on the Übersicht github.\n- Want your desktop to give you a daily greeting? Integrated notifications? Custom display? You are limited only by your coding skill and imagination.'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'0 - Customizing Mac Desktops'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'1 - Download and install Übersicht.\nDownload and install Übersicht. Search the web for Übersicht - the software can be downloaded from their website. Run the installer and launch the application when complete.\n- GeekTools is another free software option that will work similarly make your desktop more interactive.'			True
'Is übersicht installed?'			'2 - Return to the Übersicht website.\nReturn to the Übersicht website. Navigate back to the Übersicht website in your web browser to acquire widgets.\n- Übersicht\'s term for a background design is "widget".'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'3 - Browse for widgets.\nBrowse for widgets. Übersicht hosts a variety of widget creations on its own site. On the website, click "Get Widgets". The results can be sorted by date, number of downloads, or by name, with the menu at the top of the page. Individual widgets typically serve a simple singular purpose, but can be loaded simultaneously by the software to create a personalized desktop environment.\n- Widget functions will vary from interactive to visual, including options like software developer tools, daily comic strips, or variable wallpapers.'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'4 - Download a widget.\nDownload a widget. Click the "Download" button below the target widget. Browse to your desired save location and press "Save".'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'5 - Unzip a widget (optional).\nUnzip a widget (optional). Downloaded widgets may come in the .zip format. If so, double-click to unzip the file automatically and you will have a .widget file.'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'6 - Install a widget.\nInstall a widget. In Übersicht, select “Open Widgets Folder” from the Übersicht menu in the top menu bar, then drag the appropriate .widget file into the Widgets folder.\n- Some widgets may have custom installation requirements. Check the widget’s documentation for any possible extra steps.'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'7 - Configure your widgets in Übersicht.\nConfigure your widgets in Übersicht. Widgets can be toggled on or off from the Übersicht menu.'			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			"8 - Set the widget's feature options.\nSet the widget's feature options. Each widget listing in the Übersicht menu also has its own options specific to that widget."			None
'Is übersicht installed?'			'9 - Experiment with creating your own widgets.\nExperiment with creating your own widgets. Widgets are written in Javascript or Coffeescript (A simplified form of Javascript). You do not need any special software to write code in Javascript. Use a text editor and save the file in the .xhtml format. Some starting instructions can be found on the Übersicht github.\n- Want your desktop to give you a daily greeting? Integrated notifications? Custom display? You are limited only by your coding skill and imagination.'			None
'Is skype app installed?'			'0 - Testing Your Microphone'			None
'Is skype app installed?'			'1 - Open the Skype app.\nOpen the Skype app. The Skype app looks like an "S" in a blue icon. Find and tap it on your Apps menu to open the app.'			True
'Is skype app installed?'			'2 - Tap the Search Skype field.\nTap the Search Skype field. You can find the search field at the top of the Chats page.'			None
'Is skype app installed?'			'3 - Type Echo into the search field.\nType Echo into the search field. Skype\'s automated sound test service "Echo" will show up at the top of the search results.'			None
'Is skype app installed?'			'4 - Tap Echo / Sound Test Service in the search results.\nTap Echo / Sound Test Service in the search results. This will open a chat conversation between you and Echo.'			None
'Is skype app installed?'			'5 - Tap the  button.\nTap the  button. This icon is in the upper-right corner of your chat conversation. It will start a voice call with Echo.'			None
'Is skype app installed?'			"6 - Follow Echo's instructions to test your microphone.\nFollow Echo's instructions to test your microphone. Echo will guide you through the sound testing process with voice instructions."			None
'Is echo installed?'			'0 - Testing Your Microphone'			None
'Is echo installed?'			'1 - Open the Skype app.\nOpen the Skype app. The Skype app looks like an "S" in a blue icon. Find and tap it on your Apps menu to open the app.'			None
'Is echo installed?'			'2 - Tap the Search Skype field.\nTap the Search Skype field. You can find the search field at the top of the Chats page.'			None
'Is echo installed?'			'3 - Type Echo into the search field.\nType Echo into the search field. Skype\'s automated sound test service "Echo" will show up at the top of the search results.'			None
'Is echo installed?'			'4 - Tap Echo / Sound Test Service in the search results.\nTap Echo / Sound Test Service in the search results. This will open a chat conversation between you and Echo.'			True
'Is echo installed?'			'5 - Tap the  button.\nTap the  button. This icon is in the upper-right corner of your chat conversation. It will start a voice call with Echo.'			None
'Is echo installed?'			"6 - Follow Echo's instructions to test your microphone.\nFollow Echo's instructions to test your microphone. Echo will guide you through the sound testing process with voice instructions."			None
'Is skype installed?'			'0 - Using Windows'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'1 - Open Skype on your computer.\nOpen Skype on your computer. The Skype app looks like a white "S" in a blue circle on your Start menu.\n- If you\'re not automatically logged in, tap the Sign In button, and sign in with your Skype Name, email or phone and your password.'			True
'Is skype installed?'			'2 - Click the Skype tab.\nClick the Skype tab. This button is in the upper-left corner of the app window. It will open a drop-down menu.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'3 - Hover over Profile on the Skype menu.\nHover over Profile on the Skype menu. A sub-menu will pop out.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'4 - Click Change Sounds.\nClick Change Sounds. This will open your sound settings in a new window.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'5 - Click Audio settings on the left sidebar.\nClick Audio settings on the left sidebar. This option is located above Sounds on the left-hand side.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			"6 - Select your microphone.\nSelect your microphone. Click the drop-down menu next to Microphone and select your default microphone.\n- Here, a green bar indicates your microphone's sound input level. If the green bar is rising when you speak, your microphone is working."			None
'Is skype installed?'			'7 - Click the blue Save button.\nClick the blue Save button. This will save your new microphone settings.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'0 - Using Screen-Fixing Software'			None
'Is browser installed?'			"1 - Understand how this method works.\nUnderstand how this method works. Screen-fixing software plays a random combination of red, green, and blue hues at a rate of up to 60 flashes per second in an attempt to jar the stuck pixel back into its usual cycle.\n- Screen-fixing software isn't guaranteed to work, but its success rate is usually above 50 percent.\n- There are paid versions of screen-fixing software, but free versions are just as effective at fixing stuck pixels that are still fixable."			None
'Is browser installed?'			"2 - Avoid using screen-fixing software if you have epilepsy.\nAvoid using screen-fixing software if you have epilepsy. Since screen-fixing programs display rapidly flashing lights in an erratic pattern, you'll want to avoid performing this process yourself if you (or anyone in your family) have epileptic seizures."			None
'Is browser installed?'			'3 - Open the JScreenFix website.\nOpen the JScreenFix website. Go to http://www.jscreenfix.com/ in your browser. JScreenFix is a free, online app that can fix stuck pixels.'			True
'Is browser installed?'			"4 - Scroll down and click Launch JScreenFix.\nScroll down and click Launch JScreenFix. It's a blue button near the bottom of the page. This will open the JScreenFix program in your browser."			None
'Is browser installed?'			"5 - Find the stuck pixel.\nFind the stuck pixel. Most of the browser window will be black, so finding the stuck pixel should be easy.\n- If the stuck pixel isn't in the black section of the window, press F11 to make your browser full-screen. You may have to hold Fn while pressing F11 if the browser doesn't full-screen when pressing F11."			None
'Is browser installed?'			'6 - Move the pixel-fixer onto the stuck pixel.\nMove the pixel-fixer onto the stuck pixel. Click and drag the box of static over onto the pixel, then drop it there.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'7 - Leave the pixel-fixer for at least 10 minutes.\nLeave the pixel-fixer for at least 10 minutes. Make sure not to minimize the window, move the pixel-fixer, or turn off your monitor in the process.\n- If possible, leave the pixel-fixer in place for an hour.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			"8 - Review the pixel's status.\nReview the pixel's status. Once you've left the pixel-fixer over the pixel for the allotted amount of time, close the window to view the pixel. If the pixel has been fixed, you're done.\n- If the pixel hasn't been fixed, consider shutting down your monitor for a day and then retrying this method. You can also proceed to using pressure and heat to try to fix your monitor, but doing so is not recommended."			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			'0 - Using a Colorimeter'			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			"1 - Understand that you'll need to buy a colorimeter.\nUnderstand that you'll need to buy a colorimeter. A colorimeter is a piece of hardware that you place on your screen; the hardware works in conjunction with some included software to calibrate your monitor's colors and brightness regardless of ambient light and other distractions."			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			'2 - Select and buy a colorimeter based on your needs.\nSelect and buy a colorimeter based on your needs. Colorimeters can range from personal use at a cost of around $150 to corporate use at a cost of over $1000, so buy within your price range.\n- The Spyder line of colorimeters is generally considered to be a reputable, high-performing brand.\n- Make sure that you buy a colorimeter that works with your operating system. Most colorimeters should work on Windows, macOS, and Linux, but cheap alternatives may be locked to a specific operating system.'			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			"3 - Make sure you properly prepare your monitor.\nMake sure you properly prepare your monitor. If you haven't set up your monitor in a neutral environment and let it warm up, do so before proceeding.\n- It's very important to make sure that your monitor is spotless as well, since any smudges or grit may prevent the colorimeter from working correctly."			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			"4 - Install the colorimeter's software if necessary.\nInstall the colorimeter's software if necessary. Some colorimeters will come with a CD that you'll use to install the colorimeter's software component.\n- Depending on the colorimeter, you may need to do this after plugging in the colorimeter instead of before plugging it in.\n- Your colorimeter may install the proper software upon being plugged in."			True
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			"5 - Plug in your colorimeter.\nPlug in your colorimeter. Plug the colorimeter's USB cable into one of your computer's free USB ports.\n- Make sure you use a USB port that's directly connected to your computer rather than using a USB hub or a USB port on a connected keyboard.\n- You may need to turn on the colorimeter before proceeding."			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			'6 - Follow any on-screen prompts.\nFollow any on-screen prompts. Once your computer recognizes the colorimeter, you should see a pop-up window appear; follow any prompts or instructions in the window.'			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			"7 - Place the colorimeter over the screen.\nPlace the colorimeter over the screen. The colorimeter should fit in the middle of your monitor's screen with the lens facing your screen.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- Most colorimeter software will display an outline that matches the shape of the colorimeter to indicate the general placement of the unit."			None
"Is colorimeter 's software installed?"			"8 - Initiate the calibration process.\nInitiate the calibration process. Click Next or Start (or similar) in the pop-up window to prompt the calibration software to start running. The software should run until the calibration is complete, at which point you'll be prompted to remove the colorimeter.\n- You may have to click through some more options or follow some on-screen prompts before or during the calibration process."			None
'Is wine installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is wine installed?'			'1 - Understand the process.\nUnderstand the process. EXE files are not designed for OS X, so you\'ll need to use special software to get them to run. You\'ll be installing the open-source "wine" utility, which adds a Windows "wrapper" to the EXE file, giving it access to the essential Windows files that it needs to run. The wine utility does not work with every Windows EXE file, and some programs work better than others. You do not need a Windows disc to install wine.'			None
'Is wine installed?'			'2 - Download and install Xcode from the Mac App Store.\nDownload and install Xcode from the Mac App Store. This is a free development tool that is required in order to compile software code. You won\'t be using it directly, but the tools you\'ll be installing to open EXE files relies on it. \n- Start Xcode after you finish downloading it, and click the "Xcode" menu. Select "Preferences" and then click the "Downloads" tab. Click the Install button next to "Command Line Tools".'			None
'Is wine installed?'			"3 - Download and install MacPorts.\nDownload and install MacPorts. This is a free utility that simplifies the compiling process, which you'll be using to build your version of wine. You can download MacPorts from macports.org/install.php. Click the link for the version of OS X that you are using, and then double-click the .pkg file that is downloaded to your computer to install MacPorts."			None
'Is wine installed?'			"4 - Open the Terminal.\nOpen the Terminal. You'll need to use the Terminal to adjust some of MacPorts' settings. You can open the Terminal from the Utilities folder."			None
'Is wine installed?'			"5 - Copy and paste the following command.\nCopy and paste the following command. Paste this command into the Terminal window and press Return: \n- echo export PATH=/opt/local/bin:/opt/local/sbin:\\$PATH$'\\n'export MANPATH=/opt/local/man:\\$MANPATH | sudo tee -a /etc/profile"			None
'Is wine installed?'			"6 - Enter your admin password.\nEnter your admin password. You will be prompted for your admin password before the command can run. You won't see anything as you type the password. Press Return after you have finished typing the password. If you don't have a password associated with the admin account, the process will fail."			None
'Is wine installed?'			'7 - Copy and paste the following command.\nCopy and paste the following command. This command will tell MacPorts whether or not you have a 64-bit system. Paste the following command and press Return: \n- if [ `sysctl -n hw.cpu64bit_capable` -eq 1 ] ; then echo "+universal" | sudo tee -a /opt/local/etc/macports/variants.conf; else echo "n/a"; fi'			None
'Is wine installed?'			'8 - Enter the command to agree to the Xcode license.\nEnter the command to agree to the Xcode license. This quick command will tell Xcode that you agree to the license agreement, allowing you to compile code. Close and reopen the Terminal window after running this command: \n- sudo xcodebuild -license'			None
'Is wine installed?'			"9 - Enter the command to install wine.\nEnter the command to install wine. Once you've reopened the Terminal window, you can start installing wine. You may be prompted for the admin password again. The installation process may take a while to complete. You'll know that it's finished when you are returned to the Terminal input: \n- sudo port install wine"			True
'Is wine installed?'			"10 - Navigate to the location of the EXE file.\nNavigate to the location of the EXE file. Use the cd command to navigate to the location that your EXE file is stored on your Mac. You'll need to do this through the Terminal."			None
'Is wine installed?'			"11 - Use wine to run the EXE file.\nUse wine to run the EXE file. Enter the following command to run an EXE file that's in your current directory. Replace fileName with the actual file's name: \n- wine fileName.exe"			None
'Is wine installed?'			"12 - Use the program as you normally would.\nUse the program as you normally would. If the EXE file is a standalone program, you'll be able to start using it immediately. If it's a setup file for a program, you'll be able to proceed through the installation prompts as if you were using Windows. \n- Not every program works with wine. For a full list of compatible programs, visit appdb.winehq.org."			None
'Is wine installed?'			"13 - Open programs that have been installed.\nOpen programs that have been installed. If you used an EXE file to install a program, you'll need to use wine to run the installed program file. \n- Type cd ~/.wine/drive_c/Program\\ Files/ to open the Program Files directory that your wine programs are installed to.\n- Type ls to see a list of all of your installed programs. Type cd programName to open a program's directory. If the program's directory has a space, you'll need to include a \\ before the space. For example, Microsoft Office would be cd Microsoft\\ Office.\n- Type ls again in the program's directory to find the EXE file.\n- Type wine fileName.exe to run the program."			None
'Is wine installed?'			'14 - Install the Mono libraries if the program requires .NET.\nInstall the Mono libraries if the program requires .NET. .NET is a software library for many Windows programs, and Mono is the open-source replacement that wine can use. you only need to install this if your programs require .NET.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type sudo port install winetricks and press Return.\n- Type winetricks mono210 and press Return to install Mono.'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'1 - Understand the process.\nUnderstand the process. EXE files are not designed for OS X, so you\'ll need to use special software to get them to run. You\'ll be installing the open-source "wine" utility, which adds a Windows "wrapper" to the EXE file, giving it access to the essential Windows files that it needs to run. The wine utility does not work with every Windows EXE file, and some programs work better than others. You do not need a Windows disc to install wine.'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'2 - Download and install Xcode from the Mac App Store.\nDownload and install Xcode from the Mac App Store. This is a free development tool that is required in order to compile software code. You won\'t be using it directly, but the tools you\'ll be installing to open EXE files relies on it. \n- Start Xcode after you finish downloading it, and click the "Xcode" menu. Select "Preferences" and then click the "Downloads" tab. Click the Install button next to "Command Line Tools".'			True
'Is xcode installed?'			"3 - Download and install MacPorts.\nDownload and install MacPorts. This is a free utility that simplifies the compiling process, which you'll be using to build your version of wine. You can download MacPorts from macports.org/install.php. Click the link for the version of OS X that you are using, and then double-click the .pkg file that is downloaded to your computer to install MacPorts."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"4 - Open the Terminal.\nOpen the Terminal. You'll need to use the Terminal to adjust some of MacPorts' settings. You can open the Terminal from the Utilities folder."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"5 - Copy and paste the following command.\nCopy and paste the following command. Paste this command into the Terminal window and press Return: \n- echo export PATH=/opt/local/bin:/opt/local/sbin:\\$PATH$'\\n'export MANPATH=/opt/local/man:\\$MANPATH | sudo tee -a /etc/profile"			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"6 - Enter your admin password.\nEnter your admin password. You will be prompted for your admin password before the command can run. You won't see anything as you type the password. Press Return after you have finished typing the password. If you don't have a password associated with the admin account, the process will fail."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'7 - Copy and paste the following command.\nCopy and paste the following command. This command will tell MacPorts whether or not you have a 64-bit system. Paste the following command and press Return: \n- if [ `sysctl -n hw.cpu64bit_capable` -eq 1 ] ; then echo "+universal" | sudo tee -a /opt/local/etc/macports/variants.conf; else echo "n/a"; fi'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'8 - Enter the command to agree to the Xcode license.\nEnter the command to agree to the Xcode license. This quick command will tell Xcode that you agree to the license agreement, allowing you to compile code. Close and reopen the Terminal window after running this command: \n- sudo xcodebuild -license'			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"9 - Enter the command to install wine.\nEnter the command to install wine. Once you've reopened the Terminal window, you can start installing wine. You may be prompted for the admin password again. The installation process may take a while to complete. You'll know that it's finished when you are returned to the Terminal input: \n- sudo port install wine"			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"10 - Navigate to the location of the EXE file.\nNavigate to the location of the EXE file. Use the cd command to navigate to the location that your EXE file is stored on your Mac. You'll need to do this through the Terminal."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"11 - Use wine to run the EXE file.\nUse wine to run the EXE file. Enter the following command to run an EXE file that's in your current directory. Replace fileName with the actual file's name: \n- wine fileName.exe"			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"12 - Use the program as you normally would.\nUse the program as you normally would. If the EXE file is a standalone program, you'll be able to start using it immediately. If it's a setup file for a program, you'll be able to proceed through the installation prompts as if you were using Windows. \n- Not every program works with wine. For a full list of compatible programs, visit appdb.winehq.org."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			"13 - Open programs that have been installed.\nOpen programs that have been installed. If you used an EXE file to install a program, you'll need to use wine to run the installed program file. \n- Type cd ~/.wine/drive_c/Program\\ Files/ to open the Program Files directory that your wine programs are installed to.\n- Type ls to see a list of all of your installed programs. Type cd programName to open a program's directory. If the program's directory has a space, you'll need to include a \\ before the space. For example, Microsoft Office would be cd Microsoft\\ Office.\n- Type ls again in the program's directory to find the EXE file.\n- Type wine fileName.exe to run the program."			None
'Is xcode installed?'			'14 - Install the Mono libraries if the program requires .NET.\nInstall the Mono libraries if the program requires .NET. .NET is a software library for many Windows programs, and Mono is the open-source replacement that wine can use. you only need to install this if your programs require .NET.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type sudo port install winetricks and press Return.\n- Type winetricks mono210 and press Return to install Mono.'			None
'Is macports installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is macports installed?'			'1 - Understand the process.\nUnderstand the process. EXE files are not designed for OS X, so you\'ll need to use special software to get them to run. You\'ll be installing the open-source "wine" utility, which adds a Windows "wrapper" to the EXE file, giving it access to the essential Windows files that it needs to run. The wine utility does not work with every Windows EXE file, and some programs work better than others. You do not need a Windows disc to install wine.'			None
'Is macports installed?'			'2 - Download and install Xcode from the Mac App Store.\nDownload and install Xcode from the Mac App Store. This is a free development tool that is required in order to compile software code. You won\'t be using it directly, but the tools you\'ll be installing to open EXE files relies on it. \n- Start Xcode after you finish downloading it, and click the "Xcode" menu. Select "Preferences" and then click the "Downloads" tab. Click the Install button next to "Command Line Tools".'			None
'Is macports installed?'			"3 - Download and install MacPorts.\nDownload and install MacPorts. This is a free utility that simplifies the compiling process, which you'll be using to build your version of wine. You can download MacPorts from macports.org/install.php. Click the link for the version of OS X that you are using, and then double-click the .pkg file that is downloaded to your computer to install MacPorts."			True
'Is macports installed?'			"4 - Open the Terminal.\nOpen the Terminal. You'll need to use the Terminal to adjust some of MacPorts' settings. You can open the Terminal from the Utilities folder."			None
'Is macports installed?'			"5 - Copy and paste the following command.\nCopy and paste the following command. Paste this command into the Terminal window and press Return: \n- echo export PATH=/opt/local/bin:/opt/local/sbin:\\$PATH$'\\n'export MANPATH=/opt/local/man:\\$MANPATH | sudo tee -a /etc/profile"			None
'Is macports installed?'			"6 - Enter your admin password.\nEnter your admin password. You will be prompted for your admin password before the command can run. You won't see anything as you type the password. Press Return after you have finished typing the password. If you don't have a password associated with the admin account, the process will fail."			None
'Is macports installed?'			'7 - Copy and paste the following command.\nCopy and paste the following command. This command will tell MacPorts whether or not you have a 64-bit system. Paste the following command and press Return: \n- if [ `sysctl -n hw.cpu64bit_capable` -eq 1 ] ; then echo "+universal" | sudo tee -a /opt/local/etc/macports/variants.conf; else echo "n/a"; fi'			None
'Is macports installed?'			'8 - Enter the command to agree to the Xcode license.\nEnter the command to agree to the Xcode license. This quick command will tell Xcode that you agree to the license agreement, allowing you to compile code. Close and reopen the Terminal window after running this command: \n- sudo xcodebuild -license'			None
'Is macports installed?'			"9 - Enter the command to install wine.\nEnter the command to install wine. Once you've reopened the Terminal window, you can start installing wine. You may be prompted for the admin password again. The installation process may take a while to complete. You'll know that it's finished when you are returned to the Terminal input: \n- sudo port install wine"			None
'Is macports installed?'			"10 - Navigate to the location of the EXE file.\nNavigate to the location of the EXE file. Use the cd command to navigate to the location that your EXE file is stored on your Mac. You'll need to do this through the Terminal."			None
'Is macports installed?'			"11 - Use wine to run the EXE file.\nUse wine to run the EXE file. Enter the following command to run an EXE file that's in your current directory. Replace fileName with the actual file's name: \n- wine fileName.exe"			None
'Is macports installed?'			"12 - Use the program as you normally would.\nUse the program as you normally would. If the EXE file is a standalone program, you'll be able to start using it immediately. If it's a setup file for a program, you'll be able to proceed through the installation prompts as if you were using Windows. \n- Not every program works with wine. For a full list of compatible programs, visit appdb.winehq.org."			None
'Is macports installed?'			"13 - Open programs that have been installed.\nOpen programs that have been installed. If you used an EXE file to install a program, you'll need to use wine to run the installed program file. \n- Type cd ~/.wine/drive_c/Program\\ Files/ to open the Program Files directory that your wine programs are installed to.\n- Type ls to see a list of all of your installed programs. Type cd programName to open a program's directory. If the program's directory has a space, you'll need to include a \\ before the space. For example, Microsoft Office would be cd Microsoft\\ Office.\n- Type ls again in the program's directory to find the EXE file.\n- Type wine fileName.exe to run the program."			None
'Is macports installed?'			'14 - Install the Mono libraries if the program requires .NET.\nInstall the Mono libraries if the program requires .NET. .NET is a software library for many Windows programs, and Mono is the open-source replacement that wine can use. you only need to install this if your programs require .NET.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type sudo port install winetricks and press Return.\n- Type winetricks mono210 and press Return to install Mono.'			None
'Is disk burner software installed?'			'0 - Downloading and Burning the CentOS ISO File'			None
'Is disk burner software installed?'			'1 - Navigate to the CentOS downloads page at https:__www.centos.org_download_.\nNavigate to the CentOS downloads page at https://www.centos.org/download/.\n- ;'			None
'Is disk burner software installed?'			'2 - Click on “DVD ISO.\nClick on “DVD ISO.” The Web page will refresh and display a number of ISO files for the latest version of CentOS hosted by users in the CentOS community.'			None
'Is disk burner software installed?'			'3 - Click on any ISO link, then select the option to save the file to your desktop.\nClick on any ISO link, then select the option to save the file to your desktop. You must burn the ISO file to CD or DVD before you can install CentOS on your system.'			None
'Is disk burner software installed?'			'4 - Insert a recordable CD or DVD into the disc drive on your computer.\nInsert a recordable CD or DVD into the disc drive on your computer.'			None
'Is disk burner software installed?'			'5 - Navigate to your desktop and double-click on the ISO file.\nNavigate to your desktop and double-click on the ISO file. Your computer will recognize that the ISO file must be burned to disk, and automatically launch your default disk burner software.\n- Launch Disk Utility if using Mac OS X, then click on “File,” select “Open Disk Image,” and open the ISO file you want burned to CD or DVD.'			True
'Is disk burner software installed?'			'6 - Click on “Burn.\nClick on “Burn.” Your disk burner software will then burn the CentOS ISO file to your disc.'			None
'Is etcher installed?'			'0 - Running Chromium OS from a USB drive in Live Mode'			None
'Is etcher installed?'			"1 - Download Chromium OS build from http:__chromium.arnoldthebat.co.uk.\nDownload Chromium OS build from http://chromium.arnoldthebat.co.uk. You'll want to download the latest daily Chromium build. The builds are usually listed from most recent, so the first listing should be the download you want."			None
'Is etcher installed?'			"2 - Extract the zipped image.\nExtract the zipped image. The file downloaded as a .img.7z, so you'll want to download an unzipper like 7-Zip (Windows) or Keka (Mac), which are both free programs."			None
'Is etcher installed?'			'3 - Format\nFormat the USB drive to FAT32. If you see "MS-DOS FAT" instead, it\'s the same thing as FAT32.[3]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- In Windows, you can format your drive by navigating to your USB drive File Explorer, then clicking Manage  and selecting Format. In the window that pops us, select Fat32 from the drop-down list in "File System" and click Start and OK. All the information on that drive will be deleted as it formats.\n- With Macs, you need to access Disk Utility from the Utilities folder in Finder, select your USB drive, then click the Erase tab. Make sure the window next to "Format" says "MS-DOS (FAT)" before clicking Erase.'			None
'Is etcher installed?'			"4 - Download Etcher from https:__www.balena.io_etcher_.\nDownload Etcher from https://www.balena.io/etcher/. You'll want to click the green download button to change the download version if you need to.\n- Etcher helps you flash OS images to SD cards & USB drives.\n- Install Etcher once it downloads by running the Installer wizard and either following the on-screen prompts (Windows) or by dragging and dropping the program icon into the Applications folder (Mac)."			True
'Is etcher installed?'			"5 - Flash the installed images from your computer to the USB.\nFlash the installed images from your computer to the USB. You'll find Etcher in your Start Menu or Applications folder.\n- Click Select Image and select the Chromium OS image file.\n- Click Select Drive and choose the USB drive you formatted.\n- Click Flash to begin the process of flashing the image to your USB drive. Once the flash is complete, Etcher will begin validating the final product.\n- Do not close the program until you see it's 100% finished."			None
'Is etcher installed?'			"6 - Restart your computer and boot from the USB drive.\nRestart your computer and boot from the USB drive. This can usually be done using a keyboard command such as F12 (Windows) or Option (Mac) as the computer reboots.\n- If you're using Windows and can't boot from the USB drive, see this wikiHow to learn how to check (and change) the boot order.\n- Make sure the computer boots from the USB drive to boot with Chromium OS.\n- Make sure you connect to a WiFi network once Chromium OS has booted so you can log in to your guest or Google account to access all the features available to the web-based OS.[4]\n- X\n- Research source"			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'0 - Using DeskLock on Windows'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'1 - Go to the DeskLock download page in a web browser.\nGo to the DeskLock download page in a web browser.  In a web browser, go to http://www.intowindows.com/lock-desktop-icons-windows and scroll down towards the bottom of the page.'			True
'Is web browser installed?'			"2 - Click Download Desklock.\nClick Download Desklock.  It's the link at the bottom of the article."			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'3 - Click DeskLock.\nClick DeskLock.  It\'s the download link labeled "DeskLock v1.2" on the page next to the image of icons on a desktop. This starts the DeskLock download.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'4 - Double-click the "DeskLock.exe" file.\nDouble-click the "DeskLock.exe" file. Go to the location you downloaded the DeskLock application and double-click it start the app. DeskLock is a small program and doesn\'t need to be installed.\n- By default, all downloaded files can be found in your Download folder.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'5 - Right-click the DeskLock icon in your taskbar.\nRight-click the DeskLock icon in your taskbar. It\'s a green icon with an "S" when it\'s not enabled.  It\'s a blue and white icon with a yellow padlock when enabled. It\'s located in the bottom-right of the taskbar.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'6 - Click Enabled.\nClick Enabled. This turns on DeskLock and locks your desktop icons.\n- If your icons are not locked, right-click the DeskLock icon in the system tray and go to Settings. Then make sure the checkbox next to Lock icons is checked and press OK.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'0 - Creating a Bootable Drive'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"1 - Install Windows\nInstall Windows.  If you haven't already done so, you should install Windows before installing any other operating systems.  Other operating systems, such as Linux are designed so they can work alongside Windows.  If you have not installed an operating system on your PC, make sure you install Windows first.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- The exception is if you are trying to dual-boot Windows alongside macOS on a Mac.  Macs are built a little different than most standard PCs and generally come with macOS already installed.\n- ;"			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'2 - Navigate to https:__rufus.ie_ in a web browser.\nNavigate to https://rufus.ie/ in a web browser. This is the web page to download Rufus which is a tool used to create a USB install drive that you can use to install an operating system on your computer.\n- You can also use an official install CD or DVD.'			True
'Is web browser installed?'			'3 - Download and install Rufus.\nDownload and install Rufus.  Use the following steps to download and install Rufus from the download page.\n- Scroll down and click Rufus 3.8\n- Run the "Rufus-3.8.exe" from within your web browser or Downloads folder.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'4 - Download a disk image (ISO) for the operating system you want to install.\nDownload a disk image (ISO) for the operating system you want to install.  A disk image is data that goes on an install disk, DVD or USB drive.  You will need to go to the website of the operating system you want to download and download the ISO file from that website.  The following links contain operating system ISO images you can download:\n- Windows 10\n- Windows 8\n- Windows 7\n- Ubuntu\n- Linux Mint\n- Debian\n- Installing macOS on a non-Apple computer is more complicated than installing other operating systems, but it is possible.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"5 - Insert a blank USB flash drive.\nInsert a blank USB flash drive.  Make sure the USB drive has enough space for the operating system you want to install.  Also, make sure the USB drive you use doesn't have any important data that you don't want to lose.  Insert the USB drive into an open USB port on your computer."			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'6 - Open Rufus.\nOpen Rufus.  It has an icon that resembles a USB flash drive.  Click the Rufus icon in your Windows Start menu to open Rufus.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'7 - Select your USB flash drive.\nSelect your USB flash drive.  Use the drop-down menu below "Devices" to select your USB flash drive.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'8 - Click Select.\nClick Select.  It\'s the button to the right of "Boot Selection" in Rufus.  This opens a file browser you can use to select the ISO file for the operating system you want to install.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'9 - Select the operating system ISO file and click Open.\nSelect the operating system ISO file and click Open.  This loads the ISO file into Rufus.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"10 - Click Start.\nClick Start.  It's at the bottom of Rufus on the right.  This starts the process of righting the ISO file to the USB drive.  This may take a while to complete."			None
'Is rufus installed?'			'0 - Creating a Bootable Drive'			None
'Is rufus installed?'			"1 - Install Windows\nInstall Windows.  If you haven't already done so, you should install Windows before installing any other operating systems.  Other operating systems, such as Linux are designed so they can work alongside Windows.  If you have not installed an operating system on your PC, make sure you install Windows first.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- The exception is if you are trying to dual-boot Windows alongside macOS on a Mac.  Macs are built a little different than most standard PCs and generally come with macOS already installed.\n- ;"			None
'Is rufus installed?'			'2 - Navigate to https:__rufus.ie_ in a web browser.\nNavigate to https://rufus.ie/ in a web browser. This is the web page to download Rufus which is a tool used to create a USB install drive that you can use to install an operating system on your computer.\n- You can also use an official install CD or DVD.'			None
'Is rufus installed?'			'3 - Download and install Rufus.\nDownload and install Rufus.  Use the following steps to download and install Rufus from the download page.\n- Scroll down and click Rufus 3.8\n- Run the "Rufus-3.8.exe" from within your web browser or Downloads folder.'			True
'Is rufus installed?'			'4 - Download a disk image (ISO) for the operating system you want to install.\nDownload a disk image (ISO) for the operating system you want to install.  A disk image is data that goes on an install disk, DVD or USB drive.  You will need to go to the website of the operating system you want to download and download the ISO file from that website.  The following links contain operating system ISO images you can download:\n- Windows 10\n- Windows 8\n- Windows 7\n- Ubuntu\n- Linux Mint\n- Debian\n- Installing macOS on a non-Apple computer is more complicated than installing other operating systems, but it is possible.'			None
'Is rufus installed?'			"5 - Insert a blank USB flash drive.\nInsert a blank USB flash drive.  Make sure the USB drive has enough space for the operating system you want to install.  Also, make sure the USB drive you use doesn't have any important data that you don't want to lose.  Insert the USB drive into an open USB port on your computer."			None
'Is rufus installed?'			'6 - Open Rufus.\nOpen Rufus.  It has an icon that resembles a USB flash drive.  Click the Rufus icon in your Windows Start menu to open Rufus.'			None
'Is rufus installed?'			'7 - Select your USB flash drive.\nSelect your USB flash drive.  Use the drop-down menu below "Devices" to select your USB flash drive.'			None
'Is rufus installed?'			'8 - Click Select.\nClick Select.  It\'s the button to the right of "Boot Selection" in Rufus.  This opens a file browser you can use to select the ISO file for the operating system you want to install.'			None
'Is rufus installed?'			'9 - Select the operating system ISO file and click Open.\nSelect the operating system ISO file and click Open.  This loads the ISO file into Rufus.'			None
'Is rufus installed?'			"10 - Click Start.\nClick Start.  It's at the bottom of Rufus on the right.  This starts the process of righting the ISO file to the USB drive.  This may take a while to complete."			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'0 - On Windows'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'1 - Back up your old hard drive.\nBack up your old hard drive.  Before you begin the process of transferring your Windows installation to a new SSD, it\'s recommended that you backup your hard drive.  This protects your files in case something goes wrong.  You may also need to remove some files from your current hard drive so that it fits on a new SSD.  Read "How to Back Up A Computer" to learn more about how to back up the files on your computer.\n- ;'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'2 - Install your SSD.\nInstall your SSD.  The way you install a new hard drive varies depending on the make and model of your computer.  Read "How to Install an SSD into a Desktop Computer" or "How to Install an SSD in Your Laptop" to learn more about how to install an SSD.\n- If your computer doesn\'t have space for two hard drives, you will need to purchase a kit that allows you to connect your SSD externally.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'3 - Remove files from your current drive (if needed).\nRemove files from your current drive (if needed).  SSDs often have much smaller storage space than traditional hard disk drives (HDD).  In order to clone your current hard drive to an SSD, it may be necessary to remove files so that the contents of your current hard drive can fit on your new SSD.  If you backed up your old hard drive, you can transfer files you remove back to your old hard drive after the cloning process is complete.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'4 - Defrag your old hard drive (optional).\nDefrag your old hard drive (optional).  Defragging your hard drive makes it easier for your computer to read your hard drive.  This can speed up the cloning process.  Read "How to Defragment a Disk on a Windows Computer" to learn how to defrag your hard drive.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			"5 - Go to https:__www.macrium.com_reflectfree.\nGo to https://www.macrium.com/reflectfree.  Macrium Reflect is a tool you can download to help you clone your hard drive.  It's free for home use."			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'6 - Download and Install Macrium Reflect.\nDownload and Install Macrium Reflect.  Use the following steps to download Macrium Reflect.\n- Click Home Use on the webpage.\n- Click the "ReflectDLHF.exe" file in your web browser or Downloads folder.\n- Click Download in the install wizard\n- Click Yes to allow Macrium to make changes to your device.\n- Click Next.\n- Click "I agree to the terms in the License Agreement" and click Next\n- Click Home and click Next.\n- Type your name and email and click Next.\n- Click Next.\n- Click Install.\n- Click Finish.'			True
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			"7 - Open Macrium Reflect.\nOpen Macrium Reflect.  Macrium Reflect will open automatically after the installation finishes.  If you need to open it at a later date, it's the app that has a white circle icon with two blue curved arrows.\n- If asked to create a rescue media, click No if you already backed up your hard drive.  If you have not backed up your hard drive, click Yes and follow the instructions."			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'8 - Click the checkbox  next to the hard drive with your Windows Installation.\nClick the checkbox  next to the hard drive with your Windows Installation.  Macrium Reflect displays all the hard drives you have installed on your computer.  All drive partitions are listed in the same row.  Click the checkbox to the left of the row to select all partitions for the hard drive.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			"9 - Click Clone this disk.\nClick Clone this disk.  It's below the hard drive you selected and to the right.  This opens another window that will assist you in cloning the drive."			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'10 - Click Select a disk to clone to.\nClick Select a disk to clone to.  The Clone window displays the source drive in the box at the top.  You can click the checkbox in each partition to select which partitions you want to include in the clone.  The box on the bottom is for the destination drive.  Click "Select a disk to clone to" to open a list of drives to select as your destination drive.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'11 - Select the your new SSD and click Next.\nSelect the your new SSD and click Next.    Your new SSD should be listed as a blank drive.  If your not sure which drive is the new drive, check how much hard drive space your new SSD has and click the drive with roughly the same amount of hard drive space.  Click Next when you are ready to continue.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'12 - Add a schedule, or click Next.\nAdd a schedule, or click Next.  Since Cloning a hard drive can take a while, Macrium Reflect gives you the option to schedule a time for you to clone your drive.  If you wish to do this, click Add Schedule and follow the directions to create a schedule.  Otherwise, click Next to proceed immediately.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'13 - Click Finish.\nClick Finish.  This screen displays all the partitions that are going to be copied over to the new SSD.  Click Finish at the bottom of Macrium Reflect to proceed.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'14 - Click Ok.\nClick Ok.  This begins the cloning process.  This may take several hours to complete.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'15 - Restart your computer.\nRestart your computer.  After you finish cloning your hard drive, you will need to change the boot drive order in the BIOS.  That way your computer will boot off the new SSD, instead of the old hard drive.  Restart your computer to boot into the BIOS. Use the following steps to restart your computer.\n- Click the Windows Start button.\n- Click the icon that has a circle with a line through the top.\n- Click Restart.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'16 - Boot into the BIOS.\nBoot into the BIOS. Enter your computer BIOS while your computer boots up by pressing the BIOS key during the startup process.  Typically your hold "ESC" or hold one of the Function (F of Fn) keys while your computer boots up.  Check online, or consult your computer\'s manual to learn how to enter the BIOS for your computer.  Read How To Change Computer BIOS Settings to learn more.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'17 - Access the "Boot" section of the BIOS.\nAccess the "Boot" section of the BIOS. Select the "Boot" or "Boot Order" section of the BIOS menu. If you don\'t have mouse capability, use the arrow keys on your keyboard to navigate to the Boot section of the BIOS menu and press "Enter".\n- If you see a Boot menu, select <Enter Setup> and press "Enter".[2]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'18 - Move the new SSD above the old hard drive.\nMove the new SSD above the old hard drive.  This tells your computer to boot off the new SSD before booting off the old hard drive.  To change the boot order, navigate to the SSD in the list of drives, and press the + button to move it up in the list of drives.  Place the new SSD above the old hard drive, but below the USB and CD-Rom drives.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'19 - Press F10.\nPress F10.  This saves the configuration and reboots your computer.  When your computer restarts, you will have two drives with identical contents.\n- Note:  The BIOS menu may look different from one computer to another.  Look for on-screen instructions and menus to properly navigate the BIOS menu.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'20 - Right-click the Windows Start .\nRight-click the Windows Start .  This displays a pop-up menu next to the Start menu.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'21 - Click Disk Management.\nClick Disk Management.  This opens the Disk Management app.  This displays all hard drives installed on your computer.  You should see both the new SSD and old hard drive with identical contents.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'22 - Right-click the old hard drive.\nRight-click the old hard drive.  This displays a pop-up menu next to the hard drive.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'23 - Click Format.\nClick Format.  This will erase everything on the hard drive so you can use the entire drive as storage space.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'24 - Type a new label for the drive (optional).\nType a new label for the drive (optional).  If you want to assign a new label to the hard drive, type it in the box labeled "Volume label:".  For example, you could name it "Data Drive" or "Storage Space"'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'25 - Click Ok.\nClick Ok.  This displays a confirmation pop-up telling you that this will erase the entire drive.'			None
'Is macrium reflect installed?'			'26 - Click Ok.\nClick Ok.  This erases the entire drive and leaves you with a new SSD with your Windows installation, and your old hard drive as a back up drive for storage space.'			None
'Is cosmos user kit installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is cosmos user kit installed?'			'1 - Grab the software.\nGrab the software. You will need Microsoft Visual C# 2008 Express Edition and the Cosmos User Kit. Get Visual C# at http://www.microsoft.com/express and get the Cosmos User Kit at http://www.codeplex.com/Cosmos/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx.\n- ;'			None
'Is cosmos user kit installed?'			'2 - Install the software.\nInstall the software. If you took the entire Visual Studio, it will take a long time to install, however VCS itself will not take that long. Install VCS first, then install the Cosmos User Kit.'			True
'Is cosmos user kit installed?'			'3 - Start learning C#.\nStart learning C#. Before you start programming, you will obviously need to start learning C#. If you already know, then skip to the next step.'			None
'Is cosmos user kit installed?'			'4 - Create your operating system.\nCreate your operating system. Create a new project in VCS by clicking File, New Project and selecting CosmosBoot, or the like. Then you can start coding. Enter your code on the line after \'Cosmos.Kernel.Boot.Default;\'. You can add \'Console.WriteLine("Cosmos booted.");\' to test it out.'			None
'Is cosmos user kit installed?'			"5 - Try it by pressing F5.\nTry it by pressing F5. Leave everything at it's default, unless you want to burn it to a CD and select ISO Image. See further instructions on YouTube, just run a search for 'Cosmos C#' or something like that."			None
'Is vcs installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is vcs installed?'			'1 - Grab the software.\nGrab the software. You will need Microsoft Visual C# 2008 Express Edition and the Cosmos User Kit. Get Visual C# at http://www.microsoft.com/express and get the Cosmos User Kit at http://www.codeplex.com/Cosmos/Release/ProjectReleases.aspx.\n- ;'			None
'Is vcs installed?'			'2 - Install the software.\nInstall the software. If you took the entire Visual Studio, it will take a long time to install, however VCS itself will not take that long. Install VCS first, then install the Cosmos User Kit.'			True
'Is vcs installed?'			'3 - Start learning C#.\nStart learning C#. Before you start programming, you will obviously need to start learning C#. If you already know, then skip to the next step.'			None
'Is vcs installed?'			'4 - Create your operating system.\nCreate your operating system. Create a new project in VCS by clicking File, New Project and selecting CosmosBoot, or the like. Then you can start coding. Enter your code on the line after \'Cosmos.Kernel.Boot.Default;\'. You can add \'Console.WriteLine("Cosmos booted.");\' to test it out.'			None
'Is vcs installed?'			"5 - Try it by pressing F5.\nTry it by pressing F5. Leave everything at it's default, unless you want to burn it to a CD and select ISO Image. See further instructions on YouTube, just run a search for 'Cosmos C#' or something like that."			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'1 - Install VMware Workstation.\nInstall VMware Workstation.  This program will allow us to set up multiple virtual machines and use them concurrently with our local machine.\n- ;'			True
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			"2 - Download Ubuntu.\nDownload Ubuntu.  You will be mounting this OS in your VMware workstation so make sure it's an ISO file."			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'3 - Open Workstation.\nOpen Workstation.  Select file > New > Virtual Machine'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'4 - Choose the option, Typical, then click next.\nChoose the option, Typical, then click next.'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'5 - Choose Installer disk file(iso)'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'Choose Installer disk file(iso)'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'6 - Enter your product key, no password is required here'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'Enter your product key, no password is required here'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'7 - Download your second OS (Mac).\nDownload your second OS (Mac).  Again make sure this is an ISO file.'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'8 - Open Workstation.\nOpen Workstation. Select file > New > Virtual Machine'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'9 - Choose installer disk file(iso)'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'Choose installer disk file(iso)'			None
'Is vmware workstation installed?'			'10 - Both your Ubuntu and Mac operating systems are now displayed on your side panel.\nBoth your Ubuntu and Mac operating systems are now displayed on your side panel.  Click to run.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'1 - Click on the following link to install updated ZTE Warp drivers on your computer:\nClick on the following link to install updated ZTE Warp drivers on your computer: http://hexamob.com/drivers/GENERICOS/UniversalAdbDriverSetup6.msi\n- ;'			True
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'2 - Tap on “Menu” and select “Settings” on your ZTE Warp device.\nTap on “Menu” and select “Settings” on your ZTE Warp device.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'3 - Tap on “Developer options,” and remove the checkmark next to “USB debugging.\nGo to the MediaFire website on your computer at http://www.mediafire.com/?iemp8viqmyg8g3q.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'3 - Tap on “Developer options,” and remove the checkmark next to “USB debugging.\nGo to the MediaFire website on your computer at http://www.mediafire.com/?iemp8viqmyg8g3q.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'5 - Select the option to download the root package to your Windows or Mac computer.\nSelect the option to download the root package to your Windows or Mac computer.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			"6 - Save the root package archive folder to your computer's desktop.\nSave the root package archive folder to your computer's desktop."			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'7 - Double-click on the archive folder to extract all files.\nDouble-click on the archive folder to extract all files.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'8 - Connect your ZTE Warp to your computer using a USB cable.\nConnect your ZTE Warp to your computer using a USB cable.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'9 - Double-click on the file named “runme.bat” on your desktop.\nDouble-click on the file named “runme.bat” on your desktop. The rooting software will launch.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'10 - Follow the on-screen prompts to root your ZTE Warp.\nFollow the on-screen prompts to root your ZTE Warp.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'11 - Disconnect your phone from your computer when the rooting process is complete.\nDisconnect your phone from your computer when the rooting process is complete.'			None
'Is zte warp driver installed?'			'12 - Verify that an app called “Superuser” displays in your app menu.\nVerify that an app called “Superuser” displays in your app menu. Your ZTE Warp is now rooted and ready for use.[2]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'1 - Download TeamViewer on your computer.\nDownload TeamViewer on your computer. In your preferred web browser, go the official Team Viewer site and download the TeamViewer application for your computer.\n- Go to https://www.teamviewer.us\n- Click Download Now.\n- ;'			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'2 - Double-click the installer file to begin installing TeamViewer.\nDouble-click the installer file to begin installing TeamViewer.  The full file name is TeamViewer_Setup.exe on Windows and TeamViewer.dmg on Mac. This will start the installation, simply follow the installation prompts to install TeamViewer.\n- By default, your downloaded files can be found in your Downloads folder.'			True
'Is teamviewer installed?'			"3 - Open TeamViewer on your computer.\nOpen TeamViewer on your computer. It's the app with the icon of a blue double-sided arrow on a white circle. Double-click the app icon to launch TeamViewer. You will see an ID, Password, and Partner ID on the main screen.\n- TeamViewer may already be open after it finished installing."			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'4 - Download TeamViewer on your phone.\nDownload TeamViewer on your phone.  TeamViewer is available in both the Google Play Store on Android phones and the App Store on iPhones.\n- Open the Play Store on Android or App Store on iPhone.\n- Go to Search and type teambviewer in the search bar.\n- Tap the TeamViewer app.\n- Tap Install, or Get next to Team Viewer.'			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'5 - Open TeamViewer on your phone.\nOpen TeamViewer on your phone.  It\'s the app with the icon of a blue double-sided arrow on a white circle. You can open it by tapping it on your home screen, or tap "Open" in the Google Play Store or App Store.'			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'6 - Type your computer\'s ID on your phone.\nType your computer\'s ID on your phone.  Your ID is on the line that says "Your ID" on TeamViewer on your computer screen.  Type your ID in the line that says "Partner ID" on your Phone.'			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			"7 - Tap Remote Control.\nTap Remote Control.  It's the blue button below the Partner ID line."			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			"8 - Type the computer's password on your phone.\nType the computer's password on your phone.  Type the password on your computer's TeamViewer screen into the password prompt on your phone."			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'9 - Tap Ok.\nTap Ok.  Your phone will connect to your computer.'			None
'Is teamviewer installed?'			'10 - Tap Continue.\nTap Continue.  There is a brief intro that explains how to do mouse interactions with the touchscreen on your phone.  Tap "Continue" to start controlling your computer from your phone.\n- You can disconnect from your computer by clicking or tapping the "x" button on your phone, or computer.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'0 - On MacOS'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'1 - Check to see if you can install a new hard drive to your Mac.\nCheck to see if you can install a new hard drive to your Mac.  Macs are notoriously difficult to upgrade.  The method for installing a hard drive is different from one Mac model to another.  Some models may not allow you to install a new hard drive.  Many models may require you to take your Mac to an Apple authorized service provider to replace your hard drive.  Click here to see if your Mac allows you to install a new hard drive.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'2 - Purchase an SSD enclosure.\nPurchase an SSD enclosure.  In order to transfer your MacOS to a new SSD, you will need to an external enclosure.  This allows you to connect the SSD to your Mac using a USB.  Make sure you purchase the right size enclosure for your SSD.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'3 - Back up your old hard drive.\nBack up your old hard drive.  Before doing any repairs or upgrades, it\'s important to back up all the data on your old hard drive.  This protects your data in case something goes wrong.  If your SSD has smaller storage space than your old drive, it may be necessary to delete some files so that your old hard drive will be able to fit on the new SSD.   Read "How to Back Up A Computer" to learn more about how to back up the files on your computer.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			"4 - Remove excess files from your old hard drive (if needed).\nRemove excess files from your old hard drive (if needed).  If your new SSD is smaller than your old hard drive, it may be necessary to delete files you don't need so that all the contents of your old hard drive will fit on your new SSD.  As long as your files are backed up, you should be able to access them later."			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'5 - Connect the SSD to your Mac.\nConnect the SSD to your Mac.  Place the SSD inside the enclosure and connect it to your Mac using an available USB port.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			"6 - Open the Finder .\nOpen the Finder .  It's the app that has a blue and white icon with a smiley face."			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'7 - Type Disk Utility in the search bar and open the Disk Utility.\nType Disk Utility in the search bar and open the Disk Utility.  The search bar is in the upper-right corner of the finder.  Typing "Disk Utility" will display the Disk Utility app.  It has an icon that resembles a hard drive with a stethoscope.  Click this app as soon as it appears.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'8 - Select the SSD.\nSelect the SSD.  The SSD is listed in the sidebar to the left under "External".  Usually, it will be listed under the name of the manufacturer.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			"9 - Click Erase.\nClick Erase.  It's at the top of the Disk Utility in the middle."			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'10 - Type a new name for your hard drive (optional).\nType a new name for your hard drive (optional).  By default, the new SSD will retain the original name the manufacturer gave it.  If you want to give it a new name, type it in the box labeled "Name".'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'11 - Select "APFS" or "Mac OS Extended (Journaled)".\nSelect "APFS" or "Mac OS Extended (Journaled)".  If you are using MacOS High Sierra, select APFS in the drop-down menu labeled "Format".  If you are using an older version of Mac OS, select "Mac OS Extended (Journaled)" from the drop-down menu.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			"12 - Click Erase.\nClick Erase.  It's in the lower-right corner of the Disk Utility tool.  This erases the SSD and formats it."			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'13 - Go to https:__www.shirt-pocket.com_SuperDuper_ in a web browser.\nGo to https://www.shirt-pocket.com/SuperDuper/ in a web browser.  SuperDuper is a simple and free program that allows you to clone your hard drive on Mac.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'14 - Click Download.\nClick Download.  It\'s in the column on the right side of the page, below the bold text that says "Download Now".  This download the Super Duper installer.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'15 - Install Super Duper.\nInstall Super Duper.  Use the following steps to install SuperDuper:\n- Click "SuperDuper!.dmg" in your web browser or "Downloads" folder.\n- Click Agree.\n- Double-click SuperDuper!.app\n- If you are asked if you are sure you want to open SuperDuper!.app, click Open.\n- Click Install in "Applications".'			True
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'16 - Open Super Duper.\nOpen Super Duper.  Super Duper opens automatically once it\'s installed.  If it is not currently open, you can open it in the "Applications" folder in the Finder.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'17 - Select your Mac\'s current hard drive under "Copy".\nSelect your Mac\'s current hard drive under "Copy".  Use the drop-down menu under "Copy" to select your Mac\'s current hard drive.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'18 - Select the SSD next to "to".\nSelect the SSD next to "to".  Use the drop-down menu next to "to" to select the SSD.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'19 - Select "Back up - all files".\nSelect "Back up - all files".  Use the drop-down menu next to "using" to select "Back up - all files".'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'20 - Click Copy Now.\nClick Copy Now.  It\'s the blue button that appears at the bottom of Super Duper when you selected a "Copy" drive, and a "to" drive.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'21 - Type your user password.\nType your user password.  You will need to type your user password in order to copy your hard drive over to a new SSD.'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			"22 - Click Copy.\nClick Copy.  This confirms that you want to copy the contents of your Mac's hard drive to a new SSD.  This process may take a few hours to complete."			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'23 - Click Ok.\nClick Ok.  This button appears once the cloning process is completed.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is superduper!.app installed?'			'24 - Install the SSD in your Mac.\nInstall the SSD in your Mac.  This process is different depending on your Mac model.  If you need assistance, take your Mac to an authorized Apple service provider.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'0 - Installing JDK'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'1 - Visit the JDK download page.\nVisit the JDK download page. Open your web browser and visit oracle.com/downloads/index.html.\n- ;'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'2 - Download the JDK installer.\nDownload the JDK installer. Once you\'re on the Downloads page, you\'ll need to navigate to the installer files:\n- Click the "Java" option.\n- Click "Java SE."\n- Click the "Download" button next to "JDK 8 with NetBeans."\n- Select "Accept License Agreement" and then click the download link for "Mac OS X" in the top section. This is the most recent release of the Java SDK with the NetBeans development environment.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			'3 - Double-click the downloaded installer.\nDouble-click the downloaded installer. The installer is in .dmg format. Double-clicking it will open the installation interface.'			None
'Is jdk installed?'			"4 - Follow the prompts to install the JDK.\nFollow the prompts to install the JDK. You'll be asked to enter your administrator password before installation can proceed."			True
'Is jdk installed?'			"5 - Delete the DMG file after installation (optional).\nDelete the DMG file after installation (optional). This will help you save on disk space, since you don't need it after the JDK has been installed.[1]\n- X\n- Research source"			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			'0 - Using ClipGrab'			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			"1 - Go to https:__clipgrab.org and click Free Download.\nGo to https://clipgrab.org and click Free Download. ClipGrab is a free Mac app that lets you save YouTube videos to your computer.[5]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n-  ClipGrab is a good alternative to QuickTime because you won't have to sit through the video while it records—you'll just enter the URL and the app does the work."			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			"2 - Open the ClipGrab installer.\nOpen the ClipGrab installer. You should be able to click its name at the bottom of your browser. If you don't see it, double-click the installer in your Downloads folder."			True
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			'3 - Drag the ClipGrab icon to the Applications folder to install.\nDrag the ClipGrab icon to the Applications folder to install.'			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			"4 - Open ClipGrab once the installation is finished.\nOpen ClipGrab once the installation is finished. It'll be in the Applications folder."			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			"5 - Click the Downloads tab in ClipGrab.\nClick the Downloads tab in ClipGrab. It's near the top of the window."			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			"6 - Copy the address of the YouTube video you want to download.\nCopy the address of the YouTube video you want to download. If you haven't already done so, bring up the video in your favorite web browser now. To copy the URL, click the address bar to highlight it, and then press ⌘ Command+C to copy."			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			'7 - Paste the copied URL into ClipGrab.\nPaste the copied URL into ClipGrab. To do this, click back over to ClipGrab, click the typing area, and then press ⌘ Command+V to paste.'			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			'8 - Select MPEG4 from the "Format" menu.\nSelect MPEG4 from the "Format" menu. If you have a different video file preference, choose that instead.'			None
'Is clipgrab installer installed?'			"9 - Click Grab this clip.\nClick Grab this clip. It's below the URL you pasted into the blank. ClipGrab will download the YouTube video to your computer's default Downloads folder."			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			'0 - Using Unarchiver'			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			'1 - Download the Unarchiver application.\nDownload the Unarchiver application. The Unarchiver is an app that allows you to open RAR files on your Mac. To download it, do the following:\n- Open your Mac\'s  App Store\n- Click the search bar in the upper-right side of the App Store window.\n- Type unarchiver into the search bar, then press ⏎ Return.\n- Click Get below the "Unarchiver" heading.\n- Click Install App below the "Unarchiver" heading when prompted.\n- Enter your Apple ID password if prompted.\n- ;'			True
'Is unarchive installed?'			"2 - Open Launchpad.\nOpen Launchpad. Click the Launchpad icon, which resembles a rocket ship. It's usually found in the Dock at the bottom of your Mac's screen."			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			'3 - Click The Unarchiver application.\nClick The Unarchiver application. This will launch the Unarchiver program.\n- If prompted, you may have to select whether you want to save unarchived files to the same folder each time, or if you want to be asked each time.'			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			"4 - Click the Archive Formats tab.\nClick the Archive Formats tab. It's at the top of the window."			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			'5 - Check the "RAR Archive" box.\nCheck the "RAR Archive" box. Doing so ensures that the Unarchiver program will be able to open RAR files in the future.'			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			'6 - Select a RAR file.\nSelect a RAR file. Go to the location of a RAR file which you want to open, then click the RAR file.\n- If you are trying to extract a multi-part RAR file, start with the ".rar" or ".part001.rar" file. All the parts should be in the same folder.'			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			"7 - Click File.\nClick File. It's at the top of your Mac's screen. A drop-down menu will appear.\n- In some cases, you may also be able to double-click the RAR file to open it in Unarchiver. This may not work if you have multiple apps which can open RAR files on your Mac."			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			'8 - Select Open With.\nSelect Open With. This option is in the File drop-down menu. A pop-out will appear.'			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			"9 - Click The Unarchiver.\nClick The Unarchiver. It's in the pop-out menu. Doing so will prompt your RAR file to open in Unarchiver, which will begin extracting the RAR file's contents into the RAR's folder.\n- If the RAR file is password-protected, you'll be prompted to enter the password before the files can be extracted."			None
'Is unarchive installed?'			"10 - Open the extracted file(s).\nOpen the extracted file(s). By default, The Unarchiver will extract the RAR's files into the same folder in which the RAR file was located. For example, if the RAR file was in the Desktop folder, you'll find the extracted files there."			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'0 - Using StuffIt Expander'			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			"1 - Open the StuffIt Expander website.\nOpen the StuffIt Expander website. Go to http://my.smithmicro.com/stuffit-expander-mac.html in your computer's web browser. StuffIt Expander is a free application that supports a wide variety of archive files, including RAR."			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'2 - Download StuffIt Expander.\nDownload StuffIt Expander. To do so:\n- Enter your email address in the "Email*" field.\n- Click FREE Download\n- Click Download'			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'3 - Install StuffIt Expander.\nInstall StuffIt Expander. Double-click the downloaded DMG file, click Agree when prompted, and wait for it to install.\n- You may be prompted to verify the software before you can install it.'			True
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'4 - Open StuffIt Expander.\nOpen StuffIt Expander. Double-click the StuffIt Expander app icon to do so.\n- If prompted, click Open.'			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'5 - Click Move to Applications Folder.\nClick Move to Applications Folder. This will finish installing and opening StuffIt Expander; you should now be able to use this app to open RAR files.'			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'6 - Click StuffIt Expander.\nClick StuffIt Expander. This menu item is in the top-left corner of the screen. A drop-down menu will appear.'			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			"7 - Click Preferences….\nClick Preferences…. You'll find it in the StuffIt Expander drop-down menu."			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			"8 - Click the Advanced tab.\nClick the Advanced tab. It's at the top of the Preferences window."			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			"9 - Scroll down and click RAR.\nScroll down and click RAR. You'll find this option in the middle of the window."			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			"10 - Click Assign to StuffIt Expander.\nClick Assign to StuffIt Expander. It's on the right side of the window. Doing so allows StuffIt Expander to open RAR files on your Mac."			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'11 - Close the window.\nClose the window. Click the red button in the upper-left corner of the window to do so.'			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			'12 - Double-click a RAR file.\nDouble-click a RAR file. Doing so should launch StuffIt Expander, which will begin extracting the RAR\'s files.\n- If StuffIt Expander does not launch, right-click or control-click the RAR file, then select Open With and click StuffIt Expander.\n- If you are trying to extract a multi-part RAR file, start with the ".rar" or ".part001.rar" file. All the parts should be in the same folder.\n- If the RAR file is password-protected, you\'ll be prompted to enter the password before the files can be extracted.'			None
'Is stuff it expander installed?'			"13 - Open the extracted file(s).\nOpen the extracted file(s). By default, StuffIt Expander will extract the files into the same folder in which the RAR file was located. For example, if the RAR file was in the Desktop folder, you'll find the extracted files there."			None
'Is subversion installed?'			'0 - Set Up Your Subversion Environment'			None
'Is subversion installed?'			'1 - Set up an SVN server.\nSet up an SVN server. You will need this to distribute a Subversion project.'			None
'Is subversion installed?'			"2 - Launch Terminal, then create a directory called svnroot in your account directory, as follows:\nLaunch Terminal, then create a directory called svnroot in your account directory, as follows: mkdir svnroot\n- Type: svnadmin create /Users/[your username]/svnroot\n- \n- \n- That creates your server!\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('38829f0f13012203e3a31cedb40b3881')"			None
'Is subversion installed?'			'3 - \nUse the svn server with Terminal. You can checkout in the terminal with this command: svn checkout file:///Users/[your username]/svnroot\n- For remote access, enable "ssh access" (in System Preferences/Sharing) and checkout with: svn checkout svn+ssh://my.domain.com/Users/[your username]/svnroot'			None
'Is subversion installed?'			'4 - Set up a Subversion client.\nSet up a Subversion client. For example, svnX supports all current versions of Mac OS X from 10.5 to 10.8. You can get it at http://code.google.com.'			True
'Is subversion installed?'			'5 - After the download, start SVNx and you will see two windows named Working Copies and Repositories.\nAfter the download, start SVNx and you will see two windows named Working Copies and Repositories. Under Repositories, add the URL und Login Data from the SVN Server.\n- Open the window; if you get an error, check the LogIn.\n- \n- \n- Switch to the Terminal and type: svn import -m "your Import message" /my/local/project/path /my/remote/svn/repository This command adds all files from the local Project to the SVN Server.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem(\'5d7ca55659e96e7038e469c944240cce\')\n- \n- \n- Add the path of your SVN repository (from the SVN server) to the list in the Working Copy window in SVNx.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem(\'d7c44ea2d1508006f85670a48640189e\')'			None
'Is subversion installed?'			"6 - In SVNx open your working copy.\nIn SVNx open your working copy. When you're working on this Project, you will see your modifications here."			None
'Is subversion installed?'			'7 - Test it.\nTest it. Make a small modification on your working copy, then refresh the the Working Copy window.\n- SVNx displays all files with modifications. Press the Commit button to add it to the SVN Server Repository.'			None
'Is subversion installed?'			'8 - If you prefer to work on the Subversion repository directly from the Finder, consider using either SCPlugin or SVN Scripts for Finder.\nIf you prefer to work on the Subversion repository directly from the Finder, consider using either SCPlugin or SVN Scripts for Finder.'			None
'Is server installed?'			'0 - Set Up Your Subversion Environment'			None
'Is server installed?'			'1 - Set up an SVN server.\nSet up an SVN server. You will need this to distribute a Subversion project.'			None
'Is server installed?'			"2 - Launch Terminal, then create a directory called svnroot in your account directory, as follows:\nLaunch Terminal, then create a directory called svnroot in your account directory, as follows: mkdir svnroot\n- Type: svnadmin create /Users/[your username]/svnroot\n- \n- \n- That creates your server!\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('38829f0f13012203e3a31cedb40b3881')"			True
'Is server installed?'			'3 - \nUse the svn server with Terminal. You can checkout in the terminal with this command: svn checkout file:///Users/[your username]/svnroot\n- For remote access, enable "ssh access" (in System Preferences/Sharing) and checkout with: svn checkout svn+ssh://my.domain.com/Users/[your username]/svnroot'			None
'Is server installed?'			'4 - Set up a Subversion client.\nSet up a Subversion client. For example, svnX supports all current versions of Mac OS X from 10.5 to 10.8. You can get it at http://code.google.com.'			None
'Is server installed?'			'5 - After the download, start SVNx and you will see two windows named Working Copies and Repositories.\nAfter the download, start SVNx and you will see two windows named Working Copies and Repositories. Under Repositories, add the URL und Login Data from the SVN Server.\n- Open the window; if you get an error, check the LogIn.\n- \n- \n- Switch to the Terminal and type: svn import -m "your Import message" /my/local/project/path /my/remote/svn/repository This command adds all files from the local Project to the SVN Server.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem(\'5d7ca55659e96e7038e469c944240cce\')\n- \n- \n- Add the path of your SVN repository (from the SVN server) to the list in the Working Copy window in SVNx.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem(\'d7c44ea2d1508006f85670a48640189e\')'			None
'Is server installed?'			"6 - In SVNx open your working copy.\nIn SVNx open your working copy. When you're working on this Project, you will see your modifications here."			None
'Is server installed?'			'7 - Test it.\nTest it. Make a small modification on your working copy, then refresh the the Working Copy window.\n- SVNx displays all files with modifications. Press the Commit button to add it to the SVN Server Repository.'			None
'Is server installed?'			'8 - If you prefer to work on the Subversion repository directly from the Finder, consider using either SCPlugin or SVN Scripts for Finder.\nIf you prefer to work on the Subversion repository directly from the Finder, consider using either SCPlugin or SVN Scripts for Finder.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'1 - Connect a network cable to the back of your Xbox 360 console.\nConnect a network cable to the back of your Xbox 360 console.\n- ;'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'2 - Plug the other end of the network cable into an Ethernet port on your Mac computer.\nPlug the other end of the network cable into an Ethernet port on your Mac computer.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'3 - Click on the Apple icon on your Mac computer, and select “System Preferences.\nClick on the Apple icon on your Mac computer, and select “System Preferences.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'4 - Click on “Sharing” and place a checkmark next to “Internet Sharing.\nClick on “Sharing” and place a checkmark next to “Internet Sharing.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'5 - Click on “AirPort” from the dropdown menu next to “Share your connection from.\nClick on “AirPort” from the dropdown menu next to “Share your connection from.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'6 - Click on “Ethernet Adaptor (en2)” next to “To computers using.\nClick on “Ethernet Adaptor (en2)” next to “To computers using.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'7 - Click on the “back” button at the top of the System Preferences window to return to the main menu.\nClick on the “back” button at the top of the System Preferences window to return to the main menu.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'8 - Click on “Network.\nClick on “Network.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'9 - Select “WiFi” and click on the “DNS” tab.\nSelect “WiFi” and click on the “DNS” tab.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'10 - Write down the number displayed below “DNS servers.\nWrite down the number displayed below “DNS servers.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'11 - Click on “OK,” then select “Ethernet.\nClick on “OK,” then select “Ethernet.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'12 - Click on “TCP _ IP,” and select “Off” next to “Configure IPv4.\nClick on “TCP / IP,” and select “Off” next to “Configure IPv4.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'13 - Click on “Apply.\nClick on “Apply.” Your Mac will now be configured to work with your Xbox 360.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'14 - Click on the “Guide” button on your Xbox 360 controller.\nClick on the “Guide” button on your Xbox 360 controller. The Guide button is the round button marked with an “X” in the middle of the controller.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'15 - Navigate to “Settings” and select “System Settings.\nNavigate to “Settings” and select “System Settings.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'16 - Select “Network Settings,” followed by “Wired Network” if prompted to do so by your Xbox 360.\nSelect “Network Settings,” followed by “Wired Network” if prompted to do so by your Xbox 360.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'17 - Select “Configure Network,” and select “IP Settings” from the Basic Settings tab.\nSelect “Configure Network,” and select “IP Settings” from the Basic Settings tab.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'18 - Select “Manual,” then select “IP Address.\nSelect “Manual,” then select “IP Address.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'19 - Enter the following IP address, then select “Done:\nEnter the following IP address, then select “Done:” 192.168.2.2.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'20 - Select “Subnet Mask” and enter 255.255.255.0.\nSelect “Subnet Mask” and enter 255.255.255.0.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'21 - Select “Done,” then select “Gateway.\nSelect “Done,” then select “Gateway.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'22 - Enter the following IP address, then select “Done:\nEnter the following IP address, then select “Done:” 192.168.2.1.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'23 - Navigate to the tab labeled “Basic Settings” and select “DNS Settings.\nNavigate to the tab labeled “Basic Settings” and select “DNS Settings.”'			True
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'24 - Select “Manual,” followed by “Primary DNS Server.\nSelect “Manual,” followed by “Primary DNS Server.”'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'25 - Enter the DNS Servers numbers you wrote down previously in step #10 of this article.\nEnter the DNS Servers numbers you wrote down previously in step #10 of this article.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'26 - Select “Done,” then select “Done” once again.\nSelect “Done,” then select “Done” once again.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'27 - Press the “B” button on your Xbox 360 controller.\nPress the “B” button on your Xbox 360 controller.'			None
'Is basic setting " installed?'			'28 - Select “Test Xbox Live Connection” to verify that your Xbox 360 has been successfully connected to your Mac computer.\nSelect “Test Xbox Live Connection” to verify that your Xbox 360 has been successfully connected to your Mac computer. You will now be able to connect to Xbox Live and play games on your Xbox 360 using your Mac’s Internet connection.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is driver installed?'			'1 - Turn off and unplug the printer.\nTurn off and unplug the printer.\n- ;'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"2 - Download and install the drivers.\nDownload and install the drivers. See external links below. Note that the file is very large and will take some time to download. (If you take the time to look at the supported printer models, you'll notice that HP Laserjet 1020 isn't among them. Don't worry about that just yet.)"			True
'Is driver installed?'			'3 - Restart your Mac computer.\nRestart your Mac computer.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'4 - Turn on and connect the printer.\nTurn on and connect the printer.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'5 - Go to System Preferences > Print and Fax.\nGo to System Preferences > Print and Fax.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'6 - Press + to add printer.\nPress + to add printer.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'7 - Open the driver list and select HP Laserjet 1022.\nOpen the driver list and select HP Laserjet 1022. Make sure not to select the Gutenberg version.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'0 - Older Macs'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'1 - Turn off and unplug the printer.\nTurn off and unplug the printer.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'2 - Download and install the latest HP Drivers.\nDownload and install the latest HP Drivers. See external links below.'			True
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'3 - Go to the Printer Setup Utility and choose HP Laserjet 1022 1.3.0.261.\nGo to the Printer Setup Utility and choose HP Laserjet 1022 1.3.0.261.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'4 - Download .\nDownload .'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'5 - Go to _Library_Receipts and delete any files for the HP 1020.\nGo to /Library/Receipts and delete any files for the HP 1020. Examples include "hp LaserJet 1020 Series.pkg."'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'6 - Go to the Printer Setup Utility and delete any files for the HP 1020.\nGo to the Printer Setup Utility and delete any files for the HP 1020.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'7 - Run the DMG file.\nRun the DMG file. It is labeled as "hp Laserjet 1022 Series.pkg," but run it anyway.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'8 - Turn on and connect the printer.\nTurn on and connect the printer.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'9 - Go to System Preferences > Print and Fax.\nGo to System Preferences > Print and Fax.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'10 - Select HP LaserJet 1020.\nSelect HP LaserJet 1020. If the printer does not show up on the Printer Setup Utility, you may need to select Browser on the same dialog box and click on the HP1020 name there.'			None
'Is hp drivers installed?'			'11 - Click add.\nClick add.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'0 - Older Macs'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'1 - Turn off and unplug the printer.\nTurn off and unplug the printer.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'2 - Download and install the latest HP Drivers.\nDownload and install the latest HP Drivers. See external links below.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'3 - Go to the Printer Setup Utility and choose HP Laserjet 1022 1.3.0.261.\nGo to the Printer Setup Utility and choose HP Laserjet 1022 1.3.0.261.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'4 - Download .\nDownload .'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'5 - Go to _Library_Receipts and delete any files for the HP 1020.\nGo to /Library/Receipts and delete any files for the HP 1020. Examples include "hp LaserJet 1020 Series.pkg."'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'6 - Go to the Printer Setup Utility and delete any files for the HP 1020.\nGo to the Printer Setup Utility and delete any files for the HP 1020.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'7 - Run the DMG file.\nRun the DMG file. It is labeled as "hp Laserjet 1022 Series.pkg," but run it anyway.'			True
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'8 - Turn on and connect the printer.\nTurn on and connect the printer.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'9 - Go to System Preferences > Print and Fax.\nGo to System Preferences > Print and Fax.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'10 - Select HP LaserJet 1020.\nSelect HP LaserJet 1020. If the printer does not show up on the Printer Setup Utility, you may need to select Browser on the same dialog box and click on the HP1020 name there.'			None
'Is hp laserjet 1022 series.pkg installed?'			'11 - Click add.\nClick add.'			None
'Is data recovery program installed?'			'0 - Using a Data Recovery Program'			None
'Is data recovery program installed?'			"1 - Stop using your Mac for now.\nStop using your Mac for now. The key to recovering files using a data recovery program is to stop using the Mac's hard drive immediately. Don't download any software or create any folders or backups now, since doing so may overwrite the space where the file that you want to recover was stored."			None
'Is data recovery program installed?'			"2 - Download a file recovery program.\nDownload a file recovery program. You will most likely have to pay for your selected program. Make sure to download the program on another computer or drive so that you don't accidentally overwrite the file you are trying to recover. Popular programs include the following:[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- PhotoRec (Free)\n- Disk Drill (paid)\n- Data Rescue (paid)\n- EaseUS (paid)"			None
'Is data recovery program installed?'			"3 - Install the data recovery program on a USB drive.\nInstall the data recovery program on a USB drive. If you can do this, you'll cut down on the risk of overwriting your Mac's files.\n- If you aren't able to install the recovery program on a USB flash drive, you can at least move the program's setup file onto your Mac from the USB drive. This isn't ideal, but it may be necessary."			True
'Is data recovery program installed?'			'4 - Scan your drive.\nScan your drive. The process will vary depending on the program you choose, but generally you will be able to select the drive that you want to scan. Select the drive that contained the files you accidentally deleted, then select the Scan option.\n- Your selected program may have additional options to select before continuing.'			None
'Is data recovery program installed?'			'5 - Select the files that you want to recover.\nSelect the files that you want to recover. After scanning your drive, you will be presented a list of files that can be recovered. You can select these in order to restore them.\n- File names will often be destroyed, so you may have to preview each file individually in order to find the one you want.\n- Not all files can be restored.'			None
'Is data recovery program installed?'			'6 - Save your files.\nSave your files. After selecting the files you want to recover, you will be prompted to save the files somewhere. If you still have more files to try to find, do not save them to the drive they were deleted from. Instead, save them to an external drive or another connected drive.\n- If trying to recover a large number of files, recover the most important ones first. Even the recovery process can overwrite and corrupt deleted files, so make sure you grab the ones you need the most first.'			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			'0 - Formatting Your USB Drive'			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			"1 - Plug your USB drive into your Mac.\nPlug your USB drive into your Mac. This is the 16-gigabyte minimum flash drive that you'll use to install macOS High Sierra on your computer.\n- If your Mac doesn't have traditional USB ports on it, attach your USB-C to USB-3.0 adapter first."			True
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			'2 - Open Spotlight .\nOpen Spotlight . Click the magnifying glass icon in the top-right corner of the screen. A search bar will open.'			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			'3 - Type disk utility into Spotlight.\nType disk utility into Spotlight. This will search your Mac for the Disk Utility app.'			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			"4 - Click Disk Utility.\nClick Disk Utility. It's below the Spotlight search bar. Doing so will open Disk Utility."			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			"5 - Select your USB drive.\nSelect your USB drive. Click the USB drive's name in the upper-left side of the window."			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			"6 - Click the Erase tab.\nClick the Erase tab. It's near the top of the window. A pop-up box will appear."			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			'7 - Click the "Format" drop-down box.\nClick the "Format" drop-down box. You\'ll find this in the middle of the pop-up box. Clicking it prompts a drop-down menu.'			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			"8 - Click OS X Extended (Journaled).\nClick OS X Extended (Journaled). This will set your USB drive's file system to that of your Mac."			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			'9 - Click the "Scheme" drop-down box.\nClick the "Scheme" drop-down box. It\'s below the "Format" drop-down box.'			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			'10 - Click GUID Partition Map.\nClick GUID Partition Map. This option is in the "Format" drop-down menu.'			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			"11 - Click Erase.\nClick Erase. Doing so will reformat your USB drive to your Mac's file system."			None
'Is macos high sierra installed?'			'12 - Click Done when prompted.\nClick Done when prompted. You can now proceed with creating your installation drive.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'1 - Download the "Yosemite Skin Pack".\nDownload the "Yosemite Skin Pack". A "skin pack" will change the look of the Windows interface so that it mimics OS X functionality. All of your Windows programs. This is available for free from skinpacks.com.\n- If you prefer to make Windows look and act like an older version of OS X, such as Mountain Lion, you can download skin packs for older versions from the same site.\n- Make sure to download the correct installer for your version of Windows.\n- ;'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'2 - Disable your antivirus.\nDisable your antivirus. Since the skin packs will modify some system files, some antiviruses will block the installation. Disable your antivirus before proceeding with the installation.\n- Most antivirus programs can be disabled by right-click on the icon in your System Tray and selecting Stop, Disable, or Exit/Quit.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'3 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. It will take a few moments to unpack all of the files.'			True
'Is installer installed?'			'4 - Check the box to agree to the terms and conditions.\nCheck the box to agree to the terms and conditions. This is required to install the Mavericks Skin Pack.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'5 - Review the various components that will be installed.\nReview the various components that will be installed. By default, all of the components will be checked to give Windows the most OS X appearance and functionality as possible.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'6 - Click .\nClick .Install to install all of the visual components. If you don\'t want to include certain ones, uncheck them from the list first.\n- Make sure that the "Restore Point" box is checked. This will create a restore point in Windows that will allow you to quickly revert back if you don\'t like the new look.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'7 - Wait for the installation to complete.\nWait for the installation to complete. You will see the changes applied to your desktop as they are installed.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'8 - Click .\nClick .Finish to complete the installation. Your Windows interface will now be very similar to the OS X version that you chose to mimic.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			"9 - Revert to Windows.\nRevert to Windows. If you decide you don't like the way the skin pack works, you can return to the original layout by performing a system restore. Your files will be unaffected.\n- Click here for instructions on using the system restore tool. Make sure to choose the restore point that was created during installation."			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Download the "Yosemite Skin Pack".\nDownload the "Yosemite Skin Pack". A "skin pack" will change the look of the Windows interface so that it mimics OS X functionality. All of your Windows programs. This is available for free from skinpacks.com.\n- If you prefer to make Windows look and act like an older version of OS X, such as Mountain Lion, you can download skin packs for older versions from the same site.\n- Make sure to download the correct installer for your version of Windows.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Disable your antivirus.\nDisable your antivirus. Since the skin packs will modify some system files, some antiviruses will block the installation. Disable your antivirus before proceeding with the installation.\n- Most antivirus programs can be disabled by right-click on the icon in your System Tray and selecting Stop, Disable, or Exit/Quit.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. It will take a few moments to unpack all of the files.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Check the box to agree to the terms and conditions.\nCheck the box to agree to the terms and conditions. This is required to install the Mavericks Skin Pack.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Review the various components that will be installed.\nReview the various components that will be installed. By default, all of the components will be checked to give Windows the most OS X appearance and functionality as possible.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Click .\nClick .Install to install all of the visual components. If you don\'t want to include certain ones, uncheck them from the list first.\n- Make sure that the "Restore Point" box is checked. This will create a restore point in Windows that will allow you to quickly revert back if you don\'t like the new look.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Wait for the installation to complete.\nWait for the installation to complete. You will see the changes applied to your desktop as they are installed.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'8 - Click .\nClick .Finish to complete the installation. Your Windows interface will now be very similar to the OS X version that you chose to mimic.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"9 - Revert to Windows.\nRevert to Windows. If you decide you don't like the way the skin pack works, you can return to the original layout by performing a system restore. Your files will be unaffected.\n- Click here for instructions on using the system restore tool. Make sure to choose the restore point that was created during installation."			None
'Is setup installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is setup installed?'			'1 - Verify that your Epson XP-400 is not physically connected to your computer via USB cable.\nVerify that your Epson XP-400 is not physically connected to your computer via USB cable.\n- ;'			None
'Is setup installed?'			'2 - Insert the Epson XP-400 software disc that came with your printer into your Windows or Apple computer.\nInsert the Epson XP-400 software disc that came with your printer into your Windows or Apple computer.\n- If your computer does not have a disc drive, or you do not have the Epson software disc, go to the Epson website at http://www.epson.com/cgi-bin/Store/support/supDetail.jsp?oid=201986&infoType=Downloads to download and install the Epson XP-400 drivers.'			None
'Is setup installed?'			'3 - Select the option to run the “setup.\nSelect the option to run the “setup.exe” file. The Epson XP-400 software installation wizard will display on-screen.'			True
'Is setup installed?'			'4 - Click on “Install” or “Continue,” and follow the on-screen prompts to install the printer software to your computer.\nClick on “Install” or “Continue,” and follow the on-screen prompts to install the printer software to your computer.'			None
'Is setup installed?'			'5 - Select your preferred connection option.\nSelect your preferred connection option. You can connect to your Epson XP-400 using either a wireless or direct USB connection.'			None
'Is setup installed?'			'6 - Follow the on-screen prompts to complete printer installation based on the connection method you chose.\nFollow the on-screen prompts to complete printer installation based on the connection method you chose. For example, enter the network name (SSID) and network password if you chose the wireless option, or attach a USB cable to your printer and computer if you chose the direct USB connection method.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Verify that your Epson XP-400 is not physically connected to your computer via USB cable.\nVerify that your Epson XP-400 is not physically connected to your computer via USB cable.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Insert the Epson XP-400 software disc that came with your printer into your Windows or Apple computer.\nInsert the Epson XP-400 software disc that came with your printer into your Windows or Apple computer.\n- If your computer does not have a disc drive, or you do not have the Epson software disc, go to the Epson website at http://www.epson.com/cgi-bin/Store/support/supDetail.jsp?oid=201986&infoType=Downloads to download and install the Epson XP-400 drivers.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Select the option to run the “setup.\nSelect the option to run the “setup.exe” file. The Epson XP-400 software installation wizard will display on-screen.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Click on “Install” or “Continue,” and follow the on-screen prompts to install the printer software to your computer.\nClick on “Install” or “Continue,” and follow the on-screen prompts to install the printer software to your computer.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Select your preferred connection option.\nSelect your preferred connection option. You can connect to your Epson XP-400 using either a wireless or direct USB connection.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Follow the on-screen prompts to complete printer installation based on the connection method you chose.\nFollow the on-screen prompts to complete printer installation based on the connection method you chose. For example, enter the network name (SSID) and network password if you chose the wireless option, or attach a USB cable to your printer and computer if you chose the direct USB connection method.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is download installed?'			'0 - Using a Windows or Mac Computer'			None
'Is download installed?'			'1 - Go to the Canon Start Up page.\nGo to the Canon Start Up page. You can use any web browser to complete the setup process for your printer and computer.'			None
'Is download installed?'			"2 - Click Set Up.\nClick Set Up. You'll see this next to a red unboxing icon in the middle of the web page."			None
'Is download installed?'			'3 - Enter TS3150 and click Go.\nEnter TS3150 and click Go. Capitalization does not matter.\n- If a region or country selection screen appears, follow the on-screen instructions to continue.'			None
'Is download installed?'			"4 - Click Download.\nClick Download. If you're using Windows 10 in S mode, this method will not work; the necessary drivers and software (Inkjet Print Utility) you'll need will automatically download to your computer when your printer is connected to the network.[3]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- Your OS should be detected automatically and you should see the appropriate downloads; however, you can change the OS in the drop-down menu that's located in the upper right corner of the page."			True
'Is download installed?'			"5 - Click the .exe (Windows) or .dmg (Mac) file.\nClick the .exe (Windows) or .dmg (Mac) file. If you're using Windows, you might have to give the file permission to continue. On a Mac, click Next."			None
'Is download installed?'			"6 - Click Start Setup.\nClick Start Setup. You'll see this at the top of the new window."			None
'Is download installed?'			"7 - Click to select your region and country.\nClick to select your region and country. The countries listed change as you select different regions, so if you don't see your country listed in one region, try another.\n- Click Next to continue."			None
'Is download installed?'			'8 - Click Yes after you read the license agreement.\nClick Yes after you read the license agreement. Make sure you agree to the terms before clicking Yes to continue.'			None
'Is download installed?'			"9 - Click Agree or Do not agree to install survey software.\nClick Agree or Do not agree to install survey software. It doesn't matter if you agree to this additional software; you'll be able to use the printer either way."			None
'Is download installed?'			'10 - Make sure the box is checked  next to "Deactivate the block.\nMake sure the box is checked  next to "Deactivate the block." This ensures that your printer and computer can communicate through the firewall.\n- Click Next to continue.'			None
'Is download installed?'			"11 - Select the connection type (if the connection selection screen appears).\nSelect the connection type (if the connection selection screen appears). You can choose to use a wireless connection or USB connection.[4]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- If your computer automatically detected the connection to your printer and didn't display this screen, you can skip this step."			None
'Is download installed?'			"12 - Click Yes (if you see the check connection method screen).\nClick Yes (if you see the check connection method screen). You should see your printer's serial number displayed as well as any other pertinent information, like your wireless router's ID.\n- If the information displayed on this screen is incorrect, click No to be able to reconnect to a different router or printer."			None
'Is download installed?'			"13 - Click Next.\nClick Next. You'll see this after you've successfully connected your printer and computer.\n- To complete the setup, continue following the on-screen instructions, including aligning the print head and performing a print test."			None
'Is download installed?'			"14 - Click Next to install the appropriate software.\nClick Next to install the appropriate software. You'll be able to select parts of the software (like the Quick Menu) to install."			None
'Is download installed?'			"15 - Click Exit.\nClick Exit. When the printing software is downloaded and installed, you'll be able to close the setup tutorial.[5]\n- X\n- Research source"			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			"1 - Uninstall (and later reinstall) the Acrobat Reader software, temporarily.\nUninstall (and later reinstall) the Acrobat Reader software, temporarily. You'll be reinstalling this software later.\n- ;"			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			"2 - Complete a system-reboot.\nComplete a system-reboot. Restart your computer, after you've uninstalled the program.  Sometimes rebooting can temporarily cause the computer to clear it's running processes, which may even include your HP 2015 printer."			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'3 - Make sure all items have finished printing, or press the Cancel button on your printer.\nMake sure all items have finished printing, or press the Cancel button on your printer.'			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'4 - Clear the log completely of all documents.\nClear the log completely of all documents.  For "stuck" documents that just won\'t budge, you can read Remove an Undeletable Stuck Document from the Windows Printer Queue.'			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'5 - Visit the HP website to find the updated driver for your HP printer.\nVisit the HP website to find the updated driver for your HP printer.'			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'6 - Run the file provided to install the driver.\nRun the file provided to install the driver.'			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			"7 - Change some settings for your printer.\nChange some settings for your printer.  You'll need to make the printer communicate with your computer, by browsing for the new file the new driver software provided."			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'8 - Make this printer your default printer.\nMake this printer your default printer.'			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'9 - Reboot your PC once again.\nReboot your PC once again.  This will cause the computer to correct any log files that may still be existent in your PC system.'			None
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'10 - Reinstall the Acrobat Reader to your computer.\nReinstall the Acrobat Reader to your computer.  Use the Adobe website to make sure you have the most up to date version of the software available.'			True
'Is acrobat reader installed?'			'11 - Open the selected PDF file, and try to reprint it.\nOpen the selected PDF file, and try to reprint it.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"1 - Uninstall (and later reinstall) the Acrobat Reader software, temporarily.\nUninstall (and later reinstall) the Acrobat Reader software, temporarily. You'll be reinstalling this software later.\n- ;"			None
'Is driver installed?'			"2 - Complete a system-reboot.\nComplete a system-reboot. Restart your computer, after you've uninstalled the program.  Sometimes rebooting can temporarily cause the computer to clear it's running processes, which may even include your HP 2015 printer."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'3 - Make sure all items have finished printing, or press the Cancel button on your printer.\nMake sure all items have finished printing, or press the Cancel button on your printer.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'4 - Clear the log completely of all documents.\nClear the log completely of all documents.  For "stuck" documents that just won\'t budge, you can read Remove an Undeletable Stuck Document from the Windows Printer Queue.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'5 - Visit the HP website to find the updated driver for your HP printer.\nVisit the HP website to find the updated driver for your HP printer.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'6 - Run the file provided to install the driver.\nRun the file provided to install the driver.'			True
'Is driver installed?'			"7 - Change some settings for your printer.\nChange some settings for your printer.  You'll need to make the printer communicate with your computer, by browsing for the new file the new driver software provided."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'8 - Make this printer your default printer.\nMake this printer your default printer.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'9 - Reboot your PC once again.\nReboot your PC once again.  This will cause the computer to correct any log files that may still be existent in your PC system.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'10 - Reinstall the Acrobat Reader to your computer.\nReinstall the Acrobat Reader to your computer.  Use the Adobe website to make sure you have the most up to date version of the software available.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'11 - Open the selected PDF file, and try to reprint it.\nOpen the selected PDF file, and try to reprint it.'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'1 - Collect information from your wireless network.\nCollect information from your wireless network. You will need to get the following information:\n- SSID: This stands for service set identifier. SSID consists of a series of characters that uniquely identifies a wireless local area network. It lets network devices connect to this network, as opposed to other networks that are running in the same area.\n- Channel number: This is a unique path where two nodes communicate with each other.\n- WEP key (optional):  This stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy. WEP encrypts data as it travels from one end point to another one via radio waves.\n- ;'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'2 - Install the printer driver on your computer.\nInstall the printer driver on your computer. If you have more than one computer that will be using the wireless printer server, you will need to install this printer software on each one.'			True
'Is printer driver installed?'			'3 - Connect the wireless print server to the network.\nConnect the wireless print server to the network. Plug one of the Ethernet cable’s connectors to the LAN port of the wireless print server. Plug the other connector to the switch or router.'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'4 - Connect the printer to the network.\nConnect the printer to the network. Turn on the power button.'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'5 - Insert the wireless print server’s installation CD in a computer’s CD-ROM drive.\nInsert the wireless print server’s installation CD in a computer’s CD-ROM drive. Make sure this computer is also connected to the network. A setup wizard window should automatically pop up. This software will detect the network, and show the following information:\n- Server name\n- IP address'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'6 - Verify this is the correct information.\nVerify this is the correct information. A window will pop up letting you know that it has detected the wireless print server. It will also show the network settings, which will be the default. Go to the next screen, which will show the IP Settings information.'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'7 - Select an IP address option.\nSelect an IP address option. The window should display two options:\n- Automatically obtain an IP address (DHCP):  DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. This protocol dynamically allocates IP addresses from a server, which contains a pool of open IP addresses. The network device borrows one of the IP addresses for a certain amount of time. After the time has run out, then the server will lend out another available IP address for the network device.  This option is usually the default. Keep this option if you don’t want to use a static IP address. This protocol allows you to add more network devices to the network without having to do any configurations.\n- Set IP configuration manually: If you are running multiple computers or servers, choose this option. The IP address will not automatically change and it also enables you to solve network problems when you have more than one PC operating from the same gateway PC or router.'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'8 - Click on the Next button.\nClick on the Next button. A window for configuring wireless security settings should appear. The next two steps are optional.'			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			"9 - Enter the password in the field, if you’ve been using one.\nEnter the password in the field, if you’ve been using one. The wireless print server will automatically produce the same WEP that your WAP uses. WAP stands for wireless application protocol, which is a secure specification that enables people who use mobile devices to instantly send and retrieve information. However, if you're using a WEP key don’t type anything in the passphrase text box. Just click on the Next button and enter the key.\n- A confirmation window will pop up. Verify that your settings are correct. Then close out of the setup wizard."			None
'Is printer driver installed?'			'10 - Unplug the wireless printer server’s power cord and network cable.\nUnplug the wireless printer server’s power cord and network cable. Then, plug the power cord back into the wireless printer server. The wireless printer server should automatically come on and it should now be able to wirelessly communicate with the printer and other network devices.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"1 - Scan the document you want to send.\nScan the document you want to send. The process for doing so will vary depending on your scanner and the computer or mobile device you're using.\n- Scanning a document in PDF format offers the most flexibility and greatest likelihood for compatibility across most devices and computers.\n- ;"			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"2 - Open your email application or email website.\nOpen your email application or email website. On your computer, open your email app or go to your email provider's website in a web browser where you normally check your mail."			True
'Is web browser installed?'			'3 - Compose a new email message.\nCompose a new email message. Be sure to reference the attachment so that the recipient knows to look for it.\n- To start a new message, look for a button with a pencil icon, usually at the top of the screen, or a  symbol.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'4 - Type the recipient\'s email address in the "To:" field.\nType the recipient\'s email address in the "To:" field.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'5 - Click the "attach files" button.\nClick the "attach files" button. The "attach files" button is sometimes a paper clip icon.\n- In some cases, you may be able to right-click on the scanned document, click Copy, right click in the new email message, and click Paste to add the document to the email address.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'6 - Locate and click the scanned document in the dialog box.\nLocate and click the scanned document in the dialog box.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"7 - Click Open.\nClick Open. Depending on the email app you're using, the button may also be labeled OK or Attach."			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'8 - Send the message.\nSend the message.\n- When they receive your message, the recipient will need to double-click or tap the attachment to view the scanned document you emailed to them.'			None
'Is scan wizard installed?'			'0 - Scanning the Image'			None
'Is scan wizard installed?'			'1 - Place the image for scanning.\nPlace the image for scanning.  Place documents face down on the printer or scanner surface. Align photo within the arrows or grids on the device. Close the lid if there is one. Press scan on the scanner or use the scanning program on your computer.'			None
'Is scan wizard installed?'			"2 - Choose your scanning preferences.\nChoose your scanning preferences. You'll have the choice of scanning in color, black and white, gray or custom. You can also choose the digital format in which you want to save your picture (jpg, jpeg or tiff)."			None
'Is scan wizard installed?'			'3 - Choose to preview.\nChoose to preview. Clicking preview \x96allows you to review your selection before continuing and make necessary changes to the settings. Use the preview to decide on the type of format, orientation and resolution before continuing. "Orientation" allows the user to select portrait or landscape and "Resolution" determines the sharpness of the image.\n- A higher resolution will make the details of the picture more noticeable. To make a sharper image, increase the resolution. Note: This will also increase the size of the image, and dramatically increase the size of the file. You may not be able to send it as an email attachment without making it smaller. Above 300 dpi is unnecessary.'			None
'Is scan wizard installed?'			'4 - Click "Finish" or "Scan".\nClick "Finish" or "Scan". Once you have chose the settings you want in the preview, click finish or scan to continue and complete the process. Which word is used will depend on your program and another one altogether may even be used.'			None
'Is scan wizard installed?'			'5 - Use the built in program to guide you through the process.\nUse the built in program to guide you through the process. Follow the Scan Wizard or other built in program if you still have trouble. The Wizard will show you step-by-step on how to copy pictures from a scanner to the computer or web site.'			True
'Is scan wizard installed?'			"6 - Save your photos.\nSave your photos. Some programs will automatically save your images to a cache within the program itself but for most programs you will need to save the images somewhere on your computer or upload them directly to the internet. Look for the save button or use the save prompt when it comes up. Save the pictures somewhere where you won't lose them.\n- You don't have have to worry about renaming every photo. If you have a large number of photos that can take a long time!"			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'0 - Scanning'			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			"1 - Connect your scanner to your computer.\nConnect your scanner to your computer. Although most of today's scanners connect via USB cords, some older scanners connect to the serial and parallel ports on most computers. Plug the smaller end of the USB cord into your scanner's slot, and the bigger end into your PC.\n- ;"			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			"2 - Power the scanner and turn the scanner on.\nPower the scanner and turn the scanner on.  Plug in the power cord to the scanner as well as the other end into the electrical outlet , and turn the device on. If you've already connected the scanner to your computer to grab the drivers to run the scanner to your computer, you can turn each item on in whatever order you feel to be most comfortable; however, if not, prepare to turn on the scanner once you are logged into your computer's user account."			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			"3 - Place whatever you want to scan into the scanner.\nPlace whatever you want to scan into the scanner. Make sure that the picture is face down onto the scanner glass. Almost all scanners will have tiny insignias mentioning in which corner the picture will need to be placed. Place it a teensy-weensie bit below this area.\n- If the scanner has what's called a automatic document feeder, do not use this. Using these, on top of not being able to re-obtain the finished pictures, will also cause the pictures to jam the machine and the picture will also smudge. Only use the flatbed area of your scanner to obtain scans of your pictures."			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'4 - Follow the directions from the scanner\'s manual as well as the scanner\'s third-party software to ensure you are pressing the right buttons.\nFollow the directions from the scanner\'s manual as well as the scanner\'s third-party software to ensure you are pressing the right buttons. Sometimes the button will be called "Scan" and other times it may be called something else entirely.\n- Sometimes, pressing the Scan button on your scanner will launch your scanning software, while other times, you can open your software where you can import pictures via your scanner and scan using this.\n- Do not take your picture from the scanner flatbed portion. Most scanners will need to rescan a select portion and save that area (as you\'ll see later).'			True
'Is scanning software installed?'			"5 - Crop the previewed image if the scanning software you use offers you to preview the scan before you save the image.\nCrop the previewed image if the scanning software you use offers you to preview the scan before you save the image. Make sure that any of the white background that was used isn't showing in your finished image, and remember to rotate the image if possible."			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'6 - Save the image.\nSave the image.  Most often doing so, this will take a secondary scan of the item as to scan only those areas.'			None
'Is third - party software installed?'			'0 - Printing'			None
'Is third - party software installed?'			"1 - Launch the program that you use to view your pictures.\nLaunch the program that you use to view your pictures. Sometimes this can be based off your operating system and sometimes this is a third-party software (such as Adobe Photoshop) or sometimes it's another program entirely different."			True
'Is third - party software installed?'			"2 - Open the file of the picture you saved previously in this program.\nOpen the file of the picture you saved previously in this program. Most often times, this will be done with a quick keyboard shortcut of Ctrl+O, but you'll need to refer to your program documentation menus to ensure this can be done in your program, as not all programs use the same methods to open the Open window."			None
'Is third - party software installed?'			"3 - Preview your picture, as you turn on your printer (if it isn't initially on).\nPreview your picture, as you turn on your printer (if it isn't initially on). Make sure that the picture is really the one you want to view. Make any final adjustments to the picture to make the picture even better. If you aren't a photo-expert and can trust your program to make good decisions, use an Auto-Adjust setting to fix up your photos in edit mode. If you can't, you can manually adjust them with sliders and within the program boundaries until they are to exactly the style you'd like them to be."			None
'Is third - party software installed?'			"4 - Save your file to ensure the most current picture will print, if you've made any changes.\nSave your file to ensure the most current picture will print, if you've made any changes."			None
'Is third - party software installed?'			'5 - Use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl+P or whatever keyboard shortcut the print menu can be found in.\nUse the keyboard shortcut Ctrl+P or whatever keyboard shortcut the print menu can be found in.'			None
'Is third - party software installed?'			'6 - Select the printer it should be printing on, as well as any other document style specifications that might need to be set.\nSelect the printer it should be printing on, as well as any other document style specifications that might need to be set. This may include the amount of copies that need to be printed, as well as type of paper that is installed in the printer. Some printers will need you to select other options such as borderless printing and the like, but each printer is different, so follow the directions to your particular printer to find out what that printer is capable of printing.'			None
'Is third - party software installed?'			'7 - Print the photo.\nPrint the photo. Use the buttons on your computer to print the photo.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"1 - Verify your scanner is compatible with Macintosh OS X.\nVerify your scanner is compatible with Macintosh OS X.\n- Look on the scanner's box to determine its compatibility.\n- Visit Apple's support website at http://support.apple.com/kb/ht3669 to verify its compatibility with Macintosh OS X.\n- ;"			None
'Is driver installed?'			"2 - Add a scanner to your computer.\nAdd a scanner to your computer.\n- Install the scanner's software and drivers. In most cases, you can visit the scanner manufacturer's website to download the latest drivers.\n- Reboot your computer.\n- Connect your scanner to the USB or FireWire port on your computer.\n- Turn on your scanner."			True
'Is driver installed?'			'3 - Add your scanner to a shared network.\nAdd your scanner to a shared network.\n- Choose "System Preferences" from your main Apple menu.\n- Choose "Sharing" from the View menu.\n- Enable "Scanner Sharing" by clicking in the box to its left.\n- Select the name of the scanner that you want to share with the network by clicking on it.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'4 - Access the scanner from Image Capture.\nAccess the scanner from Image Capture.\n- Navigate to your Applications folder and open Image Capture.\n- Look in the left pane of Image Capture to locate the "Devices" and "Shared" sections. Scanners connected to your computer are under "Devices;" scanners shared by multiple computers on a network are under the "Shared" section.\n- Select the scanner you want to use by clicking on its name under "Devices" or "Shared."'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'5 - Scan images using the Image Capture application.\nScan images using the Image Capture application.\n- Set the item you want to scan on the scanning bed of your scanner.\n- Navigate to your Applications folder and open Image Capture.\n- Select your scanner mode. A pop-up menu will appear if your scanner supports different mode settings. Select your desired mode from the list, which may include options such as Transparency Positive or Negative, Flatbed or more.\n- Enable "Detect Separate Items" by clicking in the box to its left. This feature will automatically straighten, select and separate your scanned items if you place more than one item on the scanner.\n- Designate a "Scan To" folder destination.\n- Click on the arrows in the "Scan To" drop-down menu to choose the folder where you want to store your scanned items.\n- Choose an existing folder or select the "Other" option to choose a folder not shown. You can also choose an application such as Aperture, Preview or iPhoto or an email application to display the scanned item in a new email.\n- Click on the "Scan" button to begin the scanning process.'			None
"Is scanner 's software installed?"			'0 - Steps'			None
"Is scanner 's software installed?"			"1 - Verify your scanner is compatible with Macintosh OS X.\nVerify your scanner is compatible with Macintosh OS X.\n- Look on the scanner's box to determine its compatibility.\n- Visit Apple's support website at http://support.apple.com/kb/ht3669 to verify its compatibility with Macintosh OS X.\n- ;"			None
"Is scanner 's software installed?"			"2 - Add a scanner to your computer.\nAdd a scanner to your computer.\n- Install the scanner's software and drivers. In most cases, you can visit the scanner manufacturer's website to download the latest drivers.\n- Reboot your computer.\n- Connect your scanner to the USB or FireWire port on your computer.\n- Turn on your scanner."			True
"Is scanner 's software installed?"			'3 - Add your scanner to a shared network.\nAdd your scanner to a shared network.\n- Choose "System Preferences" from your main Apple menu.\n- Choose "Sharing" from the View menu.\n- Enable "Scanner Sharing" by clicking in the box to its left.\n- Select the name of the scanner that you want to share with the network by clicking on it.'			None
"Is scanner 's software installed?"			'4 - Access the scanner from Image Capture.\nAccess the scanner from Image Capture.\n- Navigate to your Applications folder and open Image Capture.\n- Look in the left pane of Image Capture to locate the "Devices" and "Shared" sections. Scanners connected to your computer are under "Devices;" scanners shared by multiple computers on a network are under the "Shared" section.\n- Select the scanner you want to use by clicking on its name under "Devices" or "Shared."'			None
"Is scanner 's software installed?"			'5 - Scan images using the Image Capture application.\nScan images using the Image Capture application.\n- Set the item you want to scan on the scanning bed of your scanner.\n- Navigate to your Applications folder and open Image Capture.\n- Select your scanner mode. A pop-up menu will appear if your scanner supports different mode settings. Select your desired mode from the list, which may include options such as Transparency Positive or Negative, Flatbed or more.\n- Enable "Detect Separate Items" by clicking in the box to its left. This feature will automatically straighten, select and separate your scanned items if you place more than one item on the scanner.\n- Designate a "Scan To" folder destination.\n- Click on the arrows in the "Scan To" drop-down menu to choose the folder where you want to store your scanned items.\n- Choose an existing folder or select the "Other" option to choose a folder not shown. You can also choose an application such as Aperture, Preview or iPhoto or an email application to display the scanned item in a new email.\n- Click on the "Scan" button to begin the scanning process.'			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'1 - Find out how many documents you can feed the scanner at one time.\nFind out how many documents you can feed the scanner at one time.  Some scanners will allow multiple pages to be scanned, while others will only scan one page at a time.\n- ;'			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			"2 - Make batches to fit the scanner's limits.\nMake batches to fit the scanner's limits.  You want to get the most out of your scanner, the more you can scan at a time the better off you are."			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'3 - Remove staples, paper clips, tape, or anything binding two or more sheets together.\nRemove staples, paper clips, tape, or anything binding two or more sheets together. You want to make sure that each page is not attached to another page.'			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'4 - Now you want to look for folds in the pages.\nNow you want to look for folds in the pages.  Remember, if a page is folded, whatever is under that fold will not be scanned. Make sure all parts of each page are completely visible.'			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'5 - Check to see that the scanner is turned on and installed properly.\nCheck to see that the scanner is turned on and installed properly.'			None
'Is scanning software installed?'			'6 - Open the appropriate scanning software.\nOpen the appropriate scanning software.'			True
'Is scanning software installed?'			"7 - That's it.\nThat's it. You are now ready to scan."			None
'Is control center 3 installed?'			'0 - Using A Computer and Scanner'			None
'Is control center 3 installed?'			'1 - Prepare your document to be scanned.\nPrepare your document to be scanned. You can place your document in either the tray where it will feed automatically into the scanner, or you can open the lid and place each paper on the glass. The scanner you have should tell you in the manual how to best scan documents.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- ;'			None
'Is control center 3 installed?'			'2 - Scan your document.\nScan your document. In most cases, you can press a Scan button on your physical scanner to begin scanning. Your computer, whether Mac or Windows, should also have a corresponding software that you can open that will also let you initiate the scan. For example, if you have a Brother scanner, you\'ll find a software called "Control Center 3" in either your Start Menu or Applications folder.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- When the scan is complete, whether you used the scanner glass or the automatic document feeder (ADF), you\'ll see a window pop-up with a preview of the scan.'			True
'Is control center 3 installed?'			'3 - Click Save if you used the ADF.\nClick Save if you used the ADF. If you put your document in the automatic document feeder and the scan finishes satisfactorily, you can click to save the file and skip the rest of the steps.'			None
'Is control center 3 installed?'			'4 - Change the page on the scanner glass (if you\'re not using the ADF).\nChange the page on the scanner glass (if you\'re not using the ADF). If you\'re lifting the lid and placing a page on the scanner glass, you\'ll need to scan each page individually. If you\'re not satisfied with the scanning on the previous page, you can readjust it and re-scan before continuing.\n- If you\'re using an HP scanner, make sure the box next to "Single Page Files" is not checked. If you\'re scanning with the automatic document feeder, all the pages in the document will automatically save in the same PDF.'			None
'Is control center 3 installed?'			'5 - Click to add another page on the scan preview.\nClick to add another page on the scan preview. Some scanners, like the Brother and HP scanners, if you scan by setting your document on the glass, will display a scan preview after each scan. You can click the icon that looks like a plus sign in a piece of paper or Start to scan a page on the glass.\n- When the preview window pops up again, you can repeat the previous steps to change the paper and click Start to add as many pages as you need.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is control center 3 installed?'			"6 - Click Cancel or Save when you're done.\nClick Cancel or Save when you're done. If you want to edit your pages, click Edit page and you can change the settings of the page before saving the final file.[4]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- After clicking Save, you can choose where to save the PDF and what to name it."			None
'Is finescanner installed?'			'0 - Using a Mobile App'			None
'Is finescanner installed?'			'1 - Download "FineScanner:\nDownload "FineScanner: PDF Document Scan" from the Google Play Store  or App Store . FineScanner: PDF Document Scan is a highly rated, downloaded, and suggested mobile app that offers both free and paid subscriptions to use the service.[5]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- It is developed and offered by ABBYY.[6]\n- X\n- Research source'			True
'Is finescanner installed?'			'2 - Open FineScanner:\nOpen FineScanner: PDF Document Scan. This app icon looks like a red scanner that you can find on one of your Home screens, in the app drawer, or by searching.\n- When you open the app for the first time, you need to give the app permissions to use your camera and access your storage.'			None
'Is finescanner installed?'			'3 - Scan your first page.\nScan your first page. Line up your camera to the first page of what you want to scan, then tap the red icon at the bottom of your screen.\n- The image you captured goes into your media and you can either continue adding pages.'			None
'Is finescanner installed?'			"4 - Tap the thumbnail image to the right of the red button when you're done.\nTap the thumbnail image to the right of the red button when you're done. This will take you to the next step in creating a PDF."			None
'Is finescanner installed?'			'5 - Swipe through all your images and select a filter.\nSwipe through all your images and select a filter. The image will display in the top half of the screen while the editing bar is below.'			None
'Is finescanner installed?'			'6 - Tap Save.\nTap Save. You\'ll see this in the upper right corner. All the pages/camera captures will save into one PDF document.\n- You\'ll find this document in "Documents" within the app; you can share the PDF by tapping ⋮ > Share.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			"1 - Choose a scanner.\nChoose a scanner. You'll need to make a choice between a flatbed scanner and a sheet feed scanner, depending on what you can afford and what you're looking for:\n- A flatbed scanner generally costs less and offers precise scans. The benefits of this scanner is that the book does not require its pages separated or its binding to be destroyed. Furthermore, flatbeds can easily scan just about anything that can be placed on the glass, not just paper documents. It is simple and flexible, especially for books.\n- A sheet feed scanner is able to scan both sides of the page and is much faster than a flatbed. A sheet feed scanner requires the same amount of space as a flatbed, but scanning a bound book is impossible using this type of scanner (unless the book is destroyed by separating each of the pages.) There are some other disadvantages to sheet feed scanners:\n- The moving parts required to do the job of feeding are prone to jamming and malfunction, which typically renders the scanner useless.\n- Feed scanners are not designed for books, but for digitizing large amounts of single-page documents.\n- Feed scanners usually offer less crisp images; the pages have to move through the scanner in order to be read by the machine.\n- \n- ;"			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'2 - Look for an extended warranty offer when purchasing your scanner.\nLook for an extended warranty offer when purchasing your scanner. A good sheet feed scanner, even at the low end in price, is an investment, so consider getting an extended warranty from a third party. If you\'ll be using your scanner a lot, get an extended warranty.\n- The well known third party warranty users like "Square Trade" cost more than other warranty issuers. But because such companies tend to be affiliated with well known companies, you can generally have more confidence in them.\n- The warranty price and length will be cheaper than getting an extended warranty bought locally. Weigh the expense by factoring in the costs of shipping (if necessary), insurance, confidence in the warranty issuer, and your estimate of the frequency of repair.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'3 - Separate the book into individual pages.\nSeparate the book into individual pages. This is an absolute necessity with a sheet feed scanner. With a flatbed scanner, it is a good idea to separate the pages to achieve an excellent scan and to avoid damaging your scanner because scanning a bound book requires pressing the cover on the book with some force.\n- If there is a print or copy shop nearby, you may be able to take the book to them and ask them to cut off the binding with large powerful paper shears. This costs very little and will save a great deal of time; it eliminates the next few steps and all your pages will be square and devoid of binding glue or stitching.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'4 - Remove the binding from the book.\nRemove the binding from the book. Contrary to what you may think, there are easy ways to do this with both a hardcover book and a paperback:\n- Hardcover: Use a utility knife to cut the paper hinge between the covers and endpapers. Then hit the flue with a moist, not wet, sponge to remove any paper residue.\n- Paperback: Use a blow-drier on its warm, not hot, setting to slowly heat up the glue holding the paper to the spine. Then simply pull the pages from the spine until they all come off in one bunch.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'5 - Use a utility knife to cut off pages in groups of about 20.\nUse a utility knife to cut off pages in groups of about 20. You can start from the font and work your way to the back. Or you can fold the book in half in the middle and break two equal portions in half, and then break each half in half, and so on.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'6 - If possible, carve off the binding glue, along with a thin strip of paper, with a sharp knife first or industrial shears.\nIf possible, carve off the binding glue, along with a thin strip of paper, with a sharp knife first or industrial shears. Industrial shears are not essential, but if you decide to purchase one, choose the old style cutter because it can cut thin strips easily.\n- When cutting with a rotary cutter, overlap the paper, on the cutting platform, or else the paper will sink into the groove and the ends will not cut thoroughly.\n- Additionally, to minimize uneven cutting, when using a rotary blade cutter, reduce the amount of sheets you cut. With a rotary cutter, your margins will be narrower on one side (cropping can adjust the margin width). A good scissors and a photo editing program like Windows Live is all that you need to get the pages looking professional in the end.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			"7 - Peel off any remaining binding glue on each page to protect your scanner.\nPeel off any remaining binding glue on each page to protect your scanner. If you used industrial shears or a rotary cutter to remove the binding glue, you won't have much to remove.\n- There might be an adhesive type of glue also — remove this too, as you want to avoid paper jams.\n- If you have streaks on your scanned images, you may have some glue on the glass lens.  Wipe the sticky, rubber cement glue off of the glass lens with a soft cotton cloth moistened with rubbing alcohol or glass cleaner."			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			"8 - As much as possible, keep the pages organized and in sequential order.\nAs much as possible, keep the pages organized and in sequential order. At this stage, if they aren't in order, organize them so that they are."			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'9 - If you do not have Paper Port, purchase this software or software similar to it.\nIf you do not have Paper Port, purchase this software or software similar to it. Paper Port connects the scanned pages together and it also converts your scans to various file types such as PDF, TIFF, JPEG, BNG, etc. PDF files are good because they cannot accidentally be altered later when reading your book on your computer. For basic scanning, PDF and TIFF files are enough.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'10 - Also consider download Windows Live image editing program or similar software.\nAlso consider download Windows Live image editing program or similar software. Use Windows Live to fix the irregular edges of the pages by cropping them. These irregular edges are caused when separating the book into individual pages and could be distracting to view. Use the "straighten image" and "cropping" features in Windows Live.\n- If you so desire, make your scanning projects technically correct. Windows Live works well because the final product will be uniform in size without configuring.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'11 - Scan the book completely including the blank pages.\nScan the book completely including the blank pages. The blank pages have a purpose — they stop the flow of thought. If you do not include blank pages, include a note of this. For example, if blank pages 95 and 96 were omitted, put a note on page 94 (write: "page 95 and 96 were blank"), because in the future it might be temporarily confusing to find those two pages missing. Have the scan number correspond with the page number, or very close to it, so when using Adobe Reader later, it will be easy to navigate through the book.'			True
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'12 - Protect your home scanner by feeding it just one page at a time.\nProtect your home scanner by feeding it just one page at a time. Paper jams from feeding more than a page will wear out the scanner roller area faster.\n- Pages that were joined (stacked) by Paper Port can be separated into individual pages by Paper Port, but if you have have a batch of pages, all on one page, and made by your scanner -this file cannot be altered. If you scan your pages separately, any mistake can be deleted and replaced with a rescan of that page.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			"13 - Take note of how your scanner assigns scan numbers.\nTake note of how your scanner assigns scan numbers. If your scanner assigns each scan a counter number, then do nothing. This is ideal for inserting a missing page or a page that had to be rescanned.\n- If your scanner automatically has the date and time for a scan number, configure your job to be on a counter. This is much easier to work with.\n- When working with scans that were assigned time or date scan numbers, one option, although tedious, is to change those numbers to sequential numbers.  A better option, when working with time or date scan numbers, is to divide your scanned pages into small batches. The pages tend to stay in sequence when working with small batches.\n- When using Paper Port, divide your work in batches. Paper Port works much faster when working with a small amount of pages versus a large amount. Instead of stacking 350 pages in one step, do it in several steps, of 60 pages per batch, and it will be much faster and less of a burden on your computer's memory."			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'14 - Use color scans for the front and back covers, as well as for pages with color photos.\nUse color scans for the front and back covers, as well as for pages with color photos. Do a few color scans with different DPI settings and check the size of each page when scanning a book totally in color. Multiply the scanned page size with the number of pages to calculate the total size of whole file.\n- Choose the DPI, carefully considering the readability and size of the scan. Color scans use a lot of space. Check the time is takes to scan a page at a high DPI — it will be in the minutes, while a black and white scan, at the default DPI, will be in seconds.\n- Know also that each color scan must be edited, with a photo editing program such as Windows Live Photo Gallery, because the text in your scans will be faded. In Windows Live go to "adjust exposure" then to "highlights" and finally move the slider knob in highlights to darken the text.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'15 - Use grayscale for black and white pictures.\nUse grayscale for black and white pictures. For each grayscale and color scan with picture (or photos) and text, edit the exposure so the text will be readable. Editing, here, is an absolute necessity as grayscale scans will be pale.\n- In Windows Live Photo Gallery, go to "adjust exposure" and adjust the "highlights" slider bar. Adjust the highlights to make the text darker and the text will be indistinguishable from a black and white scan. Adjusting the highlights will not affect your image or photo.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'16 - Use black and white for scanning text.\nUse black and white for scanning text. Set the scanner on black and white, do not set it on auto.  By setting the scanner on auto, the scanner will choose between color, grayscale and black and white, but the scanner does not make these choices as accurately as you can.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'17 - Review your scanned images.\nReview your scanned images. Always save the scanned images as TIFF files because TIFF files are easy to navigate and edit. Although your ultimate file type will be PDF (Paper Port can only join PDF files), PDF files in separate pages are difficult to navigate through.\n- For example, if you are reviewing 100 pages of TIFF files, you could scroll through them, but with PDF files you have to open (and close) each file one at a time. Furthermore, PDF files cannot be edited, so if you have a PDF file of 100 pages all connected from the beginning, and there are several pages that are unsatisfactory, you cannot do anything about it. For this reason, save your scans initially in TIFF or some other format that can be edited, and change to PDF later.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'18 - After reviewing your scanned images in the TIFF format, save your images in PDF form.\nAfter reviewing your scanned images in the TIFF format, save your images in PDF form. Next, using Paper Port, join (stack) the pages into one big file. Stacked files can be unstacked, in case you find an error later. A stacked PDF file will be easy to navigate through.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'19 - Have a good backup system on your hard drive or on an external drive.\nHave a good backup system on your hard drive or on an external drive. This is a precaution against computer failure, mistakes and accidental deletion. If your backup system fails, restore your deleted items from the recycle bin. Scanning can get confusing and mistakes happen. Ideally, do your scanning when your mind is rested and clear, but as this might not always be the case, use a backup system, at the very least.'			None
'Is adobe reader installed?'			'20 - Try not change the layout of the pages, especially the margins.\nTry not change the layout of the pages, especially the margins. A book that has small fonts is a good candidate for scanning, but do not crop your scans and reduce the margins (for example, because you want to make the book more readable) because margins serve a purpose. Margins are like a frame on a picture, and a page looks better with margins.\n- When reading that book, with the small fonts, later on your computer, you can easily make the fonts bigger by using the "zoom" feature. When working with books with very small print, you could crop each page a bit to make the final product a few percentage points larger and more readable.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			"1 - Choose a scanner.\nChoose a scanner. You'll need to make a choice between a flatbed scanner and a sheet feed scanner, depending on what you can afford and what you're looking for:\n- A flatbed scanner generally costs less and offers precise scans. The benefits of this scanner is that the book does not require its pages separated or its binding to be destroyed. Furthermore, flatbeds can easily scan just about anything that can be placed on the glass, not just paper documents. It is simple and flexible, especially for books.\n- A sheet feed scanner is able to scan both sides of the page and is much faster than a flatbed. A sheet feed scanner requires the same amount of space as a flatbed, but scanning a bound book is impossible using this type of scanner (unless the book is destroyed by separating each of the pages.) There are some other disadvantages to sheet feed scanners:\n- The moving parts required to do the job of feeding are prone to jamming and malfunction, which typically renders the scanner useless.\n- Feed scanners are not designed for books, but for digitizing large amounts of single-page documents.\n- Feed scanners usually offer less crisp images; the pages have to move through the scanner in order to be read by the machine.\n- \n- ;"			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'2 - Look for an extended warranty offer when purchasing your scanner.\nLook for an extended warranty offer when purchasing your scanner. A good sheet feed scanner, even at the low end in price, is an investment, so consider getting an extended warranty from a third party. If you\'ll be using your scanner a lot, get an extended warranty.\n- The well known third party warranty users like "Square Trade" cost more than other warranty issuers. But because such companies tend to be affiliated with well known companies, you can generally have more confidence in them.\n- The warranty price and length will be cheaper than getting an extended warranty bought locally. Weigh the expense by factoring in the costs of shipping (if necessary), insurance, confidence in the warranty issuer, and your estimate of the frequency of repair.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'3 - Separate the book into individual pages.\nSeparate the book into individual pages. This is an absolute necessity with a sheet feed scanner. With a flatbed scanner, it is a good idea to separate the pages to achieve an excellent scan and to avoid damaging your scanner because scanning a bound book requires pressing the cover on the book with some force.\n- If there is a print or copy shop nearby, you may be able to take the book to them and ask them to cut off the binding with large powerful paper shears. This costs very little and will save a great deal of time; it eliminates the next few steps and all your pages will be square and devoid of binding glue or stitching.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'4 - Remove the binding from the book.\nRemove the binding from the book. Contrary to what you may think, there are easy ways to do this with both a hardcover book and a paperback:\n- Hardcover: Use a utility knife to cut the paper hinge between the covers and endpapers. Then hit the flue with a moist, not wet, sponge to remove any paper residue.\n- Paperback: Use a blow-drier on its warm, not hot, setting to slowly heat up the glue holding the paper to the spine. Then simply pull the pages from the spine until they all come off in one bunch.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'5 - Use a utility knife to cut off pages in groups of about 20.\nUse a utility knife to cut off pages in groups of about 20. You can start from the font and work your way to the back. Or you can fold the book in half in the middle and break two equal portions in half, and then break each half in half, and so on.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'6 - If possible, carve off the binding glue, along with a thin strip of paper, with a sharp knife first or industrial shears.\nIf possible, carve off the binding glue, along with a thin strip of paper, with a sharp knife first or industrial shears. Industrial shears are not essential, but if you decide to purchase one, choose the old style cutter because it can cut thin strips easily.\n- When cutting with a rotary cutter, overlap the paper, on the cutting platform, or else the paper will sink into the groove and the ends will not cut thoroughly.\n- Additionally, to minimize uneven cutting, when using a rotary blade cutter, reduce the amount of sheets you cut. With a rotary cutter, your margins will be narrower on one side (cropping can adjust the margin width). A good scissors and a photo editing program like Windows Live is all that you need to get the pages looking professional in the end.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			"7 - Peel off any remaining binding glue on each page to protect your scanner.\nPeel off any remaining binding glue on each page to protect your scanner. If you used industrial shears or a rotary cutter to remove the binding glue, you won't have much to remove.\n- There might be an adhesive type of glue also — remove this too, as you want to avoid paper jams.\n- If you have streaks on your scanned images, you may have some glue on the glass lens.  Wipe the sticky, rubber cement glue off of the glass lens with a soft cotton cloth moistened with rubbing alcohol or glass cleaner."			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			"8 - As much as possible, keep the pages organized and in sequential order.\nAs much as possible, keep the pages organized and in sequential order. At this stage, if they aren't in order, organize them so that they are."			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'9 - If you do not have Paper Port, purchase this software or software similar to it.\nIf you do not have Paper Port, purchase this software or software similar to it. Paper Port connects the scanned pages together and it also converts your scans to various file types such as PDF, TIFF, JPEG, BNG, etc. PDF files are good because they cannot accidentally be altered later when reading your book on your computer. For basic scanning, PDF and TIFF files are enough.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'10 - Also consider download Windows Live image editing program or similar software.\nAlso consider download Windows Live image editing program or similar software. Use Windows Live to fix the irregular edges of the pages by cropping them. These irregular edges are caused when separating the book into individual pages and could be distracting to view. Use the "straighten image" and "cropping" features in Windows Live.\n- If you so desire, make your scanning projects technically correct. Windows Live works well because the final product will be uniform in size without configuring.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'11 - Scan the book completely including the blank pages.\nScan the book completely including the blank pages. The blank pages have a purpose — they stop the flow of thought. If you do not include blank pages, include a note of this. For example, if blank pages 95 and 96 were omitted, put a note on page 94 (write: "page 95 and 96 were blank"), because in the future it might be temporarily confusing to find those two pages missing. Have the scan number correspond with the page number, or very close to it, so when using Adobe Reader later, it will be easy to navigate through the book.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'12 - Protect your home scanner by feeding it just one page at a time.\nProtect your home scanner by feeding it just one page at a time. Paper jams from feeding more than a page will wear out the scanner roller area faster.\n- Pages that were joined (stacked) by Paper Port can be separated into individual pages by Paper Port, but if you have have a batch of pages, all on one page, and made by your scanner -this file cannot be altered. If you scan your pages separately, any mistake can be deleted and replaced with a rescan of that page.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			"13 - Take note of how your scanner assigns scan numbers.\nTake note of how your scanner assigns scan numbers. If your scanner assigns each scan a counter number, then do nothing. This is ideal for inserting a missing page or a page that had to be rescanned.\n- If your scanner automatically has the date and time for a scan number, configure your job to be on a counter. This is much easier to work with.\n- When working with scans that were assigned time or date scan numbers, one option, although tedious, is to change those numbers to sequential numbers.  A better option, when working with time or date scan numbers, is to divide your scanned pages into small batches. The pages tend to stay in sequence when working with small batches.\n- When using Paper Port, divide your work in batches. Paper Port works much faster when working with a small amount of pages versus a large amount. Instead of stacking 350 pages in one step, do it in several steps, of 60 pages per batch, and it will be much faster and less of a burden on your computer's memory."			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'14 - Use color scans for the front and back covers, as well as for pages with color photos.\nUse color scans for the front and back covers, as well as for pages with color photos. Do a few color scans with different DPI settings and check the size of each page when scanning a book totally in color. Multiply the scanned page size with the number of pages to calculate the total size of whole file.\n- Choose the DPI, carefully considering the readability and size of the scan. Color scans use a lot of space. Check the time is takes to scan a page at a high DPI — it will be in the minutes, while a black and white scan, at the default DPI, will be in seconds.\n- Know also that each color scan must be edited, with a photo editing program such as Windows Live Photo Gallery, because the text in your scans will be faded. In Windows Live go to "adjust exposure" then to "highlights" and finally move the slider knob in highlights to darken the text.'			True
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'15 - Use grayscale for black and white pictures.\nUse grayscale for black and white pictures. For each grayscale and color scan with picture (or photos) and text, edit the exposure so the text will be readable. Editing, here, is an absolute necessity as grayscale scans will be pale.\n- In Windows Live Photo Gallery, go to "adjust exposure" and adjust the "highlights" slider bar. Adjust the highlights to make the text darker and the text will be indistinguishable from a black and white scan. Adjusting the highlights will not affect your image or photo.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'16 - Use black and white for scanning text.\nUse black and white for scanning text. Set the scanner on black and white, do not set it on auto.  By setting the scanner on auto, the scanner will choose between color, grayscale and black and white, but the scanner does not make these choices as accurately as you can.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'17 - Review your scanned images.\nReview your scanned images. Always save the scanned images as TIFF files because TIFF files are easy to navigate and edit. Although your ultimate file type will be PDF (Paper Port can only join PDF files), PDF files in separate pages are difficult to navigate through.\n- For example, if you are reviewing 100 pages of TIFF files, you could scroll through them, but with PDF files you have to open (and close) each file one at a time. Furthermore, PDF files cannot be edited, so if you have a PDF file of 100 pages all connected from the beginning, and there are several pages that are unsatisfactory, you cannot do anything about it. For this reason, save your scans initially in TIFF or some other format that can be edited, and change to PDF later.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'18 - After reviewing your scanned images in the TIFF format, save your images in PDF form.\nAfter reviewing your scanned images in the TIFF format, save your images in PDF form. Next, using Paper Port, join (stack) the pages into one big file. Stacked files can be unstacked, in case you find an error later. A stacked PDF file will be easy to navigate through.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'19 - Have a good backup system on your hard drive or on an external drive.\nHave a good backup system on your hard drive or on an external drive. This is a precaution against computer failure, mistakes and accidental deletion. If your backup system fails, restore your deleted items from the recycle bin. Scanning can get confusing and mistakes happen. Ideally, do your scanning when your mind is rested and clear, but as this might not always be the case, use a backup system, at the very least.'			None
'Is window live photo gallery installed?'			'20 - Try not change the layout of the pages, especially the margins.\nTry not change the layout of the pages, especially the margins. A book that has small fonts is a good candidate for scanning, but do not crop your scans and reduce the margins (for example, because you want to make the book more readable) because margins serve a purpose. Margins are like a frame on a picture, and a page looks better with margins.\n- When reading that book, with the small fonts, later on your computer, you can easily make the fonts bigger by using the "zoom" feature. When working with books with very small print, you could crop each page a bit to make the final product a few percentage points larger and more readable.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			"1 - Choose a scanner.\nChoose a scanner. You'll need to make a choice between a flatbed scanner and a sheet feed scanner, depending on what you can afford and what you're looking for:\n- A flatbed scanner generally costs less and offers precise scans. The benefits of this scanner is that the book does not require its pages separated or its binding to be destroyed. Furthermore, flatbeds can easily scan just about anything that can be placed on the glass, not just paper documents. It is simple and flexible, especially for books.\n- A sheet feed scanner is able to scan both sides of the page and is much faster than a flatbed. A sheet feed scanner requires the same amount of space as a flatbed, but scanning a bound book is impossible using this type of scanner (unless the book is destroyed by separating each of the pages.) There are some other disadvantages to sheet feed scanners:\n- The moving parts required to do the job of feeding are prone to jamming and malfunction, which typically renders the scanner useless.\n- Feed scanners are not designed for books, but for digitizing large amounts of single-page documents.\n- Feed scanners usually offer less crisp images; the pages have to move through the scanner in order to be read by the machine.\n- \n- ;"			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'2 - Look for an extended warranty offer when purchasing your scanner.\nLook for an extended warranty offer when purchasing your scanner. A good sheet feed scanner, even at the low end in price, is an investment, so consider getting an extended warranty from a third party. If you\'ll be using your scanner a lot, get an extended warranty.\n- The well known third party warranty users like "Square Trade" cost more than other warranty issuers. But because such companies tend to be affiliated with well known companies, you can generally have more confidence in them.\n- The warranty price and length will be cheaper than getting an extended warranty bought locally. Weigh the expense by factoring in the costs of shipping (if necessary), insurance, confidence in the warranty issuer, and your estimate of the frequency of repair.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'3 - Separate the book into individual pages.\nSeparate the book into individual pages. This is an absolute necessity with a sheet feed scanner. With a flatbed scanner, it is a good idea to separate the pages to achieve an excellent scan and to avoid damaging your scanner because scanning a bound book requires pressing the cover on the book with some force.\n- If there is a print or copy shop nearby, you may be able to take the book to them and ask them to cut off the binding with large powerful paper shears. This costs very little and will save a great deal of time; it eliminates the next few steps and all your pages will be square and devoid of binding glue or stitching.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'4 - Remove the binding from the book.\nRemove the binding from the book. Contrary to what you may think, there are easy ways to do this with both a hardcover book and a paperback:\n- Hardcover: Use a utility knife to cut the paper hinge between the covers and endpapers. Then hit the flue with a moist, not wet, sponge to remove any paper residue.\n- Paperback: Use a blow-drier on its warm, not hot, setting to slowly heat up the glue holding the paper to the spine. Then simply pull the pages from the spine until they all come off in one bunch.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'5 - Use a utility knife to cut off pages in groups of about 20.\nUse a utility knife to cut off pages in groups of about 20. You can start from the font and work your way to the back. Or you can fold the book in half in the middle and break two equal portions in half, and then break each half in half, and so on.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'6 - If possible, carve off the binding glue, along with a thin strip of paper, with a sharp knife first or industrial shears.\nIf possible, carve off the binding glue, along with a thin strip of paper, with a sharp knife first or industrial shears. Industrial shears are not essential, but if you decide to purchase one, choose the old style cutter because it can cut thin strips easily.\n- When cutting with a rotary cutter, overlap the paper, on the cutting platform, or else the paper will sink into the groove and the ends will not cut thoroughly.\n- Additionally, to minimize uneven cutting, when using a rotary blade cutter, reduce the amount of sheets you cut. With a rotary cutter, your margins will be narrower on one side (cropping can adjust the margin width). A good scissors and a photo editing program like Windows Live is all that you need to get the pages looking professional in the end.'			True
'Is photo editing program installed?'			"7 - Peel off any remaining binding glue on each page to protect your scanner.\nPeel off any remaining binding glue on each page to protect your scanner. If you used industrial shears or a rotary cutter to remove the binding glue, you won't have much to remove.\n- There might be an adhesive type of glue also — remove this too, as you want to avoid paper jams.\n- If you have streaks on your scanned images, you may have some glue on the glass lens.  Wipe the sticky, rubber cement glue off of the glass lens with a soft cotton cloth moistened with rubbing alcohol or glass cleaner."			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			"8 - As much as possible, keep the pages organized and in sequential order.\nAs much as possible, keep the pages organized and in sequential order. At this stage, if they aren't in order, organize them so that they are."			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'9 - If you do not have Paper Port, purchase this software or software similar to it.\nIf you do not have Paper Port, purchase this software or software similar to it. Paper Port connects the scanned pages together and it also converts your scans to various file types such as PDF, TIFF, JPEG, BNG, etc. PDF files are good because they cannot accidentally be altered later when reading your book on your computer. For basic scanning, PDF and TIFF files are enough.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'10 - Also consider download Windows Live image editing program or similar software.\nAlso consider download Windows Live image editing program or similar software. Use Windows Live to fix the irregular edges of the pages by cropping them. These irregular edges are caused when separating the book into individual pages and could be distracting to view. Use the "straighten image" and "cropping" features in Windows Live.\n- If you so desire, make your scanning projects technically correct. Windows Live works well because the final product will be uniform in size without configuring.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'11 - Scan the book completely including the blank pages.\nScan the book completely including the blank pages. The blank pages have a purpose — they stop the flow of thought. If you do not include blank pages, include a note of this. For example, if blank pages 95 and 96 were omitted, put a note on page 94 (write: "page 95 and 96 were blank"), because in the future it might be temporarily confusing to find those two pages missing. Have the scan number correspond with the page number, or very close to it, so when using Adobe Reader later, it will be easy to navigate through the book.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'12 - Protect your home scanner by feeding it just one page at a time.\nProtect your home scanner by feeding it just one page at a time. Paper jams from feeding more than a page will wear out the scanner roller area faster.\n- Pages that were joined (stacked) by Paper Port can be separated into individual pages by Paper Port, but if you have have a batch of pages, all on one page, and made by your scanner -this file cannot be altered. If you scan your pages separately, any mistake can be deleted and replaced with a rescan of that page.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			"13 - Take note of how your scanner assigns scan numbers.\nTake note of how your scanner assigns scan numbers. If your scanner assigns each scan a counter number, then do nothing. This is ideal for inserting a missing page or a page that had to be rescanned.\n- If your scanner automatically has the date and time for a scan number, configure your job to be on a counter. This is much easier to work with.\n- When working with scans that were assigned time or date scan numbers, one option, although tedious, is to change those numbers to sequential numbers.  A better option, when working with time or date scan numbers, is to divide your scanned pages into small batches. The pages tend to stay in sequence when working with small batches.\n- When using Paper Port, divide your work in batches. Paper Port works much faster when working with a small amount of pages versus a large amount. Instead of stacking 350 pages in one step, do it in several steps, of 60 pages per batch, and it will be much faster and less of a burden on your computer's memory."			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'14 - Use color scans for the front and back covers, as well as for pages with color photos.\nUse color scans for the front and back covers, as well as for pages with color photos. Do a few color scans with different DPI settings and check the size of each page when scanning a book totally in color. Multiply the scanned page size with the number of pages to calculate the total size of whole file.\n- Choose the DPI, carefully considering the readability and size of the scan. Color scans use a lot of space. Check the time is takes to scan a page at a high DPI — it will be in the minutes, while a black and white scan, at the default DPI, will be in seconds.\n- Know also that each color scan must be edited, with a photo editing program such as Windows Live Photo Gallery, because the text in your scans will be faded. In Windows Live go to "adjust exposure" then to "highlights" and finally move the slider knob in highlights to darken the text.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'15 - Use grayscale for black and white pictures.\nUse grayscale for black and white pictures. For each grayscale and color scan with picture (or photos) and text, edit the exposure so the text will be readable. Editing, here, is an absolute necessity as grayscale scans will be pale.\n- In Windows Live Photo Gallery, go to "adjust exposure" and adjust the "highlights" slider bar. Adjust the highlights to make the text darker and the text will be indistinguishable from a black and white scan. Adjusting the highlights will not affect your image or photo.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'16 - Use black and white for scanning text.\nUse black and white for scanning text. Set the scanner on black and white, do not set it on auto.  By setting the scanner on auto, the scanner will choose between color, grayscale and black and white, but the scanner does not make these choices as accurately as you can.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'17 - Review your scanned images.\nReview your scanned images. Always save the scanned images as TIFF files because TIFF files are easy to navigate and edit. Although your ultimate file type will be PDF (Paper Port can only join PDF files), PDF files in separate pages are difficult to navigate through.\n- For example, if you are reviewing 100 pages of TIFF files, you could scroll through them, but with PDF files you have to open (and close) each file one at a time. Furthermore, PDF files cannot be edited, so if you have a PDF file of 100 pages all connected from the beginning, and there are several pages that are unsatisfactory, you cannot do anything about it. For this reason, save your scans initially in TIFF or some other format that can be edited, and change to PDF later.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'18 - After reviewing your scanned images in the TIFF format, save your images in PDF form.\nAfter reviewing your scanned images in the TIFF format, save your images in PDF form. Next, using Paper Port, join (stack) the pages into one big file. Stacked files can be unstacked, in case you find an error later. A stacked PDF file will be easy to navigate through.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'19 - Have a good backup system on your hard drive or on an external drive.\nHave a good backup system on your hard drive or on an external drive. This is a precaution against computer failure, mistakes and accidental deletion. If your backup system fails, restore your deleted items from the recycle bin. Scanning can get confusing and mistakes happen. Ideally, do your scanning when your mind is rested and clear, but as this might not always be the case, use a backup system, at the very least.'			None
'Is photo editing program installed?'			'20 - Try not change the layout of the pages, especially the margins.\nTry not change the layout of the pages, especially the margins. A book that has small fonts is a good candidate for scanning, but do not crop your scans and reduce the margins (for example, because you want to make the book more readable) because margins serve a purpose. Margins are like a frame on a picture, and a page looks better with margins.\n- When reading that book, with the small fonts, later on your computer, you can easily make the fonts bigger by using the "zoom" feature. When working with books with very small print, you could crop each page a bit to make the final product a few percentage points larger and more readable.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is next installed?'			"1 - If you don't have a VMware Workstation, go to http:__downloads.vmware.com_d_info_desktop_downloads_vmware_workstation_6_0 to download it.\nIf you don't have a VMware Workstation, go to http://downloads.vmware.com/d/info/desktop_downloads/vmware_workstation/6_0 to download it. However, the VMware requires to register before downloading it. Plus, if don't have an Ubuntu software, go to this website: https://ubuntu.com/download to download it for free (Ubuntu 16.04 is the latest one).\n- ;"			None
'Is next installed?'			'2 - They have some different version of Workstations such Workstation 6.0, 6.5 and 7.0 for Windows.\nThey have some different version of Workstations such Workstation 6.0, 6.5 and 7.0 for Windows. Pick one of these which fits for your computer.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'3 - Double click on the VMware software application if you have already or downloaded, then run it.\nDouble click on the VMware software application if you have already or downloaded, then run it.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'4 - Click "Next" to install.\nClick "Next" to install.'			True
'Is next installed?'			'5 - Keep pressing “Next” until  you see this screen.\nKeep pressing “Next” until  you see this screen. It means the program is installing.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'6 - It will run until this screen appears, and then click “Finish”.\nIt will run until this screen appears, and then click “Finish”.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'7 - After that, double click on the Icon which is named VMware Workstation.It is located on the desktop.\nAfter that, double click on the Icon which is named VMware Workstation.It is located on the desktop. Clicking on File --> New --> Virtual Machine… this screen will appear, then choose Typical --> Next.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'8 - If you have software in DVD which contained software that you want to create, choose Install disc.\nIf you have software in DVD which contained software that you want to create, choose Install disc. Otherwise, Choosing the Installer Disc image file (ISO) software application with extension ISO.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'9 - Keep pressing “Next” to continue, you see the screen mentions about browsing directory Ubuntu will be stored in.\nKeep pressing “Next” to continue, you see the screen mentions about browsing directory Ubuntu will be stored in. You can change it on your accord. Click “Next”.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'10 - Setting maximum disk size (GB) as 8 and choose the option “Store virtual disk as a single file”, then hit "Next"'			None
'Is next installed?'			'Setting maximum disk size (GB) as 8 and choose the option “Store virtual disk as a single file”, then hit "Next"'			None
'Is next installed?'			'11 - Requesting username and password in Ubuntu.\nRequesting username and password in Ubuntu.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'12 - Keep pressing "Next" until you see the picture.\nKeep pressing "Next" until you see the picture.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'13 - Hit Finish to end the creating of new Virtual Machine.\nHit Finish to end the creating of new Virtual Machine.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'14 - It will automatically reboot and take you go to this screen.\nIt will automatically reboot and take you go to this screen. Next, it will run an Ubuntu application as well (the one input "Ubuntu.ISO" above step).'			None
'Is next installed?'			'15 - The installing screen will appear and run as the picture.\nThe installing screen will appear and run as the picture. Being patient to wait.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'16 - After finish running the installation, it will bring you go to this following screen.\nAfter finish running the installation, it will bring you go to this following screen. Type the username and password which is created before.'			None
'Is next installed?'			'17 - Finally, you have done setting Ubuntu Operating System.\nFinally, you have done setting Ubuntu Operating System.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'1 - To Install JDownloader open Terminal by pressing Ctr+Alt+T and type or copy_paste this command to Terminal:\nTo Install JDownloader open Terminal by pressing Ctr+Alt+T and type or copy/paste this command to Terminal: sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jd-team/jdownloader  and hit Enter.\n- ;'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'2 - When it asks password, type password and hit Enter.\nWhen it asks password, type password and hit Enter.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'3 - Type or copy_paste this command to Terminal:\nType or copy/paste this command to Terminal: sudo apt-get update and hit Enter.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'4 - After Terminal finish downloading and installing, type or copy_paste this command to Terminal:\nAfter Terminal finish downloading and installing, type or copy/paste this command to Terminal: sudo apt-get install jdownloader and hit Enter.'			True
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			"5 - When Terminal ask you do you want to continue, type 'y' and hit Enter.\nWhen Terminal ask you do you want to continue, type 'y' and hit Enter."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'6 - After Terminal finish downloading and installing, close your Terminal.\nAfter Terminal finish downloading and installing, close your Terminal.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			"7 - Open Dash by hitting Windows key (beside Alt key) and type 'JD' to the search function and click on the JDownloader icon.\nOpen Dash by hitting Windows key (beside Alt key) and type 'JD' to the search function and click on the JDownloader icon."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'8 - After that JDownloader will start downloading updates.\nAfter that JDownloader will start downloading updates. Wait until application finish downloading and installing.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'9 - Choose Your language and hit Enter.\nChoose Your language and hit Enter.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			'10 - Choose do you want to integrate JDownloader to Firefox or not.\nChoose do you want to integrate JDownloader to Firefox or not.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install jdownloader installed?'			"11 - Now you're ready to use JDownloader.\nNow you're ready to use JDownloader."			None
'Is install the adt plugin too installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is install the adt plugin too installed?'			'1 - Type_Copy_Paste:\nType/Copy/Paste: sudo -s /usr/local/eclipse/eclipse\n- this will install the ADT plugin tool for all users on the system'			True
'Is install the adt plugin too installed?'			'2 - Install the ADT Plugin for Eclipse, the ADT is a plugin for the Eclipse IDE.\nInstall the ADT Plugin for Eclipse, the ADT is a plugin for the Eclipse IDE. Before you can install or use ADT, you must have a compatible version of Eclipse installed on your development computer. Start Eclipse, then select Help > Install New Software. Click Add, in the top-right corner. In the Add Repository dialog that appears, enter "ADT Plugin" for the Name and the following URL for the Location'			None
'Is install the adt plugin too installed?'			'3 - Type_Copy_Paste:\nType/Copy/Paste: https://dl-ssl.google.com/android/eclipse/\n- Click OK\n- Note: If you have trouble acquiring the plugin, try using "http" in the Location URL, instead of "https" (https is preferred for security reasons)'			None
'Is install the adt plugin too installed?'			"4 - In the Available Software dialog, select the checkbox next to Developer Tools and click Next.\nIn the Available Software dialog, select the checkbox next to Developer Tools and click Next. In the next window, you'll see a list of the tools to be downloaded and Click Next. Read and accept the license agreements, then click Finish.\n- Note: If you get a security warning saying that the authenticity or validity of the software can't be established, click OK."			None
'Is install the adt plugin too installed?'			"5 - When the installation completes, restart Eclipse.\nWhen the installation completes, restart Eclipse. Configuring the ADT Plugin, after you've successfully downloaded the ADT as described above, the next step is to modify your ADT preferences in Eclipse to point to the Android SDK directory:\n- Select Window > Preferences... to open the Preferences panel\n- Select Android from the left panel. You may see a dialog asking whether you want to send usage statistics to Google. If so, make your choice and click Proceed. You cannot continue with this procedure until you click Proceed."			None
'Is install the adt plugin too installed?'			'6 - For the SDK Location in the main panel, click Browse.\nFor the SDK Location in the main panel, click Browse... and locate your downloaded SDK directory, which should be /opt/android-sdk-linux\n- Click Apply, then OK.'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'0 - Installing VirtualBox'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'1 - Download the VirtualBox installation file.\nDownload the VirtualBox installation file. Go to https://www.virtualbox.org/ in your computer\'s web browser, then do the following:\n- Click Downloads on the left side of the page.\n- Click the Windows hosts link under the "VirtualBox 5.2.16 platform packages" heading.\n- ;'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'2 - Double-click the VirtualBox setup file.\nDouble-click the VirtualBox setup file. Doing so will launch the VirtualBox installation window.'			True
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'3 - Click Next three times.\nClick Next three times. The Next button is at the bottom of the window. After clicking it three times, you should arrive at a warning about networking.'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			"4 - Click Yes.\nClick Yes. It's at the bottom of the window."			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'5 - Click Install.\nClick Install. This option is at the bottom of the window.'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'6 - Click Yes when prompted.\nClick Yes when prompted. Doing so confirms your settings and allows VirtualBox to begin installing.'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'7 - Allow VirtualBox to install.\nAllow VirtualBox to install. It can take up to ten minutes to finish installing VirtualBox, so just allow the installer to run.'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'8 - Uncheck the "Launch VirtualBox" box.\nUncheck the "Launch VirtualBox" box. Once VirtualBox finishes installing, this will appear in the middle of the window.'			None
'Is virtual box setup file installed?'			'9 - Click Finish when prompted.\nClick Finish when prompted. This option is at the bottom of the window. Clicking it completes the installation process.'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'0 - Inform your system of the updated Oracle Java version:'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'1 - Inform your Ubuntu Linux system where your Oracle Java JRE_JDK is located, now you will want to update the system to use Oracle Java 1.7.0_40'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'Inform your Ubuntu Linux system where your Oracle Java JRE/JDK is located, now you will want to update the system to use Oracle Java 1.7.0_40\n- \n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo update-alternatives --install "/usr/bin/java" "java" "/usr/local/java/jre1.7.0_40/bin/java" 1\n-  Type/Copy/Paste: sudo update-alternatives --install "/usr/bin/javac" "javac" "/usr/local/java/jdk1.7.0_40/bin/javac" 1\n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo update-alternatives --install "/usr/bin/javaws" "javaws" "/usr/local/java/jre1.7.0_40/bin/javaws" 1'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'2 - Inform your Ubuntu Linux system, that Oracle Java JRE 1.7.0_40 must be the new default Java'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'Inform your Ubuntu Linux system, that Oracle Java JRE 1.7.0_40 must be the new default Java\n- \n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo update-alternatives --set java /usr/local/java/jre1.7.0_40/bin/java\n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo update-alternatives --set javac /usr/local/java/jdk1.7.0_40/bin/javac\n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo update-alternatives --set javaws /usr/local/java/jre1.7.0_40/bin/javaws'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'3 - Reload your system wide PATH _etc_profile by typing the following command:\nReload your system wide PATH /etc/profile by typing the following command:\n- \n- Type/Copy/Paste: . /etc/profile\n- Note your system wide PATH /etc/profile file will reload after reboot of your Ubuntu Linux system'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'4 - Test to see if the new version of Oracle Java was installed correctly on your system by running the following commands and noting the version number of the new Java update.\nTest to see if the new version of Oracle Java was installed correctly on your system by running the following commands and noting the version number of the new Java update.\n- Type/Copy/Paste: java -version\n- this command displays the version of Java running on your system'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'5 - You should receive a message which displays:\nYou should receive a message which displays:\n- java version "1.7.0_40"Java(TM) SE Runtime Environment (build 1.7.0_40-b08)Java HotSpot(TM) 64-Bit Server VM (build build 25.1-b02, mixed mode)\n- Type/Copy/Paste: javac -version\n- this command lets you know that you are now able to compile java programs from the terminal\n- You should receive a message which displays:\n- javac 1.7.0_40'			None
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			"6 - Afterwards, you have the option of removing the old Oracle Java JDK_JRE, by simply removing the directory's which hold the old Java JDK_JRE binaries.\nAfterwards, you have the option of removing the old Oracle Java JDK/JRE, by simply removing the directory's which hold the old Java JDK/JRE binaries.\n- \n- Type/Copy/Paste: cd /usr/local/java\n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo rm -rf jdk1.7.0_40\n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo rm -rf jre1.7.0_40"			False
'Is remove the old oracle java jdk / jre installed?'			'7 - Reboot your Ubuntu Linux system and your system will be fully configured for running and developing Java programs.\nReboot your Ubuntu Linux system and your system will be fully configured for running and developing Java programs.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			'0 - Installing Themes in a Terminal Window'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			'1 - Search for a theme.\nSearch for a theme.  To search for Ubuntu themes, go to https://www.google.com and search "Ubuntu Themes".  Popular lists of themes include the following:\n- Gnome-Look\n- OMG Ubuntu\n- Ubuntu Pit\n- It\'s Foss.\n- ;'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			"2 - Click the Ubuntu icon.\nClick the Ubuntu icon.  It's in the dock to the left.  It's the circular icon with three notches.  This opens the Dash."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			'3 - Type terminal in the search bar.\nType terminal in the search bar.  The search bar is at the top of the Dash.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			'4 - Click the terminal.\nClick the terminal. The terminal has an icon that resembles a black screen with a white prompt.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			'5 - Type sudo apt-get install [package name]-theme and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt-get install [package name]-theme and press ↵ Enter.  Replace "[package name]" with the name of the theme package.  For example, to install the Arc theme, you would type sudo apt-get install arc-theme in the terminal.\n- Enter your password if prompted to do so.\n- Some themes may require additional commands. Read the installation instructions for any theme you want to download.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			"6 - Press Y on the keyboard.\nPress Y on the keyboard. You'll see how much free disk space you will have on your computer once the installation is complete."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			'7 - Type sudo apt-get install [package name]-icons in the terminal and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt-get install [package name]-icons in the terminal and press ↵ Enter. Use this command to install an icons theme in Ubuntu.\n- Enter your password when prompted.\n- Some themes may require additional commands. Read the installation instructions for any theme you want to download.'			True
'Is sudo apt - get install installed?'			"8 - Press Y on the keyboard.\nPress Y on the keyboard. You'll see how much free disk space you will have on your computer once the installation is complete."			None
'Is vsftpd to install installed?'			'0 - Installing the FTP Framework'			None
'Is vsftpd to install installed?'			"1 - Make sure that Ubuntu is up-to-date.\nMake sure that Ubuntu is up-to-date. Ubuntu versions 17.10 and up have vastly different file paths than previous versions, so you'll need to upgrade to the latest version of Ubuntu if you haven't already done so:[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Open Terminal\n- Type in sudo apt-get upgrade and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type in your password and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type in y when prompted, then press ↵ Enter.\n- Wait for the upgrades to finish installing, then restart your computer if prompted.\n- ;"			None
'Is vsftpd to install installed?'			'2 - Open Terminal.\nOpen Terminal. Click the Applications menu ⋮⋮⋮, scroll down, and click the black-and-white Terminal icon to do so.\n- You can also just press Alt+Ctrl+T to open Terminal.'			None
'Is vsftpd to install installed?'			'3 - Enter the VSFTPD install command.\nEnter the VSFTPD install command. Type sudo apt-get install vsftpd into Terminal, then press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is vsftpd to install installed?'			'4 - Enter your password.\nEnter your password. Type in the password that you use to log into your computer, then press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is vsftpd to install installed?'			'5 - Wait for VSFTPD to install.\nWait for VSFTPD to install. This will take anywhere from 5 minutes to 20 minutes depending on your current FTP settings and your Internet connection, so be patient.'			True
'Is vsftpd to install installed?'			"6 - Install FileZilla.\nInstall FileZilla. This is the program that you'll use to access and upload to your server. To install it:\n- Type in sudo apt-get install filezilla\n- Enter your password again if prompted.\n- Wait for the installation to complete."			None
'Is gparted installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is gparted installed?'			'1 - Install gparted (System → Administration → Synaptics Package Manager → search for gparted, mark it for installation and, when it installs, run it from System → Partition Editor).\nInstall gparted (System → Administration → Synaptics Package Manager → search for gparted, mark it for installation and, when it installs, run it from System → Partition Editor). Look for an NTFS partition – it is likely to be the one windows is on.\n- ;'			True
'Is gparted installed?'			'2 - Having located the partition, write down the name – it will look something like _dev_hda2 or _dev_sda2, depending if your drives are PATA, SCSI or SATA.\nHaving located the partition, write down the name – it will look something like /dev/hda2 or /dev/sda2, depending if your drives are PATA, SCSI or SATA.  Do this carefully – Now check to see if this is the partition by manually mounting it and looking at the files.'			None
'Is gparted installed?'			'3 - Open a terminal (Application → Accessories → Terminal) and make yourself root by typing sudo -s and pressing enter.\nOpen a terminal (Application → Accessories → Terminal) and make yourself root by typing sudo -s and pressing enter.  You will be prompted for the root password and will then become root. Being root assumes that you know what you are doing – you could easily cause disaster if you make a mistake, so concentrate. Carefully type this line at the prompt and press enter'			None
'Is gparted installed?'			'4 - Type the prompt.\nType the prompt. mkdir /mnt/windows'			None
'Is gparted installed?'			'5 - Replace the name.\nReplace the name. You may replace /mnt/windows with /mnt/windrv or any other name you prefer.  Having created the directory that is going to hold your windows files, type the following command carefully at the prompt and press enter'			None
'Is gparted installed?'			'6 - Type the command.\nType the command. mount -t ntfs /dev/sda2 /mnt/windows -o "umask=022"'			None
'Is gparted installed?'			"7 - Make sure you replace _dev_sda2 with the name of the windows partition you wrote down.\nMake sure you replace /dev/sda2 with the name of the windows partition you wrote down.  Now access the mounted drive and ensure that you can read the files by going to Places → Computer and navigating to /mnt/windows.  If you can see your files, you are all set.  If not, you've mounted the wrong drive, unmount it using umount /dev/sda2, making sure that you use the correct name for your drive."			None
'Is bridge - util installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is bridge - util installed?'			"1 - Check if the CPU has the support of hardware for virtualization.\nCheck if the CPU has the support of hardware for virtualization. On Intel, the processor is Intel VT and for AMD processors, it's AMD-V. Run the following command to check your machine's virtualization features:\n- egrep '(vmx\n- ;"			None
'Is bridge - util installed?'			'2 - Install bridge-utils using these commands line:\nInstall bridge-utils using these commands line:\n- sudo apt-get install -y bridge-utils resolvconf\n- sudo ifup br1\n- sudo service networking restart'			True
'Is bridge - util installed?'			'3 - Install KVM:\nInstall KVM:\n- apt-get update\n- sudo apt-get install -y qemu-kvm qemu virt-manager virt-viewer libvirt-bin'			None
'Is bridge - util installed?'			'4 - Creating a virtual machine.\nCreating a virtual machine. You can create virtual machines in the command line or in graphical mode.\n- For the command line, the command is:\n- sudo virt-install --name=itzgeekguest --ram=1024 --vcpus=1 --cdrom=/var/lib/libvirt/images/CentOS-6.9-x86_64-minimal.iso --os-type=linux --os-variant=rhel7 --network bridge=br1 --graphics=spice --disk path=/var/lib/libvirt/images/itzgeekguest.dsk,size=4\n- For graphical mode, you need to be root. Sometimes starting the Virtual Machine Manager from Dashboard does not give all the features to create a virtual machine.\n- sudo virt-manager'			None
'Is bridge - util installed?'			'5 - Open the Virtual Machine Manager.\nOpen the Virtual Machine Manager.\n- Choose "File" and "New Virtual Machine".\n- Browse for the desired operating system.\n- Choose the type and version for your operating system.\n- Choose your memory and CPU settings.\n- Tick "Enable storage for this virtual machine" and "Create a disk on the computer\'s hard drive," or pick "Select managed or other existing storage" and select your desired storage.\n- Choose "Advanced options" to select bridge networking; this allows the communication to outside networks.\n- Give a name to the VM and tick "Set a fixed MAC address".'			None
'Is kvm installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is kvm installed?'			"1 - Check if the CPU has the support of hardware for virtualization.\nCheck if the CPU has the support of hardware for virtualization. On Intel, the processor is Intel VT and for AMD processors, it's AMD-V. Run the following command to check your machine's virtualization features:\n- egrep '(vmx\n- ;"			None
'Is kvm installed?'			'2 - Install bridge-utils using these commands line:\nInstall bridge-utils using these commands line:\n- sudo apt-get install -y bridge-utils resolvconf\n- sudo ifup br1\n- sudo service networking restart'			None
'Is kvm installed?'			'3 - Install KVM:\nInstall KVM:\n- apt-get update\n- sudo apt-get install -y qemu-kvm qemu virt-manager virt-viewer libvirt-bin'			True
'Is kvm installed?'			'4 - Creating a virtual machine.\nCreating a virtual machine. You can create virtual machines in the command line or in graphical mode.\n- For the command line, the command is:\n- sudo virt-install --name=itzgeekguest --ram=1024 --vcpus=1 --cdrom=/var/lib/libvirt/images/CentOS-6.9-x86_64-minimal.iso --os-type=linux --os-variant=rhel7 --network bridge=br1 --graphics=spice --disk path=/var/lib/libvirt/images/itzgeekguest.dsk,size=4\n- For graphical mode, you need to be root. Sometimes starting the Virtual Machine Manager from Dashboard does not give all the features to create a virtual machine.\n- sudo virt-manager'			None
'Is kvm installed?'			'5 - Open the Virtual Machine Manager.\nOpen the Virtual Machine Manager.\n- Choose "File" and "New Virtual Machine".\n- Browse for the desired operating system.\n- Choose the type and version for your operating system.\n- Choose your memory and CPU settings.\n- Tick "Enable storage for this virtual machine" and "Create a disk on the computer\'s hard drive," or pick "Select managed or other existing storage" and select your desired storage.\n- Choose "Advanced options" to select bridge networking; this allows the communication to outside networks.\n- Give a name to the VM and tick "Set a fixed MAC address".'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'1 - Open Terminal.\nOpen Terminal. Open the Menu ⋮⋮⋮ and scroll down, then click  Terminal to do so.\n- You can also press Alt+Ctrl+T.\n- ;'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'2 - Remove any current versions of Java.\nRemove any current versions of Java. This is extremely important, as failing to do so will render the following instructions useless:\n- Type in sudo apt-get purge openjdk-\\*\n- Press ↵ Enter\n- Type in your password if prompted.\n- Press Y if prompted, then press ↵ Enter'			False
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'3 - Enter the Java installation command.\nEnter the Java installation command. Type in sudo apt-get install software-properties-common and press ↵ Enter.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			"4 - Remove any old versions of software.\nRemove any old versions of software. Type in sudo apt autoremove and press ↵ Enter, then wait for old software to remove itself. This will both free up space on your computer's hard drive and prevent interference when installing Java.\n- The removal process may take several minutes."			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'5 - Update packages.\nUpdate packages. Type in sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter to ensure that the current software is up-to-date.'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'6 - Access the Oracle Java repository.\nAccess the Oracle Java repository. Type in sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/java and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'7 - Press ↵ Enter when prompted.\nPress ↵ Enter when prompted. You\'ll see a message that reads "Press [ENTER] to continue or Ctrl-c to cancel adding it" at the bottom of the Terminal window; this is where you\'ll press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'8 - Download the Java installed.\nDownload the Java installed. Type in sudo apt-get install oracle-java9-installer and press ↵ Enter, then type in y and press ↵ Enter when prompted. The Java 9 installer will begin downloading, at which point a confirmation box will appear in Terminal.'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'9 - Agree to the Java terms of use.\nAgree to the Java terms of use. Press ↵ Enter once to continue, then use the left arrow key to select Yes and press ↵ Enter again.'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'10 - Wait for Java to download.\nWait for Java to download. Java will take upward of 20 minutes to download, so be patient. Once you see your name appear at the bottom of Terminal again, you may proceed.'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'11 - Set Java 9 as the default.\nSet Java 9 as the default. Type in sudo apt-get install oracle-java9-set-default and press ↵ Enter, then enter your password if prompted.'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			'12 - Check your Java version.\nCheck your Java version. Type in java -version and press ↵ Enter. You should see the following text:\n- java version "9.0.4"'			None
'Is remove any current version of java installed?'			"13 - Update all of your packages again.\nUpdate all of your packages again. Type in sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter. This probably won't do anything, but it's a good way to ensure that both everything from Java and the rest of your software is up-to-date. Once this command finishes running, the Java JDK is installed; you can exit Terminal."			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'1 - Open Terminal.\nOpen Terminal. Open the Menu ⋮⋮⋮ and scroll down, then click  Terminal to do so.\n- You can also press Alt+Ctrl+T.\n- ;'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'2 - Remove any current versions of Java.\nRemove any current versions of Java. This is extremely important, as failing to do so will render the following instructions useless:\n- Type in sudo apt-get purge openjdk-\\*\n- Press ↵ Enter\n- Type in your password if prompted.\n- Press Y if prompted, then press ↵ Enter'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'3 - Enter the Java installation command.\nEnter the Java installation command. Type in sudo apt-get install software-properties-common and press ↵ Enter.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			True
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			"4 - Remove any old versions of software.\nRemove any old versions of software. Type in sudo apt autoremove and press ↵ Enter, then wait for old software to remove itself. This will both free up space on your computer's hard drive and prevent interference when installing Java.\n- The removal process may take several minutes."			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'5 - Update packages.\nUpdate packages. Type in sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter to ensure that the current software is up-to-date.'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'6 - Access the Oracle Java repository.\nAccess the Oracle Java repository. Type in sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/java and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'7 - Press ↵ Enter when prompted.\nPress ↵ Enter when prompted. You\'ll see a message that reads "Press [ENTER] to continue or Ctrl-c to cancel adding it" at the bottom of the Terminal window; this is where you\'ll press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'8 - Download the Java installed.\nDownload the Java installed. Type in sudo apt-get install oracle-java9-installer and press ↵ Enter, then type in y and press ↵ Enter when prompted. The Java 9 installer will begin downloading, at which point a confirmation box will appear in Terminal.'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'9 - Agree to the Java terms of use.\nAgree to the Java terms of use. Press ↵ Enter once to continue, then use the left arrow key to select Yes and press ↵ Enter again.'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'10 - Wait for Java to download.\nWait for Java to download. Java will take upward of 20 minutes to download, so be patient. Once you see your name appear at the bottom of Terminal again, you may proceed.'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'11 - Set Java 9 as the default.\nSet Java 9 as the default. Type in sudo apt-get install oracle-java9-set-default and press ↵ Enter, then enter your password if prompted.'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			'12 - Check your Java version.\nCheck your Java version. Type in java -version and press ↵ Enter. You should see the following text:\n- java version "9.0.4"'			None
'Is enter the java installation command installed?'			"13 - Update all of your packages again.\nUpdate all of your packages again. Type in sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter. This probably won't do anything, but it's a good way to ensure that both everything from Java and the rest of your software is up-to-date. Once this command finishes running, the Java JDK is installed; you can exit Terminal."			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'1 - Open Terminal.\nOpen Terminal. Open the Menu ⋮⋮⋮ and scroll down, then click  Terminal to do so.\n- You can also press Alt+Ctrl+T.\n- ;'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'2 - Remove any current versions of Java.\nRemove any current versions of Java. This is extremely important, as failing to do so will render the following instructions useless:\n- Type in sudo apt-get purge openjdk-\\*\n- Press ↵ Enter\n- Type in your password if prompted.\n- Press Y if prompted, then press ↵ Enter'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'3 - Enter the Java installation command.\nEnter the Java installation command. Type in sudo apt-get install software-properties-common and press ↵ Enter.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			"4 - Remove any old versions of software.\nRemove any old versions of software. Type in sudo apt autoremove and press ↵ Enter, then wait for old software to remove itself. This will both free up space on your computer's hard drive and prevent interference when installing Java.\n- The removal process may take several minutes."			False
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'5 - Update packages.\nUpdate packages. Type in sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter to ensure that the current software is up-to-date.'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'6 - Access the Oracle Java repository.\nAccess the Oracle Java repository. Type in sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/java and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'7 - Press ↵ Enter when prompted.\nPress ↵ Enter when prompted. You\'ll see a message that reads "Press [ENTER] to continue or Ctrl-c to cancel adding it" at the bottom of the Terminal window; this is where you\'ll press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'8 - Download the Java installed.\nDownload the Java installed. Type in sudo apt-get install oracle-java9-installer and press ↵ Enter, then type in y and press ↵ Enter when prompted. The Java 9 installer will begin downloading, at which point a confirmation box will appear in Terminal.'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'9 - Agree to the Java terms of use.\nAgree to the Java terms of use. Press ↵ Enter once to continue, then use the left arrow key to select Yes and press ↵ Enter again.'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'10 - Wait for Java to download.\nWait for Java to download. Java will take upward of 20 minutes to download, so be patient. Once you see your name appear at the bottom of Terminal again, you may proceed.'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'11 - Set Java 9 as the default.\nSet Java 9 as the default. Type in sudo apt-get install oracle-java9-set-default and press ↵ Enter, then enter your password if prompted.'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			'12 - Check your Java version.\nCheck your Java version. Type in java -version and press ↵ Enter. You should see the following text:\n- java version "9.0.4"'			None
'Is remove any old version of software installed?'			"13 - Update all of your packages again.\nUpdate all of your packages again. Type in sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter. This probably won't do anything, but it's a good way to ensure that both everything from Java and the rest of your software is up-to-date. Once this command finishes running, the Java JDK is installed; you can exit Terminal."			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'0 - Using Terminal'			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'1 - Open Terminal.\nOpen Terminal. Click the Terminal app icon, which resembles a black box, in the bar on the left side of the screen.\n- You can also press Alt+Ctrl+T to bring up the Terminal window.\n- ;'			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'2 - Enter the Java install command.\nEnter the Java install command. Type in sudo apt install jre and press ↵ Enter. This command prompts Linux to begin searching for the JRE installation site.'			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'3 - Enter your password when prompted.\nEnter your password when prompted. Type in the password you use to log into your computer, then press ↵ Enter. The installation will commence.'			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'4 - Allow the JRE files to install.\nAllow the JRE files to install. This will take a few minutes. When you see the terms of use prompt appear, you may proceed.'			True
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'5 - Select <Yes> when prompted.\nSelect <Yes> when prompted. Press the left arrow key, then press ↵ Enter. Java will resume installing.'			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'6 - Wait for Java to finish installing.\nWait for Java to finish installing. Once you see your username appear at the bottom of Terminal, you can continue.'			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			"7 - Check your Java version.\nCheck your Java version. Type in java -version and press ↵ Enter, then wait for the Java version number to appear.\n- If doing this results in an error, Java didn't install correctly. You may need to try installing it manually."			None
'Is allow the jre file to install installed?'			'8 - Remove unnecessary files.\nRemove unnecessary files. You can get rid of temporary files installed by Java by doing the following:\n- Type in sudo apt autoremove and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type in y and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'1 - In the Ubuntu operating system, open the Terminal window by pressing the “ctrl + alt + T” keys from the keyboard.\nIn the Ubuntu operating system, open the Terminal window by pressing the “ctrl + alt + T” keys from the keyboard.\n- ;'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'2 - In the Terminal window, set your current working directory to the directory that has a copy of the VMware workstation “.bundle” file.\nIn the Terminal window, set your current working directory to the directory that has a copy of the VMware workstation “.bundle” file. For example, it may have been placed in the "Downloads" directory, so you could set that as your current working directory.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'3 - Enter the “ls .\nEnter the “ls ./” command in the Terminal window to list the contents of the current directory. This list will be helpful when you type in the name of VMware workstation “.bundle” file in the next step.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'4 - Enter “ gksudo bash VMware-Workstation-Full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle” command in the Terminal window.\nEnter “ gksudo bash VMware-Workstation-Full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle” command in the Terminal window. This will get the installation started. “VMware-Workstation-Full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle” is the complete name of the VMware workstation file that you are about to install.'			True
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'5 - Accept the terms.\nAccept the terms. When the VMware workstation Installer window pops up, select the radio button that says, “I accept the terms in the license agreement”, and click “Next”.\n- Accept terms again. On the next page again, select the radio button that says, “I accept the terms in the license agreement”, and click “Next”.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'6 - Make a selection based on your preference.\nMake a selection based on your preference. Namely, if you wish your VMware workstation to check for updates on startup, select “Yes”; otherwise, select “No”. Then click “Next”.\n- Make your preferred choice, and click “Next”.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'7 - Enter the username of any user that you might want to connect to your VMware workstation initially.\nEnter the username of any user that you might want to connect to your VMware workstation initially. Then click “Next”.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'8 - Keep the default entry for your virtual machine shared directory.\nKeep the default entry for your virtual machine shared directory. Click “Next”.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'9 - Keep the default port entry (443) for HTTPS port.\nKeep the default port entry (443) for HTTPS port. Click “Next”.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'10 - Enter the license key that you were provided with at the time of VMware workstation software purchase.\nEnter the license key that you were provided with at the time of VMware workstation software purchase. Click “Next”.\n- You could skip this step by clicking “Next” without entering the license key, if you wish to enter it after installation.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'11 - Wait for installation to begin.\nWait for installation to begin. At this point you should see that the actual installation of VMware workstation software has begun.'			None
'Is vmware-workstation-full-10.0.3-1895310.x86_64.bundle installed?'			'12 - Finally, when the installation is completed you will be notified.\nFinally, when the installation is completed you will be notified. Click the “Close” button to close the installer window.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			'1 - First press Ctrl+Alt+T on your keyboard to open Terminal, then to add My Unity repository, type or use copy_paste method to add following command:\nFirst press Ctrl+Alt+T on your keyboard to open Terminal, then to add My Unity repository, type or use copy/paste method to add following command: sudo add-apt-repository ppa:myunity/ppa and hit Enter.\n- ;'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			"2 - When it asks you for password, don't be confused.\nWhen it asks you for password, don't be confused. The password is that one, which you're using in the Login Screen. Password does not show up in the terminal when you type it. Just type your password and hit Enter. If your password was entered correctly, the action will continue.."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			'3 - Then press Enter to continue or Ctrl+C to cancel adding it.\nThen press Enter to continue or Ctrl+C to cancel adding it.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			'4 - Now, type or copy_paste following command to the Terminal, to update your system:\nNow, type or copy/paste following command to the Terminal, to update your system: sudo apt-get update and hit Enter.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			'5 - To install My Unity, type or use copy_paste method to add following command:\nTo install My Unity, type or use copy/paste method to add following command: sudo apt-get install myunity and hit Enter.'			True
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			"6 - When it asks you do you want to continue process, type 'Y' to the Terminal and hit Enter.\nWhen it asks you do you want to continue process, type 'Y' to the Terminal and hit Enter."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			'7 - After, when My Unity are installed you can close the Terminal window.\nAfter, when My Unity are installed you can close the Terminal window.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			"8 - To run MyUnity, press Super key (key beside Alt key) to open Dash and type 'my' to the search function, then click with your mouse on icon.\nTo run MyUnity, press Super key (key beside Alt key) to open Dash and type 'my' to the search function, then click with your mouse on icon."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install myunity installed?'			"9 - Now, you're ready to use My Unity application.\nNow, you're ready to use My Unity application."			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Installing GNOME Tweaks and Applying Themes'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Open the Ubuntu Software Center.\nOpen the Ubuntu Software Center.  It has an icon that resembles an orange shopping bag with an "A" on it.  It\'s in the Dock to the left side.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Type Gnome Tweaks in the search bar.\nType Gnome Tweaks in the search bar. The search bar is at the top of the Ubuntu Software Center.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click GNOME Tweaks in the search results.\nClick GNOME Tweaks in the search results.  It has an icon that resembles a control panel with slider bars and knobs.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"4 - Click Install.\nClick Install.  It's below the software title."			True
'Is install installed?'			"5 - Enter your password and click Authenticate.\nEnter your password and click Authenticate.  You'll need to enter your Ubuntu user password in order to install new software on your system.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- Alternatively, you can install GNOME Tweaks by running the following command in a terminal window: sudo apt-get install gnome-tweaks."			None
'Is install installed?'			"6 - Click the Ubuntu icon.\nClick the Ubuntu icon.  It's in the dock to the left.  It's the circular icon with three notches.  This opens the Dash."			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Type terminal in the search bar.\nType terminal in the search bar.  The search bar is at the top of the Dash.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'8 - Click the terminal.\nClick the terminal.  The Terminal has an icon that resembles a black screen with a white cursor.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'9 - Type sudo apt-get install gnome-shell-extensions and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt-get install gnome-shell-extensions and press ↵ Enter.   This is the command to install the GNOME Shell extensions, which is needed to change the panel color.\n- Enter your user password when prompted to run the command.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'10 - Log out and log back in.\nLog out and log back in.  After you finish installing GNOME Tweaks, you need to log out in order for the installation to take.  Click the Power icon in the upper-right corner and click Log Out.  Then click your username and enter your password to log back in.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'11 - Open GNOME Tweaks.\nOpen GNOME Tweaks.  It has an icon that resembles a control panel with slider bars and knobs.  You can open GNOME Tweaks in the Dash or by clicking "Launch" in the Ubuntu Software Center.  Use the following steps to open the GNOME Tweaks in the Dash.\n- Click the icon that resembles the Ubuntu icon.\n- Type Tweaks in the search bar at the top.\n- Click GNOME Tweaks.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"12 - Click Extensions.\nClick Extensions.  It's in the sidebar to the left."			None
'Is install installed?'			'13 - Enable User Themes.\nEnable User Themes.  To enable user themes, click the toggle switch next to "User Themes".  This allows you to change your colors and panels.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"14 - Click Appearance.\nClick Appearance.  It's the first option in the sidebar menu to the left."			None
'Is install installed?'			'15 - Use the drop-down menus to select themes.\nUse the drop-down menus to select themes.  You can use the drop-down menus next to "Applications," "Cursor," "Icons," and "Shell" to select installed themes.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'16 - Click the file icon next to "Image" below "Background.\nClick the file icon next to "Image" below "Background."  This allows you to select an image to use as your desktop wallpaper.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'17 - Click an image to select it and click Select.\nClick an image to select it and click Select.  This selects an image you can use for your desktop wallpaper.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'18 - Click the file icon next to "Image" below "Lock Screen.\nClick the file icon next to "Image" below "Lock Screen." This allows you to select an image to use for your lock seen image.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'19 - Click and image and click Select.\nClick and image and click Select. This selects an image you can use for your desktop wallpaper.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'0 - Installing GNOME Tweaks and Applying Themes'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'1 - Open the Ubuntu Software Center.\nOpen the Ubuntu Software Center.  It has an icon that resembles an orange shopping bag with an "A" on it.  It\'s in the Dock to the left side.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'2 - Type Gnome Tweaks in the search bar.\nType Gnome Tweaks in the search bar. The search bar is at the top of the Ubuntu Software Center.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'3 - Click GNOME Tweaks in the search results.\nClick GNOME Tweaks in the search results.  It has an icon that resembles a control panel with slider bars and knobs.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			"4 - Click Install.\nClick Install.  It's below the software title."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			"5 - Enter your password and click Authenticate.\nEnter your password and click Authenticate.  You'll need to enter your Ubuntu user password in order to install new software on your system.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- Alternatively, you can install GNOME Tweaks by running the following command in a terminal window: sudo apt-get install gnome-tweaks."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			"6 - Click the Ubuntu icon.\nClick the Ubuntu icon.  It's in the dock to the left.  It's the circular icon with three notches.  This opens the Dash."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'7 - Type terminal in the search bar.\nType terminal in the search bar.  The search bar is at the top of the Dash.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'8 - Click the terminal.\nClick the terminal.  The Terminal has an icon that resembles a black screen with a white cursor.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'9 - Type sudo apt-get install gnome-shell-extensions and press ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt-get install gnome-shell-extensions and press ↵ Enter.   This is the command to install the GNOME Shell extensions, which is needed to change the panel color.\n- Enter your user password when prompted to run the command.'			True
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'10 - Log out and log back in.\nLog out and log back in.  After you finish installing GNOME Tweaks, you need to log out in order for the installation to take.  Click the Power icon in the upper-right corner and click Log Out.  Then click your username and enter your password to log back in.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'11 - Open GNOME Tweaks.\nOpen GNOME Tweaks.  It has an icon that resembles a control panel with slider bars and knobs.  You can open GNOME Tweaks in the Dash or by clicking "Launch" in the Ubuntu Software Center.  Use the following steps to open the GNOME Tweaks in the Dash.\n- Click the icon that resembles the Ubuntu icon.\n- Type Tweaks in the search bar at the top.\n- Click GNOME Tweaks.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			"12 - Click Extensions.\nClick Extensions.  It's in the sidebar to the left."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'13 - Enable User Themes.\nEnable User Themes.  To enable user themes, click the toggle switch next to "User Themes".  This allows you to change your colors and panels.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			"14 - Click Appearance.\nClick Appearance.  It's the first option in the sidebar menu to the left."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'15 - Use the drop-down menus to select themes.\nUse the drop-down menus to select themes.  You can use the drop-down menus next to "Applications," "Cursor," "Icons," and "Shell" to select installed themes.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'16 - Click the file icon next to "Image" below "Background.\nClick the file icon next to "Image" below "Background."  This allows you to select an image to use as your desktop wallpaper.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'17 - Click an image to select it and click Select.\nClick an image to select it and click Select.  This selects an image you can use for your desktop wallpaper.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'18 - Click the file icon next to "Image" below "Lock Screen.\nClick the file icon next to "Image" below "Lock Screen." This allows you to select an image to use for your lock seen image.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension installed?'			'19 - Click and image and click Select.\nClick and image and click Select. This selects an image you can use for your desktop wallpaper.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'0 - Setting Up Dual Boot'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			"1 - Open the Microsoft Edge web browser.\nOpen the Microsoft Edge web browser. You'll find it in Start menu, which is at the bottom-left corner of the screen. The final part of the process is setting up your computer to let you boot from either Windows 10 or Ubuntu at start up."			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'2 - Navigate to https:__neosmart.net_EasyBCD.\nNavigate to https://neosmart.net/EasyBCD. EasyBCD is a free tool that lets you set up dual-boot from within Windows.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'3 - Scroll down and click Register under "Non-commercial.\nScroll down and click Register under "Non-commercial." This brings you to a sign-up page.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'4 - Enter your name and email address and click Download.\nEnter your name and email address and click Download. This should start the download immediately, but you might have to click Save or Download to confirm.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			"5 - Click the file you just downloaded.\nClick the file you just downloaded. It's the file that starts with EasyBCD. You should see it near the bottom of the browser. If you don't, press Ctrl+J to open the Downloads list and click it there."			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'6 - Click Yes to allow the app to run.\nClick Yes to allow the app to run.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'7 - Follow the on-screen instructions to install EasyBCD.\nFollow the on-screen instructions to install EasyBCD. Once the app is installed, it will be added to the Start menu.'			True
'Is install easybcd installed?'			"8 - Open EasyBCD.\nOpen EasyBCD. It's on the Start menu, which you can get to by clicking the Windows button at the bottom-left corner of the screen."			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			"9 - Click the Linux_BSD tab.\nClick the Linux/BSD tab. It's near the top of the app."			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'10 - Select Grub 2 from the "Type" menu.\nSelect Grub 2 from the "Type" menu. It\'s near the top of the tab.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'11 - Type Ubuntu into the "Name" field.\nType Ubuntu into the "Name" field. It\'s right below the "Type" menu. This is how Ubuntu will appear in the boot menu.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'12 - Select Automatically locate and load from the "Drive" menu.\nSelect Automatically locate and load from the "Drive" menu.'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'13 - Click the Add Entry button.\nClick the Add Entry button. It\'s right below the "Drive" menu. This adds an option for Ubuntu to the standard Windows boot menu.[5]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is install easybcd installed?'			'14 - Remove the USB drive and restart the PC.\nRemove the USB drive and restart the PC. You can restart the PC by clicking the Start menu, selecting the Power button (it looks like a knob), and choosing Restart. When the PC comes back up, it will boot to a screen that allows you to select either Windows 10 or Ubuntu. Selecting one or the other will boot into that operating system.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension - user - theme installed?'			'0 - Installing GNOME Tweak Tool and Shell Extensions'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension - user - theme installed?'			'1 - Press the Control+Alt+T keys together to open the terminal.\nPress the Control+Alt+T keys together to open the terminal.\n- Linux keyboard shortcuts are the same using a Mac or PC keyboard.\n- ;'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension - user - theme installed?'			'2 - Type sudo apt-get install gnome-tweak-tool into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt-get install gnome-tweak-tool into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter. This will contact the official repository to download the GNOME Tweak Tool package. When prompted, enter your account (current) password and the download and installation will proceed.\n- The "sudo" command grants security privileges of the super user. The apt-get command handles the Advanced Packing Tool (APT) to install the package.\n- Installing packages requires an active network connection. Do not disconnect from the network until installation is complete.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension - user - theme installed?'			'3 - Type sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team_gnome3 into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter.\nType sudo add-apt-repository ppa:webupd8team/gnome3 into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter. This will give you access to the PPA (Personal Package Archive) to access GNOME Shell Extensions and its themes since they cannot be downloaded through the official repository.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension - user - theme installed?'			'4 - Type sudo apt-get update into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt-get update into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter. This will make sure the PPA content is up-to-date.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension - user - theme installed?'			'5 - Type sudo apt-get install gnome-shell-extensions-user-themes into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter.\nType sudo apt-get install gnome-shell-extensions-user-themes into the Terminal, then hit ↵ Enter. This will install the GNOME Shell Extensions with user theme support enabling you to download and install custom themes to use with the Tweak Tool.'			True
'Is sudo apt - get install gnome - shell - extension - user - theme installed?'			'6 - Restart your computer.\nRestart your computer. The GNOME Tweak Tool requires a restart for extensions installed to the tool.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Installing Wine'			None
'Is install installed?'			"1 - Open the Software Center.\nOpen the Software Center. This is Ubuntu's app store, and is the easiest way to install the most stable version of Wine and other software for Ubuntu. You'll need an active internet connection to install it.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- It is possible to install the latest, unstable version from Wine's developers, but this is not recommended for most users as you may encounter serious issues with it.\n- ;"			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Search for wine in the Software Center.\nSearch for wine in the Software Center. The Wine program should be the first on the list of results.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click Install to begin installing the Wine software.\nClick Install to begin installing the Wine software.  This may take a few minutes.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Open the Terminal after Wine has finished installing.\nOpen the Terminal after Wine has finished installing. You will need to configure Wine before you can use it, which needs to be done through the Terminal.\n- You can open the Terminal from Applications → Accessories → Terminal, or by pressing Ctrl+Alt+T.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Type .\nType .winecfg and press ↵ Enter. This will create a folder on your computer that will act as the Windows "C:" drive, which will allow you to run programs.\n- This folder is labeled .wine and is hidden in your Home directory.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Set your Windows emulation configuration options.\nSet your Windows emulation configuration options. After the "C:" drive is created, the configuration  window will open, allowing you to adjust the settings for the emulated version of Windows. The different tabs allow you to adjust different settings.\n- "Applications" - This allows you to set the Windows version for each of your installed applications. The "Default Settings" is the version of Windows that will be loaded for any application that does not have a specific operating system set.\n- "Libraries" - This lets you adjust DLLs for the emulated version of Windows. Most users can leave this alone. You may need to make adjustments here to make some programs run correctly.\n- "Graphics" - This allows you to adjust options like screen size, mouse capture, and resolution. This is linked to the "Applications" tab, so these changes can be application-specific.\n- "Drives" - This allows you to map virtual drives for Wine using your own drives and folders. To find the Path for your disc drive, right-click the icon on your desktop. You can also click "Autodetect" to attempt to have Wine automatically detect your installed drives.\n- "Desktop Integration" - This allows you to set the theme and appearance of your emulated applications.\n- "Audio" - This adjusts the audio settings for Wine. Most users can leave them at default, and Wine will use your Linux settings.'			None
'Is install button installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install button installed?'			'1 - Download Brasero (a free Open-source CD burning_maker utility for GNOME).\nDownload Brasero (a free Open-source CD burning/maker utility for GNOME). To do this click and open Ubuntu Software centre. It is included in recent versions of ubuntu. If not, you can download it.\n- ;'			None
'Is install button installed?'			'2 - Type Brasero in search.\nType Brasero in search.'			None
'Is install button installed?'			'3 - You will find it in the list.\nYou will find it in the list. Click on it and then click on Install Button to install it.'			True
'Is install button installed?'			'4 - After the program is installed, open it by going in Dashboard and typing Brasero.\nAfter the program is installed, open it by going in Dashboard and typing Brasero.'			None
'Is install button installed?'			'5 - When GnomeBaker opens you have a variety of options.\nWhen GnomeBaker opens you have a variety of options.\n- If you wish to make a Data CD, click Data CD near the bottom.\n- Add the files and click "Burn"\n- If you want to make an Audio CD, click Audio CD instead of Data CD. You may need to download some extra codecs and libraries for certain audio formats.\n- Add the music and hit "Burn".'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			"1 - To add Opera’s public key, first press Ctrl+Alt+T on your keyboard to open Terminal.\nTo add Opera’s public key, first press Ctrl+Alt+T on your keyboard to open Terminal. When it opens, type or use copy/paste method to add following command: sudo sh -c 'wget -O - http://deb.opera.com/archive.key | apt-key add -' and hit Enter.\n- ;"			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			'2 - When it asks password, type password and hit Enter again.\nWhen it asks password, type password and hit Enter again.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			'3 - Now to add Opera repository type or use copy_paste method to add following command:\nNow to add Opera repository type or use copy/paste method to add following command: sudo gedit /etc/apt/sources.list.d/opera.list and hit Enter.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			"4 - When Gedit show's up, copy this line to Opera list:\nWhen Gedit show's up, copy this line to Opera list: deb http://deb.opera.com/opera/ stable non-free then save it and close Gedit."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			'5 - After you close Gedit, type or copy_paste following command to the Terminal, to update your system:\nAfter you close Gedit, type or copy/paste following command to the Terminal, to update your system: sudo apt-get update and hit Enter.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			'6 - To install Opera, type or use copy_paste method to add following command:\nTo install Opera, type or use copy/paste method to add following command: sudo apt-get install opera-stable and hit Enter.'			True
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			"7 - When it asks you that do you want to continue, type 'Y' to the Terminal and hit Enter.\nWhen it asks you that do you want to continue, type 'Y' to the Terminal and hit Enter."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			'8 - After Opera browser are installed, now close your Terminal.\nAfter Opera browser are installed, now close your Terminal.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			"9 - To run Opera browser, press window key (key beside Alt key) to open Dash and type 'op' to search function, then click with your mouse on icon.\nTo run Opera browser, press window key (key beside Alt key) to open Dash and type 'op' to search function, then click with your mouse on icon."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			"10 - If you want, read Opera Software End-User License, then click on 'I Agree' button with your mouse.\nIf you want, read Opera Software End-User License, then click on 'I Agree' button with your mouse."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install opera -stable installed?'			"11 - Now, you're ready to use Opera 56 browser.\nNow, you're ready to use Opera 56 browser."			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Verify that the computer tasks and_or software you want to run will either work with Ubuntu, or has alternative software to replace it.\nVerify that the computer tasks and/or software you want to run will either work with Ubuntu, or has alternative software to replace it. Even if your existing software will not run natively in Ubuntu, a compatibility layer known as Wine may be able to run it.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Back-up your data.\nBack-up your data. Use an external hard drive to copy over files or create a copy of your partitions. Alternatively, use a flash drive, DVDs, or CDs to copy over files.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Go to http:__www.ubuntu.com and download the CD image.\nGo to http://www.ubuntu.com and download the CD image. Do this by clicking on the Download Ubuntu button; here you can choose between the 32 and 64 bit versions, and will find instructions on how to burn them to a CD.\n- The CD image is about 700 MB.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"4 - Boot your PC from the Ubuntu CD.\nBoot your PC from the Ubuntu CD. This may involve either manually selecting the optical drive or changing the boot order in your BIOS, if simply inserting the CD and rebooting doesn't work. You can find detailed instructions on the Ubuntu Download Page. After a minute or two, you should see a windows that asks whether you want to try or install Ubuntu. Choose the 'Try Ubuntu' option, and in another minute, you should see the basic Ubuntu desktop. You should have access to most of your hardware, including network, sound, and graphics. Some older video cards and wifi cards may have compatibility issues; in this case you might want to check the LinuxQuestions Hardware Compatibility List, as well as asking about your hardware on the Ubuntu Forums."			None
'Is install installed?'			"5 - Install it.\nInstall it. Assuming you booted into the live desktop properly, this is as simple as double-clicking the Install icon on the desktop. The install program will prompt you for your language, location, and keyboard layout before you get to the hard-disk partitioning section. When Ubuntu asks for a timezone, and you do not see your city simply click on a city that is near/in your timezone (e.g Vancouver, Canada instead of Seattle, United States). Partitioning your hard disk is the only step of the install process that has the potential to do serious harm. If you install to the wrong partition, you could accidentally nuke your Windows drive and all of its contents. That's why it is recommended to run a full backup before you start the install process. The safest way to install is to add a new hard drive or create free space on the existing drive. This is not always an option; you can re-size your partitions to free space using the sliders."			True
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Bring over some of your data from your Windows partition.\nBring over some of your data from your Windows partition. If you wish, Ubuntu can bring over your Firefox bookmarks, music, photos, and documents from your Windows partition (if you are keeping the Windows Partition).'			None
'Is install installed?'			"7 - Confirm your installer's settings and press Install to finish the process.\nConfirm your installer's settings and press Install to finish the process. You'll need to wait 20–40 minutes while the install completes and then finish by rebooting your PC and selecting the Ubuntu entry from the boot manager that was installed."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			"1 - Check whether you have FFmpeg installed on your system.\nCheck whether you have FFmpeg installed on your system. If typing ffmpeg -version doesn't give you an error message, it is installed. Otherwise you can install FFmpeg by opening a terminal and using the following commands:\n- \n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo apt-get update\n- This command updates the package repositories on your system\n- \n- Type/Copy/Paste: sudo apt-get install ffmpeg\n- This command installs FFmpeg on your system. If this gives you an error message stating that you aren't in the sudoers file, you can type su root, enter the root password, and then issue this command. If you don't have the root password either, you'll have to ask your system's administrator to install it for you.\n- \n- ;"			True
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			'2 - Change into your "Videos" directory.\nChange into your "Videos" directory. This is not required, but keeping videos inside of that directory will let you find them easily.\n- Type/Copy/Paste: cd /home/your_user_name/Videos'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			'3 - Make sure your microphone is turned on and the volume is turned up.\nMake sure your microphone is turned on and the volume is turned up. The following commands will record the full desktop video and sound in the video formats provided below.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			"4 - Find out your screen size.\nFind out your screen size. You'll need it if you want to record your whole screen. To find out your screen size, type: xdpyinfo | grep 'dimensions:'"			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			"5 - To record the screen without audio, use the following command:\nTo record the screen without audio, use the following command: ffmpeg -video_size 1920x1080 -framerate 30 -f x11grab -i :0.0+0,0 -c:v libx264rgb -crf 0 -preset ultrafast sample.mkv\n- \n- -video_size specifies the size of the recorded area. If you have a different screen size, use that instead of 1920x1080. If you want to record only an area of the screen, specify the area size here.\n- -framerate specifies the frame rate, i. e. how many frames of video are recorded in a second. If you need another frame rate, use another number than 30. The lowest allowed framerate is 20.\n- -f x11grab is what actually tells FFmpeg to record your screen. You shouldn't change that.\n- -i :0.0+0,0 is where you specify the x and y offset of the top left corner of the area that you want to record. For example, use :0.0+100,200 to have an x offset of 100 and an y offset of 200.\n- -c:v libx264rgb -crf 0 -preset ultrafast are encoding options. These specify a fast and lossless recording."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			'6 - Use the following command to also record either your microphone or the system sounds:\nUse the following command to also record either your microphone or the system sounds: ffmpeg -video_size 1920x1080 -framerate 30 -f x11grab -i :0.0+0,0 -f pulse -ac 2 -i 0 -c:v libx264rgb -crf 0 -preset ultrafast sample.mkv\n- Most options are the same as for recording just the screen, but you also specify some additional options. Note that you can\'t just append new audio options at the end, since their order affects how FFmpeg interprets them.\n- -f pulse tells FFmpeg to grab the input from PulseAudio, which is your sound server.\n- -ac 2 specifies the number of audio channels. If you receive an error like: "cannot set channel count to 2 (Invalid argument)", you should change that to 1.\n- -i 0 specifies which device to grab the input from. You can see a list of all devices with the command pacmd list-sources. The number behind -i is the index listed there. The other output of the command will give you an explanation of what that audio device is for. A device with a name like "Monitor of Built-in Audio Analog" will most likely record the system audio, while something with "microphone" in the description will most likely be a microphone.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			'7 - Use -filter_complex amerge to merge both audio inputs into one.\nUse -filter_complex amerge to merge both audio inputs into one. This will let you have your microphone and the system sounds recorded at the same time. For example, your command could look like: ffmpeg -video_size 1920x1080 -framerate 30 -f x11grab -i :0.0+0,0 -f pulse -filter_complex amerge -ac 2 -i 0 -f pulse -ac 2 -i 1 -c:v libx264rgb -crf 0 -preset ultrafast sample.mkv'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			'8 - Press Ctrl+C to stop the recording.\nPress Ctrl+C to stop the recording. It should exit with a message like: "Exiting normally, received signal 2."'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			"9 - Re-encode your file, if necessary.\nRe-encode your file, if necessary. If you're concerned about storage space, you can run the following command to get a smaller file without quality loss: ffmpeg -i sample.mkv -c:v libx264rgb -c:a copy -crf 0 -preset veryslow sample-smaller.mkv. Of course, you can do any other conversion, too; see How to Convert Media with FFmpeg for instructions about that."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install ffmpeg installed?'			"10 - Watch the recording.\nWatch the recording. This will let you confirm that it actually was recorded as intended. You can use a media player such as VLC, Totem, or MPV. Opening the file with one of these is as simple as typing vlc samle.mkv, totem sample.mkv, or mpv sample.mkv.\n- You need to have a media player installed. If you don't have any media player at all, you can install one through APT."			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			"1 - Install samba file system utilities.\nInstall samba file system utilities.\n- sudo apt-get install smbfs (In new version install sudo apt-get install cifs-utils)\n- \n- WH.performance.clearMarks('image1_rendered'); WH.performance.mark('image1_rendered');"			True
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'2 - Create a directory to use as the mount point.\nCreate a directory to use as the mount point.\n- sudo mkdir /mnt/backup'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'3 - Edit the file system table to include the new mount point.\nEdit the file system table to include the new mount point.\n- sudo vi /etc/fstab'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'4 - Append the following snippet to the end of the file.\nAppend the following snippet to the end of the file.  Scroll to the end and press a to append text.  Note that the text should all be on one line.\n- //YOUR_SERVER/YOUR_SHARE     /mnt/backup     cifs    domain=YOUR_DOMAIN,username=YOUR_USERNAME,password=YOUR_PASSWORD       0       0'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'5 - Save and exit.\nSave and exit.  To exit vi you leave edit mode by pressing escape.  Then enter command mode by typing colon.  Then enter wq to write and quit.\n- Type <escape>:wq<return>'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'6 - Reload the fstab file to mount the share.\nReload the fstab file to mount the share.\n- sudo mount -a'			None
'Is samba file system utility installed?'			'7 - Check the mount was successful by listing the contents of the share.\nCheck the mount was successful by listing the contents of the share.\n- ls /mnt/backup'			None
'Is multiarch for 64 - bit ubuntu installed?'			'0 - Installing Skype Manually'			None
'Is multiarch for 64 - bit ubuntu installed?'			'1 - Press Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window.\nPress Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window. While it’s no longer mandatory that Skype be installed by manually downloading the package from Skype’s website, it’s still an option.[5]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n-  Try installing Skype from the Canonical Partners repository first. If you run into any issues, use this method as a backup.'			None
'Is multiarch for 64 - bit ubuntu installed?'			'2 - Download Skype with wget.\nDownload Skype with wget. The path to the package is different depending on whether you’re using 32-bit or 64-bit Ubuntu:\n- If you’re using 32-bit Ubuntu, type: wget http://www.skype.com/go/getskype-linux-beta-ubuntu-32 and press ↵ Enter.\n- 64-bit Ubuntu, type:  wget http://www.skype.com/go/getskype-linux-beta-ubuntu-32 and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is multiarch for 64 - bit ubuntu installed?'			'3 - Install Multiarch for 64-bit Ubuntu.\nInstall Multiarch for 64-bit Ubuntu. If you’re using the 64-bit version of Ubuntu, you’ll need Multiarch to install Skype. Here’s how to do it from the command line:[6]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type: sudo dpkg --add-architecture i386 and press ↵ Enter.\n- When you return to the command prompt, type: sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter.'			True
'Is multiarch for 64 - bit ubuntu installed?'			'4 - Install Skype from the downloaded package.\nInstall Skype from the downloaded package. You’ll do this with the “dkpg” command. Make sure the version number aligns with the one you downloaded earlier.[7]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type: sudo dpkg -i skype-ubuntu-precise_4.3.0.37-1_i386.deb and press ↵ Enter.\n- As Linux tries to unpack Skype, you’ll see a slew of errors on the screen about dependency issues. This is normal.'			None
'Is multiarch for 64 - bit ubuntu installed?'			'5 - Install the required dependencies.\nInstall the required dependencies. To correct the errors and start the Skype install:\n- Type: sudo apt-get -f install and press ↵ Enter.\n- Wait a few moments as the package installs. When the installation is complete, you’ll return to the command prompt.'			None
'Is multiarch for 64 - bit ubuntu installed?'			'6 - Run your new installation of Skype.\nRun your new installation of Skype. To start Skype, type skype and press ↵ Enter. Follow the prompts to sign in or create a new account with Skype.'			None
'Is require dependency installed?'			'0 - Installing Skype Manually'			None
'Is require dependency installed?'			'1 - Press Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window.\nPress Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window. While it’s no longer mandatory that Skype be installed by manually downloading the package from Skype’s website, it’s still an option.[5]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n-  Try installing Skype from the Canonical Partners repository first. If you run into any issues, use this method as a backup.'			None
'Is require dependency installed?'			'2 - Download Skype with wget.\nDownload Skype with wget. The path to the package is different depending on whether you’re using 32-bit or 64-bit Ubuntu:\n- If you’re using 32-bit Ubuntu, type: wget http://www.skype.com/go/getskype-linux-beta-ubuntu-32 and press ↵ Enter.\n- 64-bit Ubuntu, type:  wget http://www.skype.com/go/getskype-linux-beta-ubuntu-32 and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is require dependency installed?'			'3 - Install Multiarch for 64-bit Ubuntu.\nInstall Multiarch for 64-bit Ubuntu. If you’re using the 64-bit version of Ubuntu, you’ll need Multiarch to install Skype. Here’s how to do it from the command line:[6]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type: sudo dpkg --add-architecture i386 and press ↵ Enter.\n- When you return to the command prompt, type: sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is require dependency installed?'			'4 - Install Skype from the downloaded package.\nInstall Skype from the downloaded package. You’ll do this with the “dkpg” command. Make sure the version number aligns with the one you downloaded earlier.[7]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type: sudo dpkg -i skype-ubuntu-precise_4.3.0.37-1_i386.deb and press ↵ Enter.\n- As Linux tries to unpack Skype, you’ll see a slew of errors on the screen about dependency issues. This is normal.'			None
'Is require dependency installed?'			'5 - Install the required dependencies.\nInstall the required dependencies. To correct the errors and start the Skype install:\n- Type: sudo apt-get -f install and press ↵ Enter.\n- Wait a few moments as the package installs. When the installation is complete, you’ll return to the command prompt.'			True
'Is require dependency installed?'			'6 - Run your new installation of Skype.\nRun your new installation of Skype. To start Skype, type skype and press ↵ Enter. Follow the prompts to sign in or create a new account with Skype.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'0 - Installing Skype Manually'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'1 - Press Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window.\nPress Ctrl+Alt+T to open a terminal window. While it’s no longer mandatory that Skype be installed by manually downloading the package from Skype’s website, it’s still an option.[5]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n-  Try installing Skype from the Canonical Partners repository first. If you run into any issues, use this method as a backup.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'2 - Download Skype with wget.\nDownload Skype with wget. The path to the package is different depending on whether you’re using 32-bit or 64-bit Ubuntu:\n- If you’re using 32-bit Ubuntu, type: wget http://www.skype.com/go/getskype-linux-beta-ubuntu-32 and press ↵ Enter.\n- 64-bit Ubuntu, type:  wget http://www.skype.com/go/getskype-linux-beta-ubuntu-32 and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'3 - Install Multiarch for 64-bit Ubuntu.\nInstall Multiarch for 64-bit Ubuntu. If you’re using the 64-bit version of Ubuntu, you’ll need Multiarch to install Skype. Here’s how to do it from the command line:[6]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type: sudo dpkg --add-architecture i386 and press ↵ Enter.\n- When you return to the command prompt, type: sudo apt-get update and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'4 - Install Skype from the downloaded package.\nInstall Skype from the downloaded package. You’ll do this with the “dkpg” command. Make sure the version number aligns with the one you downloaded earlier.[7]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Type: sudo dpkg -i skype-ubuntu-precise_4.3.0.37-1_i386.deb and press ↵ Enter.\n- As Linux tries to unpack Skype, you’ll see a slew of errors on the screen about dependency issues. This is normal.'			True
'Is skype installed?'			'5 - Install the required dependencies.\nInstall the required dependencies. To correct the errors and start the Skype install:\n- Type: sudo apt-get -f install and press ↵ Enter.\n- Wait a few moments as the package installs. When the installation is complete, you’ll return to the command prompt.'			None
'Is skype installed?'			'6 - Run your new installation of Skype.\nRun your new installation of Skype. To start Skype, type skype and press ↵ Enter. Follow the prompts to sign in or create a new account with Skype.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Go to Applications > Ubuntu Software Center which is located in Main menu.\nGo to Applications > Ubuntu Software Center which is located in Main menu.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			"2 - When you open Ubuntu Software Center you will need to type 'wine' in search function which are located on the right upper corner of the window and hit Enter.\nWhen you open Ubuntu Software Center you will need to type 'wine' in search function which are located on the right upper corner of the window and hit Enter."			None
'Is install installed?'			"3 - Choose 'Wine Microsoft Windows Compatibility Layer' package.\nChoose 'Wine Microsoft Windows Compatibility Layer' package."			None
'Is install installed?'			"4 - Click on the 'Install' button, after that when it asks you for password, type the password and click on 'Authenticate' button or just hit Enter.\nClick on the 'Install' button, after that when it asks you for password, type the password and click on 'Authenticate' button or just hit Enter."			True
'Is install installed?'			"5 - While you installing this application, somewhere in the middle, you will be asked to confirm EULA license terms.\nWhile you installing this application, somewhere in the middle, you will be asked to confirm EULA license terms. To do that, mark that little white box and click on 'Forward' button."			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Now when Wine is installed, go to Applications > Wine, where is Wine located and and try to explore a little, to see what options this application has.\nNow when Wine is installed, go to Applications > Wine, where is Wine located and and try to explore a little, to see what options this application has.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Now first what you need to do is to locate your setup.exe.\nNow first what you need to do is to locate your setup.exe. where is located and then right click with your mouse on that file.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"8 - Now click on 'Permissions' option and then mark that little box beside 'Allow executing file as program' option.\nNow click on 'Permissions' option and then mark that little box beside 'Allow executing file as program' option. After that click on 'Close' button."			None
'Is install installed?'			'9 - Now when you click with left mouse button on the setup.exe, file will start run.\nNow when you click with left mouse button on the setup.exe, file will start run.'			None
'Is android emulator installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is android emulator installed?'			'1 - Download the Android Emulator.\nDownload the Android Emulator. To download WhatsApp on your Ubuntu you must install the Android emulator by visiting https://dl.google.com/android/android-sdk_r16-linux.tgz. After successfully installing this on your computer, a screen will appear on your computer with several files. Among these files you have to click on ‘tools’ and then the ‘Android’ option. Finally, click on the ‘install package’ option and then ‘select all’ and it gets downloaded. This might take a few minutes and therefore, you must be patient.\n- ;'			True
'Is android emulator installed?'			'2 - Select AVD.\nSelect AVD. While the installation process goes on some promotional messages would pop up on screen related to Motorola, HTC, Sony or something else. Just cancel these windows. Go to the menu ‘tools’ next and select the ‘manage AVD’s’ option. Next, click on the ‘new’ option which requires filling of the data. Once the data is successfully filled, click on ‘create AVD’.'			None
'Is android emulator installed?'			'3 - Choose the OS.\nChoose the OS. A new window will open where you are supposed to click on the ‘Ok’ option. You then need to return to the AVDs selection window and ‘Android 2.3’ has to be selected. After this click on ‘start’ and a window will appear. Click on ‘launch’ to create final defaults.'			None
'Is android emulator installed?'			'4 - Search for WhatsApp.\nSearch for WhatsApp. Once the emulator has been set up and you can search for the app called ‘Whatsapp for Ubuntu’ with the aid of the search icon. Follow the subsequent steps for downloading and installing the app. After the installation is complete, you can see the icon of ‘Whatsapp for Ubuntu’ on the menu of apps.'			None
'Is android emulator installed?'			'5 - Click on the WhatsApp icon and fill up the required data.\nClick on the WhatsApp icon and fill up the required data. Either continue with your existing number or create a new account. So the process thereby stands complete of installing WhatsApp for Ubuntu and you can continue to enjoy using their services and the benefits that you do not get on your smartphones.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Installing Skype Snap'			None
'Is install installed?'			"1 - Open Ubuntu Software.\nOpen Ubuntu Software. On Ubuntu 16.04 and above it's super easy to install Skype from Ubuntu Software - the app store shipped in Ubuntu. On 14.04 you will need to use the terminal which is covered below.\n- ;"			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Search for Skype.\nSearch for Skype. In Ubuntu Software, click the search icon in the top right, then type "Skype" in the search box.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click Skype in the results.\nClick Skype in the results. A list of applications will appear. Click the familiar Skype icon.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Install the snap.\nInstall the snap. Click the "Install" button at the top of the window. You may get prompted to type your password, because Ubuntu Software is making changes to your system.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Wait for the install to complete.\nWait for the install to complete. Depending on your network connection, this may take a few moments. Wait for it to finish.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Launch Skype in Ubuntu Software.\nLaunch Skype in Ubuntu Software. Once installed, you can launch Skype immediately from Ubuntu Software by clicking the "Launch" button.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Launch Skype.\nLaunch Skype. Once you close Ubuntu Software, you should find Skype in the Ubuntu launcher.'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'0 - Install Skype Snap in a Terminal'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'1 - Open your Terminal.\nOpen your Terminal. In Ubuntu 14.04 and above, you can use the terminal to install the Skype snap. This only requires a couple of commands and a few moments to do.\n- You can quickly open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl+Alt+T or by searching for "terminal" in the dash'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'2 - Update the package list.\nUpdate the package list. The first command refreshes the list of packages available. Type sudo apt-get update. Enter your password if prompted.'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			'3 - Install snapd.\nInstall snapd. In order to install snaps, you need to install the "Snap Daemon" which manages the installation & upgrades of snaps. In Ubuntu 14.04 it needs installing manually. In later releases of Ubuntu (from 16.04 onwards) it\'s already installed. Type sudo apt-get install snapd. Enter your password if prompted. Press "Y" when asked if you want to continue.'			True
'Is snapd installed?'			'4 - Install Skype snap.\nInstall Skype snap. Finally, in the terminal, type sudo snap install skype --classic which will install the Skype snap. Once finished, close the terminal window.'			None
'Is snapd installed?'			"5 - Launch Skype.\nLaunch Skype. Click the Ubuntu button (or press the 'Super/Windows' key on the keyboard) and search for Skype. Click the familiar Skype icon when found."			None
'Is skype snap installed?'			'0 - Install Skype Snap in a Terminal'			None
'Is skype snap installed?'			'1 - Open your Terminal.\nOpen your Terminal. In Ubuntu 14.04 and above, you can use the terminal to install the Skype snap. This only requires a couple of commands and a few moments to do.\n- You can quickly open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl+Alt+T or by searching for "terminal" in the dash'			None
'Is skype snap installed?'			'2 - Update the package list.\nUpdate the package list. The first command refreshes the list of packages available. Type sudo apt-get update. Enter your password if prompted.'			None
'Is skype snap installed?'			'3 - Install snapd.\nInstall snapd. In order to install snaps, you need to install the "Snap Daemon" which manages the installation & upgrades of snaps. In Ubuntu 14.04 it needs installing manually. In later releases of Ubuntu (from 16.04 onwards) it\'s already installed. Type sudo apt-get install snapd. Enter your password if prompted. Press "Y" when asked if you want to continue.'			None
'Is skype snap installed?'			'4 - Install Skype snap.\nInstall Skype snap. Finally, in the terminal, type sudo snap install skype --classic which will install the Skype snap. Once finished, close the terminal window.'			True
'Is skype snap installed?'			"5 - Launch Skype.\nLaunch Skype. Click the Ubuntu button (or press the 'Super/Windows' key on the keyboard) and search for Skype. Click the familiar Skype icon when found."			None
'Is postman installed?'			'0 - Using The Terminal'			None
'Is postman installed?'			"1 - Make sure Snap is installed.\nMake sure Snap is installed. If you are running Ubuntu 16.04 LTS or later, Snap is already installed and you don't need to do anything. If you are running any version below that, you need to install Snap.\n- To check your Ubuntu version, open the terminal by clicking on the terminal icon or using the Ctrl + Alt + T keystroke. Type lsb_release -a and hit Enter. The version appears in the Description and Release fields.\n- ;"			None
'Is postman installed?'			'2 - Install Snap if required.\nInstall Snap if required. Open the terminal by clicking on the terminal icon or using the Ctrl + Alt + T keystroke. Type sudo apt update followed by sudo apt install snapd in another line. Hit ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is postman installed?'			'3 - Restart your computer after installing Snap, or log out and then log back in again.\nRestart your computer after installing Snap, or log out and then log back in again. Access the power settings from the power icon in the corner of the screen.'			None
'Is postman installed?'			'4 - Open the terminal.\nOpen the terminal. Click on the terminal icon or hold down Ctrl + Alt + T.'			None
'Is postman installed?'			'5 - Install Postman.\nInstall Postman. Type sudo snap install postman into the terminal and hit ↵ Enter.'			True
'Is postman installed?'			'6 - Wait for Postman to finish downloading.\nWait for Postman to finish downloading. Once installed, an output message will be displayed saying Postman has installed.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'0 - Using The Terminal'			None
'Is snap installed?'			"1 - Make sure Snap is installed.\nMake sure Snap is installed. If you are running Ubuntu 16.04 LTS or later, Snap is already installed and you don't need to do anything. If you are running any version below that, you need to install Snap.\n- To check your Ubuntu version, open the terminal by clicking on the terminal icon or using the Ctrl + Alt + T keystroke. Type lsb_release -a and hit Enter. The version appears in the Description and Release fields.\n- ;"			True
'Is snap installed?'			'2 - Install Snap if required.\nInstall Snap if required. Open the terminal by clicking on the terminal icon or using the Ctrl + Alt + T keystroke. Type sudo apt update followed by sudo apt install snapd in another line. Hit ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'3 - Restart your computer after installing Snap, or log out and then log back in again.\nRestart your computer after installing Snap, or log out and then log back in again. Access the power settings from the power icon in the corner of the screen.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'4 - Open the terminal.\nOpen the terminal. Click on the terminal icon or hold down Ctrl + Alt + T.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'5 - Install Postman.\nInstall Postman. Type sudo snap install postman into the terminal and hit ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'6 - Wait for Postman to finish downloading.\nWait for Postman to finish downloading. Once installed, an output message will be displayed saying Postman has installed.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'0 - Using The Ubuntu Software Center'			None
'Is snap installed?'			"1 - Make sure Snap is installed.\nMake sure Snap is installed. If you are running Ubuntu 16.04 LTS or later, Snap is already installed and you don't need to do anything. If you are running any version below that, you need to install Snap.\n- To check your Ubuntu version, open the terminal by clicking on the terminal icon or using the Ctrl + Alt + T keystroke. Type lsb_release -a and hit Enter. The version appears in the Description and Release fields."			True
'Is snap installed?'			'2 - Install Snap if required.\nInstall Snap if required. Open the terminal by clicking on the terminal icon or using the Ctrl + Alt + T keystroke. Type sudo apt update followed by sudo apt install snapd in another line. Hit ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'3 - Restart your computer after installing Snap, or log out and then log back in again.\nRestart your computer after installing Snap, or log out and then log back in again. Access the power settings from the power icon in the corner of the screen.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'4 - Open Ubuntu Software.\nOpen Ubuntu Software. Look for an orange shopping bag icon in your launcher, or search for "software" in the Dash search box.'			None
'Is snap installed?'			'5 - Install Postman.\nInstall Postman. Search for "postman" in the search box. Click the result, then click Install.'			None
'Is install . installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install . installed?'			'1 - Install Ubuntu.\nInstall Ubuntu. Before you can build a LAMP server on Ubuntu, you must have installed Ubuntu.\n- ;'			None
'Is install . installed?'			'2 - Open a terminal.\nOpen a terminal. Ubuntu comes with gnome-terminal.'			None
'Is install . installed?'			'3 - Installing additional tasks Inside your terminal, type:\nInstalling additional tasks Inside your terminal, type: sudo taskbar and press enter.'			None
'Is install . installed?'			'4 - Select the task Lamp Server, press tab, and then press enter to install.\nSelect the task Lamp Server, press tab, and then press enter to install.'			True
'Is install . installed?'			'5 - Set the MySQL password for the root account It may ask you to set the password twice.\nSet the MySQL password for the root account It may ask you to set the password twice.'			None
'Is install . installed?'			'6 - Restart apache to reload the configuration and enable the usage of php scripts, run the command:\nRestart apache to reload the configuration and enable the usage of php scripts, run the command: service apache2 restart'			None
'Is install . installed?'			"7 - Create a test script type:\nCreate a test script type: sudo editor /var/www/html/test.php'\n- Insert the following php code into the file, and save: <?php phpinfo();?>\n- You may replace editor with your favorite text editor."			None
'Is install . installed?'			'8 - View test.php in your browser run the following command:\nView test.php in your browser run the following command: www-browser http://127.0.0.1/test.php\n- You may replace www-browser with your favorite browser, or test the page remotely, replacing 127.0.0.1 with the IP of your server.'			None
'Is install . installed?'			'9 - If it displays a list of features and settings, you now have a working LAMP server.\nIf it displays a list of features and settings, you now have a working LAMP server. Congratulations!'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'1 - Click on this link to download the Ubuntu Live ISO.\nClick on this link to download the Ubuntu Live ISO.\n- ;'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'2 - Select the latest version available.\nSelect the latest version available.'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'3 - Select 32-bit or 64-bit from the drop down menu below the version menu.\nSelect 32-bit or 64-bit from the drop down menu below the version menu.'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'4 - Click the big orange button with the words Start Download.\nClick the big orange button with the words Start Download.'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'5 - Wait for the ISO file to finish downloading.\nWait for the ISO file to finish downloading.'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'6 - Download a freeware ISO Burner such as "Active@ ISO Burner".\nDownload a freeware ISO Burner such as "Active@ ISO Burner".\n- If you are using Windows 7, you can use "Windows Disc Image Burner".\n- If you are using Windows XP, you can use ImgBurn.'			True
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'7 - Open up Active@ ISO Burner and select the ISO file in the file menu.\nOpen up Active@ ISO Burner and select the ISO file in the file menu.\n- If using Windows Disc Image Burner, right click on the image file and hover over "open with" and select "Windows Disc Image Burner".'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'8 - Insert a Blank CD in to the CD-R and wait for ISO Burner to ID the device.\nInsert a Blank CD in to the CD-R and wait for ISO Burner to ID the device.'			None
'Is active@ iso burner installed?'			'9 - Start burning the file.\nStart burning the file.'			None
'Is vlc video player installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is vlc video player installed?'			'1 - Download and install the VLC video player.\nDownload and install the VLC video player. This free, open-source player can handle almost any format you throw at it. On many newer computers, you can play WMV files straight from VLC with no extra work, so this may be the only step you need to take. To download VLC:\n- Download the app directly from the Ubuntu store by following this link.\n- Open your Terminal application and type in "sudo apt-get install vlc" (without quotes). Provide your account password when prompted to begin installation.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- ;'			True
'Is vlc video player installed?'			'2 - Unlock the "Restricted Extras" package from Ubuntu to unlock WMV files.\nUnlock the "Restricted Extras" package from Ubuntu to unlock WMV files. If they still don\'t play through the VLC player, you\'ll need to get the Ubuntu-provided codec for your computer. However, you should know that they are restricted for a reason. Due to ongoing restrictions from Microsoft, it may be illegal to play certain file types. This is not an issue for 99.9% of people, but it could theoretically be a problem for a business. If you\'re looking for a complete legal workaround:\n- You can buy the codecs from Fluendo, a European company with legal licenses.[2]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is vlc video player installed?'			'3 - Open your Terminal app, or another terminal emulator.\nOpen your Terminal app, or another terminal emulator. The terminal is the basic, black and white box where you can type in code to manage your computer. It is usually labeled "Terminal," though you may have a different program that accomplishes the same thing.'			None
'Is vlc video player installed?'			'4 - Type "sudo apt-get install ubuntu-restricted-extras" into the Terminal and hit enter.\nType "sudo apt-get install ubuntu-restricted-extras" into the Terminal and hit enter. Note that you do not want the quote marks, just the words. Hit enter when you\'re done.'			None
'Is vlc video player installed?'			'5 - When prompted, input your password and hit enter.\nWhen prompted, input your password and hit enter. The password should be the administrative password of the account or computer. If you don\'t have a password, type "password" (no quotes) or leave it blank.\n- Note that this password will not appear as "******" so everyone can see your password if you\'re not careful.'			None
'Is vlc video player installed?'			'6 - Follow the installation instructions to download the Restricted Extras.\nFollow the installation instructions to download the Restricted Extras. These codecs will now allow you to play any WMV file you want. The installation should begin immediately.'			None
'Is vlc video player installed?'			"7 - Play the WMV file in your VLC player.\nPlay the WMV file in your VLC player. Once you've got the codecs, you're ready to start playing WMVs. Note that you can use other video players as well, such as Ubuntu's own Totem. VLC, however, is an open source program that updates new codecs frequently, including ones that aren't normally supported by Ubuntu, like WMVs."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'0 - Setting Up Tomcat'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'1 - Open a Terminal window on your Ubuntu machine.\nOpen a Terminal window on your Ubuntu machine. Click the Dash icon on the top-left, and click Terminal on the app list to open the Terminal.\n- Alternatively, press Ctrl+Alt+T on your keyboard to open the Terminal.\n- ;'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'2 - Type sudo apt-get update in Terminal.\nType sudo apt-get update in Terminal. This command will update all your repositories, and make sure you have the latest software versions for new installations.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'3 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard. This will run the command, and update your repositories.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			"4 - Run sudo apt-get install default-jdk in Terminal.\nRun sudo apt-get install default-jdk in Terminal. This will install the latest version of the official Java Development Kit on your computer.\n- Type or paste the command, and press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return to run it. \n- You'll need Java installed on your computer to install and set up Tomcat. \n- If you already have Java installed, this will update it to the latest version. \n- You can skip this step if you already have the latest Java version installed."			True
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			"5 - Run sudo useradd -r -m -U -d _opt_tomcat -s _bin_false tomcat in Terminal.\nRun sudo useradd -r -m -U -d /opt/tomcat -s /bin/false tomcat in Terminal. This will create a new system user, and group with home directory opt/tomcat to run the Tomcat service.\n- You cannot run the Tomcat service under the root user for your server's security purposes."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			"6 - Open the Tomcat website in your internet browser.\nOpen the Tomcat website in your internet browser. Type or paste http://tomcat.apache.org into your browser's address bar, and press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return on your keyboard."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'7 - Click the Tomcat version you want under "Download" on the left sidebar.\nClick the Tomcat version you want under "Download" on the left sidebar. You\'ll find the available Tomcat version on a navigation menu on the left-hand side of the page. You can select Tomcat 9 or another version here.\n- If you want to see which versions are compatible with your system, click Which version? under the Download heading here.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'8 - Right-click the blue tar.gz link under the "Core" heading.\nRight-click the blue tar.gz link under the "Core" heading. This will open your right-click options on a drop-down menu.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			"9 - Click Copy Link Address from the right-click menu.\nClick Copy Link Address from the right-click menu. You can directly install Tomcat with the TAR file's link address here."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			"10 - Type wget <link address> into the Terminal.\nType wget <link address> into the Terminal. This will allow you to download the latest version of Tomcat to your computer from the official download link.\n- Replace <link address> with the link address you copied from the official Apache Tomcat website. \n- If you're located in the US, you can use https://www-us.apache.org/dist/tomcat/tomcat-9/v9.0.21/bin/apache-tomcat-9.0.21.tar.gz as the link address. \n- If you're in Europe, you can use https://www-eu.apache.org/dist/tomcat/tomcat-9/v9.0.21/bin/apache-tomcat-9.0.21.tar.gz as the link address."			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'11 - Press ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return.\nPress ↵ Enter or ⏎ Return. This will run the download command, and download Tomcat on your computer.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'12 - Run sudo tar xf _tmp_apache-tomcat-9*.tar.gz -C _opt_tomcat.\nRun sudo tar xf /tmp/apache-tomcat-9*.tar.gz -C /opt/tomcat. Once your download is complete, run this command to extract the downloaded TAR file\'s contents, and move the files to the opt/tomcat directory.\n- Make sure to replace the version number in "tomcat-9*.tar.gz" with the Tomcat version you download.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'13 - Run sudo nano _etc_systemd_system_tomcat.service.\nRun sudo nano /etc/systemd/system/tomcat.service. This will create a new file named "tomcat.service," and allow you to edit its contents with your default text editor.'			None
'Is sudo apt - get install default - jdk installed?'			'14 - Paste the following configuration into the tomcat.service file.\nPaste the following configuration into the tomcat.service file.\n- Make sure to set "JAVA_HOME" to your system\'s Java directory in the following code.\n- [Unit]\n- Description=Apache Tomcat Web Application Container\n- After=network.target\n- [Service]\n- Type=forking\n- Environment=JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-1.11.0-openjdk-amd64\n- Environment=CATALINA_PID=/opt/tomcat/temp/tomcat.pid\n- Environment=CATALINA_HOME=/opt/tomcat\n- Environment=CATALINA_BASE=/opt/tomcat\n- Environment=\'CATALINA_OPTS=-Xms512M -Xmx1024M -server -XX:+UseParallelGC\'\n- Environment=\'JAVA_OPTS=-Djava.awt.headless=true -Djava.security.egd=file:/dev/./urandom\'\n- ExecStart=/opt/tomcat/bin/startup.sh\n- ExecStop=/opt/tomcat/bin/shutdown.sh\n- User=tomcat\n- Group=tomcat\n- UMask=0007\n- RestartSec=10\n- Restart=always\n- [Install]\n- WantedBy=multi-user.target'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'0 - Using Device Manager'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'1 - Open Start .\nOpen Start . Click the Windows logo in the bottom-left corner of the screen.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'2 - Type device manager into Start.\nType device manager into Start. Doing so will search your computer for the Device Manager program.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"3 - Click  Device Manager.\nClick  Device Manager. It's at the top of the Start window."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'4 - Scroll down and double-click Imaging devices.\nScroll down and double-click Imaging devices. Doing so will expand the Imaging Devices section to show any connected visual items or cameras, including your webcam.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"5 - Select your webcam's name.\nSelect your webcam's name. Click the name of your webcam below the Imaging Devices section."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'6 - Click the "Update" button.\nClick the "Update" button. This icon is the black box with a green arrow next to it at the top of the Device Manager window.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			"7 - Click Search automatically for updated driver software.\nClick Search automatically for updated driver software. It's in the middle of the window. This will prompt Windows to begin searching for a software update."			None
'Is driver installed?'			'8 - Wait for Windows to finish searching for drivers.\nWait for Windows to finish searching for drivers. If Windows discovers updated drivers for your webcam, they will be installed.\n- You may have to confirm the installation or follow some on-screen instructions if prompted.'			None
'Is driver installed?'			'9 - Install drivers manually if necessary.\nInstall drivers manually if necessary. If Windows doesn\'t find updated drivers, you can still force your webcam to update. To do so:\n- Click Close on the "The best drivers for your device are already installed" window.\n- Select the webcam and click the "Update" button again.\n- Click Browse my computer for driver software\n- Click Let me pick from a list of available drivers on my computer\n- Click USB Video Device and then click Next\n- Click Close when prompted.'			True
'Is driver installed?'			'10 - Restart your computer.\nRestart your computer. Click Start , click Power , and click Restart. Once your computer finishes starting back up, your webcam should be back to normal.'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'1 - Check the manual of your digital camera to see if it can be used as a webcam.\nCheck the manual of your digital camera to see if it can be used as a webcam. Many digital cameras have this functionality and even come with webcam software.\n- ;'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'2 - Install it.\nInstall it. If you have a software CD that needs to be installed on the computer before using your digital camera as a webcam, install it now.'			True
'Is webcam software installed?'			'3 - Connect your USB video source capturing device to your computer.\nConnect your USB video source capturing device to your computer. Plug it in to the USB port of your computer. Beware, you need all your drivers installed into your computer otherwise it’s not going to work. Ensure that the device is properly positioned before inserting. If you encounter any resistance on inserting, remove and check the position again.'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'4 - Plug it in.\nPlug it in. Grab all audio/video cables of the USB video source capturing device end and plug them in to the audio/video cables that come with the camera which are standard since most digital cameras come with them to connect your camera with the TV.'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'5 - Plug in the jack of the audio/video cables right into your camera.\nPlug in the jack of the audio/video cables right into your camera.'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'6 - Go to my computer and click on the USB video source capturing device drive icon.\nGo to my computer and click on the USB video source capturing device drive icon. This will show the video capturing on the camera.'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			"7 - Plug your digital camera's power adapter into the camera.\nPlug your digital camera's power adapter into the camera. Some won't function as a webcam unless they are plugged into A/C power as it requires too much power. Even if your digital camera functions as a webcam while on batteries, A/C power saves your batteries and prevents your camera from shutting off in the middle of a broadcast."			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			"8 - Turn your digital camera on.\nTurn your digital camera on. Put camera on video mode. You're ready to video chat."			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			"9 - Plug the microphone into the microphone jack of your sound card.\nPlug the microphone into the microphone jack of your sound card. Use a separate microphone if your digital camera doesn't transmit sound when used as a webcam."			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'10 - Set up your camera as close to your monitor as possible.\nSet up your camera as close to your monitor as possible. This allows better face to face communication.'			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			"11 - Position yourself about 2 to 3 feet (0.6 to 0.9\xa0m) away from your digital camera.\nPosition yourself about 2 to 3 feet (0.6 to 0.9\xa0m) away from your digital camera. Most digital camera's focus best at this distance when used as a webcam."			None
'Is webcam software installed?'			'12 - Enjoy using your camera as a web cam.\nEnjoy using your camera as a web cam.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'0 - Encoding a Stream with OBS Studio'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"1 - Understand what encoding means.\nUnderstand what encoding means. Encoding a stream allows you to send stream content from a third-party application (in this case, OBS Studio) to a streaming service (e.g., YouTube or Twitch). Since many streaming services don't support direct webcam streaming, this is the only way to stream on some platforms.\n- Streaming from an encoder often results in much higher-quality live streaming than does using a website's built-in streaming with your webcam.\n- When encoding a stream, you'll have to retrieve a key and an address from your selected streaming service and then plug both piece of information into OBS Studio (or any other streaming application).\n- ;"			True
'Is obs studio installed?'			"2 - Install your webcam\nInstall your webcam if necessary. If your computer doesn't already have a built-in webcam, you'll need to attach and set up an external USB webcam before you'll be able to stream.\n- You can buy webcams in virtually any tech store or large online marketplace (e.g., Amazon). They tend to range in price depending on their quality."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'3 - Open your service\'s "Live Stream" section and retrieve your stream key.\nOpen your service\'s "Live Stream" section and retrieve your stream key. In order to link your webcam\'s stream to your preferred service, you\'ll need to retrieve a link that allows you to do so from your service. This process varies from service to service:\n- \n- Twitch - Go to https://www.twitch.tv/ and log in if necessary, click your username in the upper-right corner, click Dashboard, click the Channel tab below "Settings" on the left side of the page, click Stream Key, click Show Key, click I understand, and copy your key.\n- Facebook - Go to https://www.facebook.com/ and log in if necessary, click Live Video, click the Connect tab, and copy the "Stream Key" text box\'s contents.\n- YouTube - Go to https://www.youtube.com/live_dashboard_splash and log in if necessary, click Stream now on the left side of the page, click Reveal next to the "Stream name/key" box, and copy the stream key.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"4 - Open OBS Studio.\nOpen OBS Studio. Its app icon resembles a three-bladed fan on a black background.\n- If you haven't yet installed OBS Studio, go to https://obsproject.com/download in your browser, select your operating system, click Download Installer, and install it before proceeding."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'5 - Click File.\nClick File. This option is in the upper-left side of the window.\n- On a Mac, click OBS Studio in the upper-left corner of the screen.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"6 - Click Settings.\nClick Settings. It's in the File drop-down menu. Doing so opens the Settings window.\n- On a Mac, click Preferences... in the drop-down menu."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"7 - Click the Stream tab.\nClick the Stream tab. You'll find this on the left side of the window."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'8 - Select a streaming service.\nSelect a streaming service. Click the "Service" drop-down box, then click your service\'s name (e.g., Twitch) in the drop-down menu.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'9 - Enter your stream key.\nEnter your stream key. Click the "Stream key" text box, then paste in your stream key by pressing Ctrl+V (Windows) or ⌘ Command+V (Mac).'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"10 - Click Apply, then click OK.\nClick Apply, then click OK. Both options are at the bottom of the page. This will save your settings and close the window.\n- If you don't see Apply and OK on a Mac, just close the Preferences window."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'11 - Add your webcam to the stream.\nAdd your webcam to the stream. By default, OBS Studio will record your desktop. You\'ll need to add your webcam by doing the following:\n- Click ＋ below the "Sources" box at the bottom of the page.\n- Click Video Capture Device\n- Check the "Create new" box and enter a title.\n- Click OK\n- Select your webcam.\n- Click OK'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"12 - Adjust your webcam's view.\nAdjust your webcam's view. You can click and drag the bottom-right corner of the red box that's surrounding your webcam in order to enlarge the amount of screen space that your webcam covers.\n- Skip this step if you're happy with the current webcam settings."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"13 - Click Start Streaming.\nClick Start Streaming. It's a button in the lower-right side of the OBS Studio window. Your stream will begin."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"14 - Add your OBS stream to your preferred platform.\nAdd your OBS stream to your preferred platform. Depending on your selected service, this process will vary:\n- \n- Twitch - You'll go live automatically. Open your Channel page to view the stream.\n- Facebook - Click Go Live in the lower-right side of the Connect tab from which you retrieved your stream key earlier.\n- YouTube - Click GO LIVE on the Stream now tab from which you retrieved your stream key earlier."			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			'0 - Streaming Directly from Your Webcam on YouTube'			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			"1 - Install your webcam\nInstall your webcam if necessary. If your computer doesn't already have a built-in webcam, you'll need to attach and set up an external USB webcam before you'll be able to stream.\n- You can buy webcams in virtually any tech store or large online marketplace (e.g., Amazon). They tend to range in price depending on their quality."			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			"2 - Make sure that you're using Google Chrome.\nMake sure that you're using Google Chrome. As of April 2018, streaming to YouTube directly from your computer's webcam is only available on Google Chrome.\n- Streaming directly from your webcam is only available on Chrome versions 60 and up. If you're still using an older version of Chrome, update it before proceeding.[1]\n- X\n- Research source"			True
'Is google chrome installed?'			"3 - Open YouTube.\nOpen YouTube. Go to https://www.youtube.com/ in your computer's web browser. This will open your YouTube home page if you're logged into your Google Account.\n- If you aren't logged in, click SIGN IN in the upper-right side of the page, then enter your email address and password when prompted."			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			'4 - Click the "Upload"  icon.\nClick the "Upload"  icon. It\'s the video camera-shaped icon in the upper-right side of the page. A drop-down menu will appear.'			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			'5 - Click Go live.\nClick Go live. This option is in the drop-down menu. Doing so opens the live-streaming section of YouTube.'			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			'6 - Click Get started.\nClick Get started. It\'s a blue button in the middle of the page. This will prompt YouTube to begin validating your account, which will unlock the ability to live-stream in 24 hours.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- If you\'ve already activated your account for streaming on YouTube, skip to the "Click Camera" step.'			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			'7 - Re-open the live-streaming page after 24 hours.\nRe-open the live-streaming page after 24 hours. Once your account is able to stream, go back to YouTube, click the "Upload" button appropriate to your browser, and select the Go live option.'			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			"8 - Click Camera.\nClick Camera. It's a tab on the left side of the page. This option allows you to stream directly from your webcam without having to download an encoder."			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			'9 - Click Allow when prompted.\nClick Allow when prompted. This notification will appear in the upper-left corner of the window. Doing so allows Chrome to use your webcam and microphone.'			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			'10 - Enter your stream\'s information.\nEnter your stream\'s information. Type the title and description for your stream into the "Title" and "Description" text boxes, then select a thumbnail if desired.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is google chrome installed?'			"11 - Click GO LIVE.\nClick GO LIVE. It's a blue button. Doing so will prompt YouTube to begin streaming from your webcam."			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'0 - Streaming Directly from Your Webcam on Facebook'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"1 - Install your webcam\nInstall your webcam if necessary. If your computer doesn't already have a built-in webcam, you'll need to attach and set up an external USB webcam before you'll be able to stream.\n- You can buy webcams in virtually any tech store or large online marketplace (e.g., Amazon). They tend to range in price depending on their quality."			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"2 - Open Facebook.\nOpen Facebook. Go to https://www.facebook.com/ in your computer's web browser. This will open your Facebook News Feed if you're logged in.\n- If you aren't logged into Facebook, enter your email address (or phone number) and password in the upper-right side of the page, then click Log In."			True
'Is web browser installed?'			'3 - Click Live Video.\nClick Live Video. It\'s near the top of the News Feed page, just above the text box where you would usually post a status. Doing so opens the "Create a Live Stream" pop-out menu.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'4 - Allow Facebook to access your webcam and microphone.\nAllow Facebook to access your webcam and microphone. Click Allow (or similar) when prompted to allow Facebook to use your webcam, then do the same if asked to allow access to your microphone.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'5 - Add a description to the video.\nAdd a description to the video. In the "Say something about this live video..." text box, type in a description for your stream.\n- This is optional, but recommended.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			'6 - Add a title.\nAdd a title. If you want to place a title on your stream, type your title into the "Title" heading near the bottom of the pop-out menu.'			None
'Is web browser installed?'			"7 - Click Go Live.\nClick Go Live. It's in the bottom-right corner of the page. Doing so causes your webcam to begin streaming to Facebook.\n- You can close the live stream at any time by clicking End Live Video and then clicking End when prompted."			None
'Is live video installed?'			'0 - Streaming Directly from Your Webcam on Facebook'			None
'Is live video installed?'			"1 - Install your webcam\nInstall your webcam if necessary. If your computer doesn't already have a built-in webcam, you'll need to attach and set up an external USB webcam before you'll be able to stream.\n- You can buy webcams in virtually any tech store or large online marketplace (e.g., Amazon). They tend to range in price depending on their quality."			None
'Is live video installed?'			"2 - Open Facebook.\nOpen Facebook. Go to https://www.facebook.com/ in your computer's web browser. This will open your Facebook News Feed if you're logged in.\n- If you aren't logged into Facebook, enter your email address (or phone number) and password in the upper-right side of the page, then click Log In."			None
'Is live video installed?'			'3 - Click Live Video.\nClick Live Video. It\'s near the top of the News Feed page, just above the text box where you would usually post a status. Doing so opens the "Create a Live Stream" pop-out menu.'			True
'Is live video installed?'			'4 - Allow Facebook to access your webcam and microphone.\nAllow Facebook to access your webcam and microphone. Click Allow (or similar) when prompted to allow Facebook to use your webcam, then do the same if asked to allow access to your microphone.'			None
'Is live video installed?'			'5 - Add a description to the video.\nAdd a description to the video. In the "Say something about this live video..." text box, type in a description for your stream.\n- This is optional, but recommended.'			None
'Is live video installed?'			'6 - Add a title.\nAdd a title. If you want to place a title on your stream, type your title into the "Title" heading near the bottom of the pop-out menu.'			None
'Is live video installed?'			"7 - Click Go Live.\nClick Go Live. It's in the bottom-right corner of the page. Doing so causes your webcam to begin streaming to Facebook.\n- You can close the live stream at any time by clicking End Live Video and then clicking End when prompted."			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'0 - Using the Command Line'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			"1 - Remove the drive from the computer and reboot.\nRemove the drive from the computer and reboot. Since most shortcut viruses come with programs that will run automatically, you'll need to start your computer without it attached."			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			"2 - Download and run Autorun Exterminator.\nDownload and run Autorun Exterminator. This tool prevents the virus from starting automatically when you plug in the flash drive.  Here's how to get it:\n- Go to https://ccm.net/download/download-11613-autorun-exterminator and click the green Download button. If prompted, choose a folder to save the file to, then click Save.\n- Open the Downloads folder (or the folder you selected).\n- Right-click the file called AutoRunExterminator-1.8.zip and select Extract All'.\n- Click Extract. This creates a new folder with the app inside.\n- Double-click the new folder (called AutoRunExterminator-1.8) to open it.\n- Double-click AutoRunExterminator.Exe. If prompted, click Yes or OK to allow the program to run."			True
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'3 - Connect the USB drive to your PC.\nConnect the USB drive to your PC.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'4 - Determine the drive letter of the USB drive.\nDetermine the drive letter of the USB drive. You can skip this step if you already know the drive letter (e.g., E:). Here\'s how to find the drive letter:\n- Press ⊞ Win+E to open the File Explorer.\n- Scroll down the left column to the "This PC" or "Computer" section.\n- Find the drive letter next to the name of the flash drive.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'5 - Open the Command Prompt as an administrator.\nOpen the Command Prompt as an administrator. The process varies depending on the version of Windows you are using:\n- \n- Windows 10 and 8: Press ⊞ Win+X to open the Power Users menu (or right-click the Start menu), then click Command Prompt (Admin) or Windows PowerShell (Admin). Click Yes if prompted to give permission.\n- Windows 7 and older: Press ⊞ Win+R to open the Run bar, then type cmd into the box. Press Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↵ Enter to run it as an administrator, then enter your password (or confirm) to run the app.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'6 - Type DRIVELETTER:\nType DRIVELETTER: and press ↵ Enter. Replace DRIVELETTER with the letter of your flash drive.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'7 - Type del *lnk and press ↵ Enter.\nType del *lnk and press ↵ Enter. This deletes the shortcuts from the drive.[2]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			"8 - Type attrib -h -r -s _s _d DRIVELETTER:\nType attrib -h -r -s /s /d DRIVELETTER:\\*.* and press ↵ Enter. Replace DRIVELETTER with your USB drive's letter. This unhides the files, remove any read-only attributes, and remove the shortcuts. When the command is finished running, your files will be usable again.\n- For example, if your USB drive's letter is E, type attrib -h -r -s /s /d E:\\*.* and press ↵ Enter.[3]\n- X\n- Research source"			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'9 - Remove the flash drive from the computer.\nRemove the flash drive from the computer. The next step is to scan your computer for malware and repair any found issues so that your drive is not re-infected.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			"10 - Do a full virus scan in Windows.\nDo a full virus scan in Windows. If you don't have your own anti-virus software installed, see How to Remove a Virus to learn how to run a full scan using the built-in tools for Windows. If any malware is found, follow the on-screen instructions to get rid of it."			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			"11 - Reboot your computer and reconnect your USB drive.\nReboot your computer and reconnect your USB drive. Now that you're all in the clear, it's a good idea to format the flash drive just in case any issues remain. The remaining steps will walk you through this process.\n- When you reboot the computer, AutoRunExterminator will not run automatically. You can delete the app whenever you wish by right-clicking its folder in the File Explorer and selecting Delete."			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'12 - Return to the File Explorer and double-click your USB drive.\nReturn to the File Explorer and double-click your USB drive. If you closed the window, press ⊞ Win+E to open it again. Your USB drive will be under "This PC" or "Computer" in the left column. You should see your files.\n- If you don\'t see your files, they\'ve been buried in a folder. The folder may not have a name (or its name may be unfamiliar). Double-click each folder you see until you\'ve found the one with your files inside.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			"13 - Copy the recovered files to a safe location on your computer.\nCopy the recovered files to a safe location on your computer. You'll want to back up your existing files onto your computer so you don't lose them when formatting.\n- One way to do this is to create a folder on your desktop (right-click the desktop, select New Folder, give it a name, and then press ↵ Enter) and drag the files to it. Don't proceed until these files are moved because you'll be formatting the flash drive."			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'14 - Right-click the flash drive\'s letter in the File Explorer.\nRight-click the flash drive\'s letter in the File Explorer. It\'s under "This PC" or "Computer." A menu will appear.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'15 - Click Format.\nClick Format. This opens the formatting window.'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'16 - Remove the "Quick Format" check mark and click Start.\nRemove the "Quick Format" check mark and click Start. This completely erases and formats the flash drive, removing what\'s left of the virus. This process can take a while depending on your computer.[4]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is autorun exterminator installed?'			'17 - Place the files back onto the flash drive after formatting.\nPlace the files back onto the flash drive after formatting. Your flash drive is now back to normal.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'0 - Using MSI Afterburner'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'1 - Download the MSI Afterburner installer.\nDownload the MSI Afterburner installer. MSI Afterburner is a graphics card utility that, among other things, can take screenshots of your games. You can download it for free from gaming.msi.com/features/afterburner.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- The file will download in ZIP format. Double-click it to open it, then click "Extract" to extract the installer file.'			True
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'2 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. Double-click the extracted installer to start the installation process. Keep the settings at their default and proceed through the prompts to install.\n- A second installation for RivaTuner will start after the initial install. Follow the prompts for this as well.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			"3 - Launch MSI Afterburner after installing it.\nLaunch MSI Afterburner after installing it. This will open the main interface. There's a lot here, but don't worry about everything you see. Taking screenshots will be very straightforward."			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'4 - Click the Settings button at the bottom of the window.\nClick the Settings button at the bottom of the window. This will allow you to configure some of your settings before taking screenshots.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'5 - Click the "Screen capture" tab at the top of the Settings window.\nClick the "Screen capture" tab at the top of the Settings window. This will display the screenshot settings.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'6 - Click the "Screen capture" field that currently says "None."\nClick the "Screen capture" field that currently says "." The next key you press will become your screenshot key.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			"7 - Press the key or key combination you want to use to take screenshots.\nPress the key or key combination you want to use to take screenshots. You can use any key on your keyboard, but make sure you don't pick a key you use in your games. If you hold Ctrl, Alt, or ⇧ Shift you can create a combination shortcut."			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'8 - Select your screenshot format.\nSelect your screenshot format. The "bmp" format will be the most accurate, but will take up the most space and likely need to be converted before you upload or share it. The "png" format offers the best compression-to-quality ratio. The "jpg" format will offer the smallest size but at noticeably reduced quality.\n- The "jpg" format offers a "Quality" slider, but the other two do not.\n- The "png" format is the most commonly used format for publishing and posting screenshots.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'9 - Select a screenshot folder.\nSelect a screenshot folder. You can change the folder you want your screenshots to be saved in. Click the "Browse" button to open the file browser and navigate to the folder you want to use.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'10 - Save your settings.\nSave your settings. Click the "OK" button at the bottom of the Settings window to save your settings.'			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			"11 - Start a game with MSI Afterburner running.\nStart a game with MSI Afterburner running. You can minimize it if you'd like. MSI Afterburner is very lightweight, and you shouldn't notice a performance decrease with it running."			None
'Is msi afterburner installed?'			'12 - Press your screenshot key or combination while playing.\nPress your screenshot key or combination while playing. Your screenshot will be saved immediately to the folder you specified.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'0 - Using MSI Afterburner'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'1 - Download the MSI Afterburner installer.\nDownload the MSI Afterburner installer. MSI Afterburner is a graphics card utility that, among other things, can take screenshots of your games. You can download it for free from gaming.msi.com/features/afterburner.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- The file will download in ZIP format. Double-click it to open it, then click "Extract" to extract the installer file.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'2 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. Double-click the extracted installer to start the installation process. Keep the settings at their default and proceed through the prompts to install.\n- A second installation for RivaTuner will start after the initial install. Follow the prompts for this as well.'			True
'Is installer installed?'			"3 - Launch MSI Afterburner after installing it.\nLaunch MSI Afterburner after installing it. This will open the main interface. There's a lot here, but don't worry about everything you see. Taking screenshots will be very straightforward."			None
'Is installer installed?'			'4 - Click the Settings button at the bottom of the window.\nClick the Settings button at the bottom of the window. This will allow you to configure some of your settings before taking screenshots.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'5 - Click the "Screen capture" tab at the top of the Settings window.\nClick the "Screen capture" tab at the top of the Settings window. This will display the screenshot settings.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'6 - Click the "Screen capture" field that currently says "None."\nClick the "Screen capture" field that currently says "." The next key you press will become your screenshot key.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			"7 - Press the key or key combination you want to use to take screenshots.\nPress the key or key combination you want to use to take screenshots. You can use any key on your keyboard, but make sure you don't pick a key you use in your games. If you hold Ctrl, Alt, or ⇧ Shift you can create a combination shortcut."			None
'Is installer installed?'			'8 - Select your screenshot format.\nSelect your screenshot format. The "bmp" format will be the most accurate, but will take up the most space and likely need to be converted before you upload or share it. The "png" format offers the best compression-to-quality ratio. The "jpg" format will offer the smallest size but at noticeably reduced quality.\n- The "jpg" format offers a "Quality" slider, but the other two do not.\n- The "png" format is the most commonly used format for publishing and posting screenshots.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'9 - Select a screenshot folder.\nSelect a screenshot folder. You can change the folder you want your screenshots to be saved in. Click the "Browse" button to open the file browser and navigate to the folder you want to use.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			'10 - Save your settings.\nSave your settings. Click the "OK" button at the bottom of the Settings window to save your settings.'			None
'Is installer installed?'			"11 - Start a game with MSI Afterburner running.\nStart a game with MSI Afterburner running. You can minimize it if you'd like. MSI Afterburner is very lightweight, and you shouldn't notice a performance decrease with it running."			None
'Is installer installed?'			'12 - Press your screenshot key or combination while playing.\nPress your screenshot key or combination while playing. Your screenshot will be saved immediately to the folder you specified.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Go to http:__www.mega-voice-command.com_ in a web browser.\nGo to http://www.mega-voice-command.com/ in a web browser.  You can use any web browser on PC or Mac.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			"2 - Click Create an account.\nClick Create an account.  It's below the log-in bars in the upper-left corner of the screen."			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click I agree.\nClick I agree.  This indicates that you agree to the terms of service.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Fill out the registration form and click Sign Up.\nFill out the registration form and click Sign Up.  You\'ll need to provide your name, email address, phone number, location, and create a password.  Then click the green button that says "Sign Up".\n- If you already have an account, type your email address and password in the bars in the upper-right corner and click Log In.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Confirm your email address.\nConfirm your email address.  After you create an account, check the email that you provided.  Open the email and click the button that says Confirm Email Address.  This activates your account and logs you in.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"6 - Click Download L.I.N.K.S.\nClick Download L.I.N.K.S.  It's the green button in the center of the page.\n- Alternatively, you can click the second icon that resembles a wheel in the upper-right corner of the web page."			None
'Is install installed?'			"7 - Click Go to Download Page.\nClick Go to Download Page.  It's the green button in the lower-right corner of the pop-up window."			None
'Is install installed?'			"8 - Click Links Mark II.\nClick Links Mark II.  It's the first square on the left.  It has a blue circular sci-fi design."			None
'Is install installed?'			"9 - Click Install.\nClick Install.  It's the green button in the bottom corner.  This downloads the install file."			True
'Is install installed?'			'10 - Double-click "MARK-II Setup.exe".\nDouble-click "MARK-II Setup.exe".  By default you downloaded files can be found in your Downloads folder, or at the bottom of your web browser.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'11 - Click Accept.\nClick Accept.  This installs the MARK-II app.\n- You may be asked if you want to allow the app to make changes to your system, click Yes.  If Windows displays an alert that says the app publisher cannot be verified, click Install to install the app anyway.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'12 - Select your microphone.\nSelect your microphone.  You can select your desktop microphone or a headset phone, or a different microphone you have connected to your computer.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'13 - Read the sentence aloud and click Next.\nRead the sentence aloud and click Next.  During the setup process, there is a microphone test.  Read the sentence on the screen aloud and click next to confirm your microphone settings.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'14 - Click Proceed.\nClick Proceed.  This finishes the setup process.  A brief animation intro will display, then you will see a circular user interface in the center of your screen.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'15 - Click the center of the circular interface and drag to the upper-right corner.\nClick the center of the circular interface and drag to the upper-right corner.  A colored tab will appear outside the circular display and lock in place in between the two dashes at the top and upper-right.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'16 - Click the color tab.\nClick the color tab.  After the colored tab locks in place, click it to display a gear icon and a menu (☰) icon.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'17 - Click the gear icon.\nClick the gear icon.  This displays when you click the colored tab after dragging it from the center to the upper-right corner.  This displays the Settings menu'			None
'Is install installed?'			'18 - Click the checkbox next to "Sir" or "Miss".\nClick the checkbox next to "Sir" or "Miss".  This tells the AI what gender you are.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'19 - Type your name next to "User".\nType your name next to "User".  This tells the AI what to call you.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'20 - Type "Jarvis" next to "A.I.".\nType "Jarvis" next to "A.I.".  This gives the AI his name.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'21 - Click the arrow on the right.\nClick the arrow on the right.  This displays the Email Options page.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'22 - Enter your email address and password.\nEnter your email address and password.  Type your email address and password.  This allows the AI to connect to your email.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is install installed?'			'23 - Click the arrow on the right until you get to "Sound Effects".\nClick the arrow on the right until you get to "Sound Effects".  This is where you can select the AI\'s voice.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'24 - Select a male AI voice.\nSelect a male AI voice.  Use the drop-down menu next to "A.I. Voice" to select a male voice.  By default, the only male voice that is available is "Microsoft David".'			None
'Is install installed?'			'25 - Click Apply.\nClick Apply.  This applies the settings to your AI.  You are now ready to use Jarvis.  To find a complete list of voice commands, click the icon with three horizontal lines (☰) in the circular tab in the upper-right corner.  You can also use that menu to add your own voice commands.  Some commands you can say include:\n- "Jarvis, open Google."\n- "Jarvis, play music".\n- "Jarvis, what\'s the weather."\n- "Jarvis, get new email."'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			"1 - Download Microsoft Virtual PC off Microsoft's website[1].\nDownload Microsoft Virtual PC off Microsoft's website[1].\n- ;"			True
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'2 - Install the program.\nInstall the program. Note: You must be running Windows XP or higher. However, the program still may possibly run on older systems.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'3 - Once you start the program, it should ask you to make a virtual machine.\nOnce you start the program, it should ask you to make a virtual machine. If not, click the "New..." button.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'4 - Click the Create A Virtual Machine Button and click next.\nClick the Create A Virtual Machine Button and click next.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'5 - Type a name for the machine (for example, the operating system you are going to install).\nType a name for the machine (for example, the operating system you are going to install). Click next.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'6 - Select the operating system you are going to install.\nSelect the operating system you are going to install. (This sets up the recommended specs for your virtual machine) If the operating system you are going to install is not there, click "Other".'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			"7 - Depending on the operating system you are using, you may want to adjust the amount of RAM it will use.\nDepending on the operating system you are using, you may want to adjust the amount of RAM it will use. Remember: Don't choose more RAM than your real computer has. The main operating system is still running too. For example, if you have 1 GB (1024 MB) of real RAM, you may want the virtual RAM to be 256 MB. And also, some older operating systems don't support RAM over 512 MB. So it's just a waste to have more than what that operating system supports."			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'8 - Click "A New Virtual Hard Disk" and click next.\nClick "A New Virtual Hard Disk" and click next. Now you get to choose where to put the Virtual Hard Disk. Usually the default is fine. Also set the size of your hard drive in megabytes (1024 Megabytes = 1 Gigabyte).'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'9 - Finish the wizard.\nFinish the wizard. You should see something new in the Virtual PC Console box. It should have your virtual PC.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'10 - Click on it and click "Start".\nClick on it and click "Start". You should see a bunch of lines of text, similar to the lines you see when you first start your computer.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'11 - Insert the install disk for your operating system.\nInsert the install disk for your operating system.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			"12 - Follow the directions on the install disk for your operating system.\nFollow the directions on the install disk for your operating system. (If you get bored while it's installing, and you can't move the mouse out of the windows, hold the right Alt key and drag it out of the operating system's box. Or do the right Alt key and press Enter . The install will keep proceeding as normal.)"			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'13 - If done properly, the install should go smoothly.\nIf done properly, the install should go smoothly. If it asks you to restart the computer, hold the right Alt key and press R. When the virtual system asks to restart, just restart the virtual system, not the real computer. The system should boot just as you were using it as a real computer.'			None
'Is microsoft virtual pc installed?'			'14 - Congratulations.\nCongratulations. You set up your first virtual system. What you do next is completely up to you.'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			'0 - Using a Spreadsheet Program'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			"1 - Ensure Excel or OpenOffice is installed.\nEnsure Excel or OpenOffice is installed. If you need a little more control over the table, you can use a spreadsheet program. You'll essentially be inserting a spreadsheet into your WordPad document. This requires a compatible spreadsheet editor. WordPad supports Excel and and OpenDocument formats.\n- OpenOffice and LibreOffice are both free office suites that support the OpenDocument format. See How to Install Open Office for detailed instructions on installing OpenOffice for free."			True
'Is openoffice installed?'			'2 - Click the "Insert object" button in WordPad.\nClick the "Insert object" button in WordPad. In newer versions, this can be found in the Insert section of the Home tab. In older versions of WordPad, click the "Insert" menu and select "Object".'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			'3 - Select the Worksheet option.\nSelect the Worksheet option. A list of objects that you can insert will appear. If you have Excel installed, you can select "Excel Worksheet". If you have OpenOffice or LibreOffice installed, you can select "OpenDocument Spreadsheet". Selecting one of these objects will insert a blank spreadsheet in your WordPad document, and your spreadsheet program will open in another window.'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			'4 - Fill out the table data in the spreadsheet program.\nFill out the table data in the spreadsheet program. After inserting the table, Excel or your OpenDocument spreadsheet editor will open. Anything you enter into the cells in your spreadsheet editor will appear in the table that you inserted into the WordPad document. Go through each cell and fill out the table with the important information.\n- Even though only a small range of cells is shown in WordPad, the range will expand as you add data outside of the displayed range. If the table is smaller than the initial range, the table will shrink to fit your data.'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			'5 - Format the text.\nFormat the text. You can use the text formatting tools in your spreadsheet program to change the look for the text in the cells. You can change the font, size, color, and emphasis. Formatting text in Excel or your other spreadsheet program is very similar to formatting text in a word processor. The changes you make to the formatting will be displayed immediately in the WordPad table.\n- You can create headers by bolding the contents of the first row in the spreadsheet program.'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			'6 - Resize your cells.\nResize your cells. Changes in the size of the rows and columns in your spreadsheet editor will be reflected in the table in your WordPad document immediately. Change the cell size to make your information easy to read.'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			"7 - Close the spreadsheet editor.\nClose the spreadsheet editor. This will finalize the data and you'll see your finished table in WordPad."			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			'8 - Move and resize the table.\nMove and resize the table. You can drag the boxes around the edge of the table to resize it. The content of the table will grow or shrink to match the new size. You can click and drag the table around your document as well.'			None
'Is openoffice installed?'			"9 - Double-click the table to make edits.\nDouble-click the table to make edits. This will open your spreadsheet editor, allowing you to change the table data. If you've resized the table, it will be reverted to the original size when you edit it. You'll have to resize it again after editing."			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			"1 - Make sure your Instagram account is switched to a business profile.\nMake sure your Instagram account is switched to a business profile. Your profile must be switched to a business account in order to use the boost and promotion features.\n- You can't switch your account to business on a desktop computer. You will have to use a mobile device to switch your account, if you haven't already done so.\n- You can check out this article for help with switching your account to business on mobile.\n- ;"			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'2 - Download the Instagram desktop app to your computer.\nDownload the Instagram desktop app to your computer. Find the Instagram app on the Windows Store, and click Get the app to download it.'			True
'Is instagram installed?'			'3 - Open the Instagram desktop app on your computer.\nOpen the Instagram desktop app on your computer. The app will open up to the sign-in form.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'4 - Sign in to your account in the desktop app.\nSign in to your account in the desktop app. Enter your username and password, and click Login. This will sign you in, and open your home feed.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'5 - Click the  icon at the bottom.\nClick the  icon at the bottom. This button is in the lower-right corner of the app window. It will open your profile.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'6 - Click the Promote button at the top.\nClick the Promote button at the top. You can find this button next to your profile picture at the top of your profile page.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'7 - Select the picture you want to promote.\nSelect the picture you want to promote. Find the picture you want to boost, and click on it to select it for your promotion.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'8 - Click Next on the top-right.\nClick Next on the top-right. This will confirm your picture selection.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'9 - Select a goal for your promotion.\nSelect a goal for your promotion. You can select More Profile Visits, More Website Traffic, or More Promotion Views.\n- Your promotion will be automatically optimized to achieve the goal you select here.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'10 - Click Next on the top-right.\nClick Next on the top-right. This will confirm your goal.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			"11 - Select your target audience.\nSelect your target audience. You can select Automatic, Local, or Manual for your promotion's audience.\n- \n- Automatic creates a target audience selection based on your followers, and other profiles like similar to them.\n- Local focuses on people nearby your location.\n- Manual allows you to manually select people, places, and interests to target."			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'12 - Click Next on the top-right.\nClick Next on the top-right. This will confirm your target audience.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			"13 - Set your daily budget and duration.\nSet your daily budget and duration. Tap and move the Daily Budget and Duration sliders to set how much you want to invest in your post promotion, and how long you want your promotion to stay up.\n- You'll see your promotion's total cost and estimated reach at the top of this page."			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'14 - Click Next on the top-right.\nClick Next on the top-right. This will take you to the final confirmation page.'			None
'Is instagram installed?'			'15 - Click the Create Promotion button.\nClick the Create Promotion button. This is a blue button at the bottom of the page. It will automatically charge your saved payment method, and create your post promotion.\n- If you haven’t set a payment method yet, you can do so by clicking Add a new payment method on this page.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"1 - Download and install the OBS Studio from the OBS Project website.\nDownload and install the OBS Studio from the OBS Project website. Download the setup file for Windows from the website, and follow the steps in the installation wizard to set it up on your computer.\n- OBS Studio is a free, third-party app that allows you to record and share videos of your computer's screen.\n- ;"			True
'Is obs studio installed?'			'2 - Open the OBS Studio app on your computer.\nOpen the OBS Studio app on your computer. Find the OBS app on your Start menu, and click on it to open the app.\n- You can open the Start menu and type "OBS" to quickly find and open it.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'3 - Click the Scene Collection tab.\nClick the Scene Collection tab. This button is on a menu bar at the top of the app window. It will open a drop-down menu.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'4 - Click New on the drop-down menu.\nClick New on the drop-down menu. OBS saves your videos and screen captures as scenes. This will create a new scene, and prompt you to name it in a new pop-up.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'5 - Enter a name for your new scene.\nEnter a name for your new scene. You can give your scene a name here, and click OK to save it.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'6 - Click the + button in the Sources section.\nClick the + button in the Sources section. The Sources box is located in the lower-left corner of the app window. It will open a pop-up menu of available video and audio sources.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			"7 - Select Display Capture on the pop-up menu.\nSelect Display Capture on the pop-up menu. This option will allow you to record and save a video of your own screen.\n- You'll be prompted to name your Display Capture source in a new pop-up window."			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'8 - Name your video source in the Create_Select window.\nName your video source in the Create/Select window. Enter a name for your screen record source under Create new, and click OK to save it.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'9 - Click the Display drop-down.\nClick the Display drop-down. This will open a list of available video resolutions you can select for your screen capture.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'10 - Select a video resolution for your screen capture.\nSelect a video resolution for your screen capture. OBS allows you to record your screen in a variety of standard and high-definition resolution rates. Select the resolution you want to record, and click OK.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'11 - Click the Start Recording button.\nClick the Start Recording button. This button is located in the lower-right corner of the app window. It will start recording a video your screen.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'12 - Click the Minimize icon.\nClick the Minimize icon. This will minimize the OBS window to your desktop taskbar. You can now record anything on your screen.'			None
'Is obs studio installed?'			'13 - Click the Stop Recording button.\nClick the Stop Recording button. This button is located in the lower-right corner of the OBS window. It will stop recording your screen, and save the recorded video to your Videos folder.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'1 - Download and install VirtualBox for Windows.\nDownload and install VirtualBox for Windows. This is a free, open-source hypervisor that enables you to run multiple virtual machines, including Xcode for macOS.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Go to https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads and click Windows hosts. This starts the download (though you may have to click Save or Download to continue).\n- You must be using a 64-bit version of Windows with at least 4 GB of RAM.\n- Run the installer, then follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.\n- ;'			True
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'2 - Download macOS High Sierra Final.\nDownload macOS High Sierra Final. You can get the RAR version for free here.\n- If you can’t download it because the file is too large (it’s 6 GB), you can get the fix here.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'3 - Extract the RAR file.\nExtract the RAR file. You can use any extraction app that supports RAR files, such as WinRAR or WinZip. Once the file is extracted, you’ll have a folder containing a High Sierra .vmdk file and a .txt file.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'4 - Open VirtualBox.\nOpen VirtualBox. You’ll find it in the All Apps area of the Start menu.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'5 - Click New.\nClick New. It’s at the top-left corner of the app. The “Create Virtual Machine” dialog will appear.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'6 - Type OSX into the “Name” field.\nType OSX into the “Name” field.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'7 - Select Mac OS X from the “Type” drop-down menu.\nSelect Mac OS X from the “Type” drop-down menu.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'8 - Select macOS 10.13 High Sierra (64-bit) or MacOS 64-Bit from the “Version” drop-down.\nSelect macOS 10.13 High Sierra (64-bit) or MacOS 64-Bit from the “Version” drop-down.\n- If you don’t see any 64-bit options, you must enable VT-x or “virtualization” in your BIOS settings. See Change Computer BIOS Settings to learn how to access the BIOS.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'9 - Click Next.\nClick Next. It’s at the bottom of the window.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'10 - Drag the slider to the desired memory size.\nDrag the slider to the desired memory size. This is how much hard drive space you’ll allocate to High Sierra. It’s best to use between 3 GB and 6 GB.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'11 - Click Next.\nClick Next.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'12 - Create a hard disk.\nCreate a hard disk. Here’s how:\n- Click the button next to “Use an existing virtual hard disk drive.”\n- Click the browse icon.\n- Navigate to the High Sierra .vmdk file you extracted earlier.\n- Select the file and click Create.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'13 - Click Settings.\nClick Settings. It’s at the top-left corner of the window.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'14 - Edit your virtual machine.\nEdit your virtual machine. Make the following updates to your settings:\n- Click System in the left column.\n- On the motherboard tab, select ICH9 from the “Chipset” menu, then check the box next to Enable EFI.\n- On the Processor tab, select 2 as the number of processors, then move the “Execution cap” slider to the 70% mark.\n- \n- Click Display in the left column.\n- On the Screen tab, select 128 MB as the “Video Memory” value.\n- Click OK to save your changes.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'15 - Close VirtualBox.\nClose VirtualBox. You can do this by clicking the X at the top-right corner of the app.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'16 - Open an elevated command prompt on your PC.\nOpen an elevated command prompt on your PC. Here’s how:\n- Type cmd into the search box in the task bar.\n- Right-click Command Prompt in the search results.\n- Click Run as administrator. A black window with the command prompt will appear.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'17 - Run these commands at the prompt.\nRun these commands at the prompt. Run these in order, but replace the paths to the location of your VirtualBox, and “Your VM Name” with its name:\n- Type cd "C:\\Program Files\\Oracle\\VirtualBox\\" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage.exe modifyvm "Your VM Name" --cpuidset 00000001 000306a9 04100800 7fbae3ff bfebfbff and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/efi/0/Config/DmiSystemProduct" "MacBookPro11,3" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/efi/0/Config/DmiSystemVersion" "1.0" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/efi/0/Config/DmiBoardProduct" "Iloveapple" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/smc/0/Config/DeviceKey" "ourhardworkbythesewordsguardedpleasedontsteal(c)AppleComputerInc" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/smc/0/Config/GetKeyFromRealSMC" 1 and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'18 - Open VirtualBox again.\nOpen VirtualBox again. You can also close the CMD window if you wish.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'19 - Click Start.\nClick Start. It’s the green arrow icon at the top-left corner of the app.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'20 - Set up your virtual Mac.\nSet up your virtual Mac. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up High Sierra like you’re setting up a new computer, and log in with your Apple ID as prompted. When you’re finished, your virtual Mac will display its home screen.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'21 - Open the App Store .\nOpen the App Store . It’s in the Dock at the bottom of the screen.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'22 - Search for Xcode.\nSearch for Xcode. Type xcode into the search bar at the top-right corner of the App Store and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'23 - Click Xcode.\nClick Xcode. It should be the first result. Look for the blue app store icon with a hammer.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'24 - Click Get.\nClick Get. If you didn’t sign in with your Apple ID during setup, you’ll have to do so now.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'25 - Click Install.\nClick Install. Xcode will install on your virtual Mac. When it’s finished, an “Open” button will appear.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'26 - Click Open to launch Xcode.\nClick Open to launch Xcode.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'27 - Click Agree.\nClick Agree. It’s at the bottom-right corner of the license agreement pop-up.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'28 - Enter your Mac administrator password to continue.\nEnter your Mac administrator password to continue. Xcode will now install some additional features.'			None
'Is virtualbox installed?'			'29 - Start a new project.\nStart a new project.\n- If you’re new to Xcode, select Get started with a playground to code in a preset environment.\n- To start a project from scratch, click Create a new Xcode project.\n- If asked to enable developer mode on your Mac, click OK.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Download and install VirtualBox for Windows.\nDownload and install VirtualBox for Windows. This is a free, open-source hypervisor that enables you to run multiple virtual machines, including Xcode for macOS.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Go to https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads and click Windows hosts. This starts the download (though you may have to click Save or Download to continue).\n- You must be using a 64-bit version of Windows with at least 4 GB of RAM.\n- Run the installer, then follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Download macOS High Sierra Final.\nDownload macOS High Sierra Final. You can get the RAR version for free here.\n- If you can’t download it because the file is too large (it’s 6 GB), you can get the fix here.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Extract the RAR file.\nExtract the RAR file. You can use any extraction app that supports RAR files, such as WinRAR or WinZip. Once the file is extracted, you’ll have a folder containing a High Sierra .vmdk file and a .txt file.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Open VirtualBox.\nOpen VirtualBox. You’ll find it in the All Apps area of the Start menu.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Click New.\nClick New. It’s at the top-left corner of the app. The “Create Virtual Machine” dialog will appear.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Type OSX into the “Name” field.\nType OSX into the “Name” field.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Select Mac OS X from the “Type” drop-down menu.\nSelect Mac OS X from the “Type” drop-down menu.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'8 - Select macOS 10.13 High Sierra (64-bit) or MacOS 64-Bit from the “Version” drop-down.\nSelect macOS 10.13 High Sierra (64-bit) or MacOS 64-Bit from the “Version” drop-down.\n- If you don’t see any 64-bit options, you must enable VT-x or “virtualization” in your BIOS settings. See Change Computer BIOS Settings to learn how to access the BIOS.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'9 - Click Next.\nClick Next. It’s at the bottom of the window.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'10 - Drag the slider to the desired memory size.\nDrag the slider to the desired memory size. This is how much hard drive space you’ll allocate to High Sierra. It’s best to use between 3 GB and 6 GB.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'11 - Click Next.\nClick Next.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'12 - Create a hard disk.\nCreate a hard disk. Here’s how:\n- Click the button next to “Use an existing virtual hard disk drive.”\n- Click the browse icon.\n- Navigate to the High Sierra .vmdk file you extracted earlier.\n- Select the file and click Create.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'13 - Click Settings.\nClick Settings. It’s at the top-left corner of the window.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'14 - Edit your virtual machine.\nEdit your virtual machine. Make the following updates to your settings:\n- Click System in the left column.\n- On the motherboard tab, select ICH9 from the “Chipset” menu, then check the box next to Enable EFI.\n- On the Processor tab, select 2 as the number of processors, then move the “Execution cap” slider to the 70% mark.\n- \n- Click Display in the left column.\n- On the Screen tab, select 128 MB as the “Video Memory” value.\n- Click OK to save your changes.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'15 - Close VirtualBox.\nClose VirtualBox. You can do this by clicking the X at the top-right corner of the app.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'16 - Open an elevated command prompt on your PC.\nOpen an elevated command prompt on your PC. Here’s how:\n- Type cmd into the search box in the task bar.\n- Right-click Command Prompt in the search results.\n- Click Run as administrator. A black window with the command prompt will appear.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'17 - Run these commands at the prompt.\nRun these commands at the prompt. Run these in order, but replace the paths to the location of your VirtualBox, and “Your VM Name” with its name:\n- Type cd "C:\\Program Files\\Oracle\\VirtualBox\\" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage.exe modifyvm "Your VM Name" --cpuidset 00000001 000306a9 04100800 7fbae3ff bfebfbff and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/efi/0/Config/DmiSystemProduct" "MacBookPro11,3" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/efi/0/Config/DmiSystemVersion" "1.0" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/efi/0/Config/DmiBoardProduct" "Iloveapple" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/smc/0/Config/DeviceKey" "ourhardworkbythesewordsguardedpleasedontsteal(c)AppleComputerInc" and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type VBoxManage setextradata "Your VM Name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/smc/0/Config/GetKeyFromRealSMC" 1 and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'18 - Open VirtualBox again.\nOpen VirtualBox again. You can also close the CMD window if you wish.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'19 - Click Start.\nClick Start. It’s the green arrow icon at the top-left corner of the app.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'20 - Set up your virtual Mac.\nSet up your virtual Mac. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up High Sierra like you’re setting up a new computer, and log in with your Apple ID as prompted. When you’re finished, your virtual Mac will display its home screen.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'21 - Open the App Store .\nOpen the App Store . It’s in the Dock at the bottom of the screen.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'22 - Search for Xcode.\nSearch for Xcode. Type xcode into the search bar at the top-right corner of the App Store and press ↵ Enter.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'23 - Click Xcode.\nClick Xcode. It should be the first result. Look for the blue app store icon with a hammer.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'24 - Click Get.\nClick Get. If you didn’t sign in with your Apple ID during setup, you’ll have to do so now.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'25 - Click Install.\nClick Install. Xcode will install on your virtual Mac. When it’s finished, an “Open” button will appear.'			True
'Is install installed?'			'26 - Click Open to launch Xcode.\nClick Open to launch Xcode.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'27 - Click Agree.\nClick Agree. It’s at the bottom-right corner of the license agreement pop-up.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'28 - Enter your Mac administrator password to continue.\nEnter your Mac administrator password to continue. Xcode will now install some additional features.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'29 - Start a new project.\nStart a new project.\n- If you’re new to Xcode, select Get started with a playground to code in a preset environment.\n- To start a project from scratch, click Create a new Xcode project.\n- If asked to enable developer mode on your Mac, click OK.'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'0 - Using ProduKey'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'1 - Open the ProduKey website.\nOpen the ProduKey website. Go to http://www.nirsoft.net/utils/product_cd_key_viewer.html on a working computer.'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"2 - Scroll down and click Download ProduKey (In Zip file).\nScroll down and click Download ProduKey (In Zip file). It's near the bottom of the page. Doing so will prompt the ProduKey setup folder to download onto your computer."			True
'Is produ key installed?'			"3 - Open the ProduKey folder.\nOpen the ProduKey folder. Double-click the ProduKey ZIP folder in your computer's default downloads folder (e.g., the desktop)."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"4 - Click the Extract tab.\nClick the Extract tab. It's at the top of the window. A toolbar will appear below Extract."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'5 - Click Extract all.\nClick Extract all. This option is on the far-right side of the toolbar. Clicking it prompts a window to pop up.'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"6 - Click Extract when prompted.\nClick Extract when prompted. It's at the bottom of the window. Doing so will decompress the ProduKey folder and open it for you."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"7 - Double-click the ProduKey application.\nDouble-click the ProduKey application. It resembles a key. The ProduKey window will open; you should see your computer's 25-character product key to the right of the hard drive's name.\n- You can take a screenshot of the key or write it down to make sure you have access to it later."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"1 - Attach the crashed computer's hard drive to a working computer.\nAttach the crashed computer's hard drive to a working computer. You'll need to remove the hard drive from the crashed computer, plug it into an adapter, and then plug the adapter into a working Windows computer.\n- Depending on the hard drive, you'll either need a SATA adapter or an IDE adapter. An IDE drive has a several-inch-wide connector at the end of its connection ribbon, while a SATA drive has a more narrow ribbon and connector."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'2 - Open ProduKey.\nOpen ProduKey. You should have downloaded ProduKey already, but if not, do so before continuing.'			True
'Is produ key installed?'			'3 - Click File.\nClick File. This is in the top-left corner of the ProduKey window. A drop-down menu will appear.'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"4 - Click Select Source.\nClick Select Source. It's at the top of the drop-down menu. Clicking this prompts a new window to open."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'5 - Check the "Load the product keys from external Windows directory" box.\nCheck the "Load the product keys from external Windows directory" box. This option is near the top of the window.'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"6 - Click Browse….\nClick Browse…. It's to the right of the text field."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'7 - Select the attached hard drive.\nSelect the attached hard drive. Find the attached hard drive in the list, then click it.\n- You may first have to expand the "Computer" option at the top of the list.'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"8 - Click OK.\nClick OK. It's at the bottom of the Browse window. Doing so closes the window."			None
'Is produ key installed?'			'9 - Click OK.\nClick OK. This option is at the bottom of the Source window.'			None
'Is produ key installed?'			"10 - Note your product key.\nNote your product key. You should see a 25-character product key to the right of the hard drive's name; this is the crashed computer's product key.\n- You can take a screenshot of the key or write it down to make sure you have access to it later."			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Installing AOMEI Backupper'			None
'Is install installed?'			"1 - Go to https:__www.backup-utility.com_download.html in a web browser.\nGo to https://www.backup-utility.com/download.html in a web browser.  This is the download page for AOMEI Backupper.  It's an app you can use to backup and clone your system to another drive.\n- ;"			None
'Is install installed?'			"2 - Click Local Download.\nClick Local Download.  It's the second blue button on the right-hand side of the page."			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click Local Download 1 or Local Download 2.\nClick Local Download 1 or Local Download 2.  Both options are below the "Local Download" option when you click on it.  The AOMEI install file will start downloading immediately.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Run the install file.\nRun the install file.  By default, downloaded files can be found in your "Downloads" folder.  Most web browsers also allow you to run downloaded files from within the web browser.  Double-click "BackupperFull.exe" to install AOMEI Backupper.'			True
'Is install installed?'			"5 - Click Install Now.\nClick Install Now.  It's the large blue button that appears when you launch the AOMEI Backupper Install File.  This will install AOMEI Backupper."			None
'Is cloning software installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is cloning software installed?'			'1 - Backup important data.\nBackup important data. While the cloning process should not result in any data being lost, it is always prudent to make sure that important files are backed up just in case. Backup your files onto a removable drive, DVDs, or onto cloud storage services online.\n- ;'			None
'Is cloning software installed?'			'2 - Install the drive that you wish to clone to.\nInstall the drive that you wish to clone to. When you clone a drive, you copy the existing drive to a new one. The new drive needs to be installed before you can clone your existing one.\n- The new drive does not need to be formatted in order to clone to it.'			None
'Is cloning software installed?'			'3 - Install your cloning software.\nInstall your cloning software. In order to clone a hard drive, you need to install special software to do it. You can either buy professional software such as Norton Ghost, or download a freeware program such as HDClone. This guide will cover how to use both.\n- Norton Ghost will convert the remaining free space on the new drive into the same partition as the cloned disk. This means that any extra space left over after copying the disk will be available for the operating system to use without having to create a new partition.'			True
'Is cloning software installed?'			"4 - Clone the drive using Norton Ghost.\nClone the drive using Norton Ghost. From the main menu, select Ghost Advanced, and then click the Clone button.\n- Set your source drive. This is the drive that you are copying FROM. Double check to make sure that you have the right drive selected, otherwise you may copy the blank hard drive to your old one, overwriting all of your data.\n- \n- \n- Set your destination drive. This is the drive you are copying TO. This is the drive that you just installed. You can see the model and size of each selection below the frame.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('020091954cb55c9ed123c94ca320132d')\n- \n- \n- Click Next to get to the summary. This will be your last chance to ensure that your settings are correct before the cloning process starts. When you are ready, click Run Now. Your system will reboot and Ghost will load in DOS.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('132f86e6e9238a475c0a8d4f2e27b210')\n- \n- \n- Wait for the cloning process to finish. Depending on how much data you are copying, this could take quite some time. After the cloning is complete, your system will reboot again and Windows will load. You can verify that the drive was cloned by opening My Computer and checking the new drive.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('f1c744fe5bbd433e3ee796ad27f51d9f')\n- \n- \n- At this point you are still running off of your old drive. To start running off of your new drive, proceed to Step 6 \n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('a57a7483c8c1f47772dbad3cd4e070c2')"			None
'Is cloning software installed?'			"5 - Clone the drive using HDClone.\nClone the drive using HDClone. Burn the HDClone image file to a CD so that you can boot from it. When you boot from the CD, a DOS interface will load.\n- Use the arrow keys/mouse click to set your Source disk. The Source disk is the hard drive that you are copying FROM.\n- \n- \n- Use the arrow keys/mouse click to set your Destination disk. The Destination disk is the hard drive you are copying TO. Double check that you have the correct drives selected so that you don’t accidentally copy over your old data with the blank disk.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('dc6fa83a04eb8129fcebc6a6359c5619')\n- \n- \n- Confirm options. Use advanced options for safer copying/cloning.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('63acc884003ad07223aae142119426af')\n- \n- \n- Click on start to start cloning process and wait for the cloning process to complete. This can take a significant amount of time, especially if your hard drives are large. Once the process is complete, your new drive will have an exact copy of the old drive, and the rest of the space will be unallocated.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('55f1438718ee81df5a438fda02598e6c')\n- \n- \n- If you want to append that unallocated space onto the partition that Windows XP is on, use Partition Magic. Otherwise you can create a new partition with it to use as storage.\n- Note that you can copy entire disk to disk including all partitions and you can also copy single partition to new disk. Your new disk should be of larger size than your current disk/partition. Extra space will be left UN-partitioned and you can partition that later according to your requirements."			None
'Is cloning software installed?'			'6 - Remove your old drive.\nRemove your old drive. Once you’ve verified that the cloning process has been successful, power down your computer and remove your old hard drive entirely. Make sure that your jumper settings are set correctly on the new drive.'			None
'Is cloning software installed?'			"7 - Power on the system.\nPower on the system. Ensure that everything boots normally and functions as it should. If your hard disk is not detected, make sure that your jumper settings are set to Master on the hard drive. Once you know that everything is working OK, you can put the old drive back in and format it.\n- You may be asked to reactivate your copy of Windows. This will not always happen, but if it does, simply call the number provided and Microsoft will provide you with a reactivation code over the phone.\n- \n- \n- If you are cloning the drive to put it into a new computer, you will have to perform a repair install of Windows XP in order for everything to function correctly. When doing this, you will have to call Microsoft to obtain a reactivation key.\n- WH.shared.addScrollLoadItem('81b4909ba908e1219f88f70eb387ec8c')"			None
'Is geforce experience installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is geforce experience installed?'			'1 - Check to see what graphics card or chip you have.\nCheck to see what graphics card or chip you have. To do this, search "device manager" in the taskbar and click on the application that appears in the search menu. Then, look for a section called "Video Adapter" or "Display Adapter" and click the drop-down arrow next to it.'			None
'Is geforce experience installed?'			'2 - Download the "GeForce Experience" application from the Nvidia website.\nDownload the "GeForce Experience" application from the Nvidia website.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			True
'Is geforce experience installed?'			'3 - Once the application is installed, select the "games" tab.\nOnce the application is installed, select the "games" tab. It will then scan your computer\'s system files and generate a list of the games you have installed.'			None
'Is geforce experience installed?'			"4 - Select the game that's lagging and click Optimize.\nSelect the game that's lagging and click Optimize."			None
'Is geforce experience installed?'			'5 - Right-click on the desktop screen and click on "Graphics Properties".\nRight-click on the desktop screen and click on "Graphics Properties".'			None
'Is geforce experience installed?'			'6 - Click on the "3D" option that appears.\nClick on the "3D" option that appears.'			None
'Is geforce experience installed?'			'7 - Do all of the following:\nDo all of the following:\n- Turn off MSAA.\n- Set CMAA to "Override".\n- Turn on Application Optimal Mode.\n- Set your general settings to "Performance", although be aware that this does chew up battery power.'			None
'Is winzip installed?'			'0 - Using WinZIP'			None
'Is winzip installed?'			'1 - Visit the WinZIP download page.\nVisit the WinZIP download page. Open any Internet browser on your PC, and navigate to the WinZIP download page.'			None
'Is winzip installed?'			'2 - Download and install WinZIP.\nDownload and install WinZIP. There should be two numbers inside large bubbles. To the right of the number 2 bubble, click the green “Download WinZIP Now” button. The download should begin automatically, and once finished, simply follow the on-screen instructions for installing the program.'			True
'Is winzip installed?'			"3 - Launch WinZIP.\nLaunch WinZIP.  After the installation has finished, open WinZIP. You'll find it either on the desktop or in the Start menu under the Programs heading.\n- Once the program starts there may be a window that opens in front of it asking you to chose either to buy the program or “Use Evaluation Version.” Chose the evaluation version."			None
'Is winzip installed?'			'4 - Select the RAR file to open.\nSelect the RAR file to open. In the upper left-hand corner, select “File” and then “Open (from PC/Cloud).” A new window will open.\n- In the lower right-hand corner of the new window is a drop-down menu that is set to “Zip files” by default. Click the drop-down menu and select “All files(*.*)” from the list. By default, the program will display only .zip files. Changing this setting allows the RAR files to be seen, and selected, in the search window.\n- Navigate to the folder containing the RAR file you wish to open. Double-click the file to open it and view the contents inside.'			None
'Is winzip installed?'			'5 - Extract the files contained in the RAR file.\nExtract the files contained in the RAR file. To select individual files, just hold the CTRL key as you click on each file or folder that you want to extract. To select all, click anywhere in the RAR file window, and press CTRL + A together.\n- Left-click to open the context menu. Select “1-click unzip” from the options, and then select “Unzip to PC or Cloud” under the Unzip/Share tab.\n- In the window that appears, choose the destination folder where you want to save the unzipped files, and click “Unzip” to extract the selected files or folders to the chosen location.'			None
'Is winzip download installed?'			'0 - Using WinZIP'			None
'Is winzip download installed?'			'1 - Visit the WinZIP download page.\nVisit the WinZIP download page. Open any Internet browser on your PC, and navigate to the WinZIP download page.'			True
'Is winzip download installed?'			'2 - Download and install WinZIP.\nDownload and install WinZIP. There should be two numbers inside large bubbles. To the right of the number 2 bubble, click the green “Download WinZIP Now” button. The download should begin automatically, and once finished, simply follow the on-screen instructions for installing the program.'			None
'Is winzip download installed?'			"3 - Launch WinZIP.\nLaunch WinZIP.  After the installation has finished, open WinZIP. You'll find it either on the desktop or in the Start menu under the Programs heading.\n- Once the program starts there may be a window that opens in front of it asking you to chose either to buy the program or “Use Evaluation Version.” Chose the evaluation version."			None
'Is winzip download installed?'			'4 - Select the RAR file to open.\nSelect the RAR file to open. In the upper left-hand corner, select “File” and then “Open (from PC/Cloud).” A new window will open.\n- In the lower right-hand corner of the new window is a drop-down menu that is set to “Zip files” by default. Click the drop-down menu and select “All files(*.*)” from the list. By default, the program will display only .zip files. Changing this setting allows the RAR files to be seen, and selected, in the search window.\n- Navigate to the folder containing the RAR file you wish to open. Double-click the file to open it and view the contents inside.'			None
'Is winzip download installed?'			'5 - Extract the files contained in the RAR file.\nExtract the files contained in the RAR file. To select individual files, just hold the CTRL key as you click on each file or folder that you want to extract. To select all, click anywhere in the RAR file window, and press CTRL + A together.\n- Left-click to open the context menu. Select “1-click unzip” from the options, and then select “Unzip to PC or Cloud” under the Unzip/Share tab.\n- In the window that appears, choose the destination folder where you want to save the unzipped files, and click “Unzip” to extract the selected files or folders to the chosen location.'			None
'Is install winzip_winrar installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is install winzip_winrar installed?'			'1 - Download Winzip or Winrar trail version or buy it.\nDownload Winzip or Winrar trail version or buy it.\n- ;'			None
'Is install winzip_winrar installed?'			'2 - Install Winzip_Winrar.\nInstall Winzip/Winrar.'			True
'Is install winzip_winrar installed?'			'3 - Right Click on the files you want to compress and click on "Add to archive".\nRight Click on the files you want to compress and click on "Add to archive".'			None
'Is install winzip_winrar installed?'			'4 - Choose the compressed file save directory and click on OK.\nChoose the compressed file save directory and click on OK.'			None
'Is install winzip_winrar installed?'			'5 - Now, when you want to uncompress it later you do the following:\nNow, when you want to uncompress it later you do the following:\n- Right Click the archive.\n- Click on "Extract Here".'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'0 - Installing Python 3'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'1 - Go to https:__www.python.org_downloads.\nGo to https://www.python.org/downloads. The most recent version of Python will always appear on the "Download" button near the top of the page.\n- If you want to use Python 2, see the "Installing Python 2" method.\n- ;'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'2 - Click Download Python <version>.\nClick Download Python <version>. If this does not start the download immediately, click Save on the pop-up window to start it.\n- Python 3.7 and newer will run on any Windows operating system except Windows XP. If you need to install Python 3 on XP, scroll down and click Download next to the most recently-updated version of Python 3.4.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			True
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'3 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. You can do so by double-clicking python-<version>.exe in your Downloads folder.'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'4 - Check the box next to "Add Python <version> to PATH.\nCheck the box next to "Add Python <version> to PATH." It\'s at the bottom of the window.\n- If you don\'t see this option, you\'ll need to complete this method after you finish installing Python.'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			"5 - Click Customize installation.\nClick Customize installation. It's the second blue link on the window."			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			"6 - Review the installation options and click Next.\nReview the installation options and click Next. All of Python's features are selected by default. Unless you have a specific need to skip installing any part of this package, just leave these settings alone."			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'7 - Check the box next to "Install for all users.\nCheck the box next to "Install for all users." If you\'re a system administrator, this option ensures that other users on this computer are able to use Python. This also changes the installation location to the Program Files\\(x86)\\Python(version) instead of your personal library.\n- If you didn\'t have the option to select "Add Python <version> to PATH" earlier, make note of the installation directory that appears here. You\'ll need to add it to your system variables after installing.\n- If you don\'t want anyone else on the computer to be able to use Python, you can leave the box unchecked.'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			"8 - Click Install.\nClick Install. It's at the bottom of the window."			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'9 - Click Yes to confirm.\nClick Yes to confirm. This installs Python on your PC. Once the installation is complete, you\'ll see a "Setup was successful" window—don\'t close it just yet.'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'10 - Click Disable path length limit.\nClick Disable path length limit. It\'s toward the bottom of the "Setup was successful" window. This final step ensures that Python (and other apps) to use paths more than 260 characters in length.'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'11 - Click Yes to confirm.\nClick Yes to confirm. Python is now installed and ready to use.'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'12 - Click Close to exit the installer.\nClick Close to exit the installer.'			None
'Is download python < version > installed?'			'13 - Test your Python installation.\nTest your Python installation. Here\'s how to make sure the path is set up properly:\n- Type cmd into the Windows search bar and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type python and press ↵ Enter. You should see >>> at the beginning of the current line. This means Python is working and the path is set correctly.\n- If you see an error that says "python is not recognized as an internal or external command," see the "Adding the Python Path to Windows" method.\n- Type exit() to return to the command prompt.'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'0 - Installing Python 3'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'1 - Go to https:__www.python.org_downloads.\nGo to https://www.python.org/downloads. The most recent version of Python will always appear on the "Download" button near the top of the page.\n- If you want to use Python 2, see the "Installing Python 2" method.\n- ;'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'2 - Click Download Python <version>.\nClick Download Python <version>. If this does not start the download immediately, click Save on the pop-up window to start it.\n- Python 3.7 and newer will run on any Windows operating system except Windows XP. If you need to install Python 3 on XP, scroll down and click Download next to the most recently-updated version of Python 3.4.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'3 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. You can do so by double-clicking python-<version>.exe in your Downloads folder.'			True
'Is run the installer installed?'			'4 - Check the box next to "Add Python <version> to PATH.\nCheck the box next to "Add Python <version> to PATH." It\'s at the bottom of the window.\n- If you don\'t see this option, you\'ll need to complete this method after you finish installing Python.'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			"5 - Click Customize installation.\nClick Customize installation. It's the second blue link on the window."			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			"6 - Review the installation options and click Next.\nReview the installation options and click Next. All of Python's features are selected by default. Unless you have a specific need to skip installing any part of this package, just leave these settings alone."			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'7 - Check the box next to "Install for all users.\nCheck the box next to "Install for all users." If you\'re a system administrator, this option ensures that other users on this computer are able to use Python. This also changes the installation location to the Program Files\\(x86)\\Python(version) instead of your personal library.\n- If you didn\'t have the option to select "Add Python <version> to PATH" earlier, make note of the installation directory that appears here. You\'ll need to add it to your system variables after installing.\n- If you don\'t want anyone else on the computer to be able to use Python, you can leave the box unchecked.'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			"8 - Click Install.\nClick Install. It's at the bottom of the window."			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'9 - Click Yes to confirm.\nClick Yes to confirm. This installs Python on your PC. Once the installation is complete, you\'ll see a "Setup was successful" window—don\'t close it just yet.'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'10 - Click Disable path length limit.\nClick Disable path length limit. It\'s toward the bottom of the "Setup was successful" window. This final step ensures that Python (and other apps) to use paths more than 260 characters in length.'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'11 - Click Yes to confirm.\nClick Yes to confirm. Python is now installed and ready to use.'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'12 - Click Close to exit the installer.\nClick Close to exit the installer.'			None
'Is run the installer installed?'			'13 - Test your Python installation.\nTest your Python installation. Here\'s how to make sure the path is set up properly:\n- Type cmd into the Windows search bar and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type python and press ↵ Enter. You should see >>> at the beginning of the current line. This means Python is working and the path is set correctly.\n- If you see an error that says "python is not recognized as an internal or external command," see the "Adding the Python Path to Windows" method.\n- Type exit() to return to the command prompt.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - Installing Python 3'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Go to https:__www.python.org_downloads.\nGo to https://www.python.org/downloads. The most recent version of Python will always appear on the "Download" button near the top of the page.\n- If you want to use Python 2, see the "Installing Python 2" method.\n- ;'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Click Download Python <version>.\nClick Download Python <version>. If this does not start the download immediately, click Save on the pop-up window to start it.\n- Python 3.7 and newer will run on any Windows operating system except Windows XP. If you need to install Python 3 on XP, scroll down and click Download next to the most recently-updated version of Python 3.4.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Run the installer.\nRun the installer. You can do so by double-clicking python-<version>.exe in your Downloads folder.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Check the box next to "Add Python <version> to PATH.\nCheck the box next to "Add Python <version> to PATH." It\'s at the bottom of the window.\n- If you don\'t see this option, you\'ll need to complete this method after you finish installing Python.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"5 - Click Customize installation.\nClick Customize installation. It's the second blue link on the window."			None
'Is install installed?'			"6 - Review the installation options and click Next.\nReview the installation options and click Next. All of Python's features are selected by default. Unless you have a specific need to skip installing any part of this package, just leave these settings alone."			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Check the box next to "Install for all users.\nCheck the box next to "Install for all users." If you\'re a system administrator, this option ensures that other users on this computer are able to use Python. This also changes the installation location to the Program Files\\(x86)\\Python(version) instead of your personal library.\n- If you didn\'t have the option to select "Add Python <version> to PATH" earlier, make note of the installation directory that appears here. You\'ll need to add it to your system variables after installing.\n- If you don\'t want anyone else on the computer to be able to use Python, you can leave the box unchecked.'			None
'Is install installed?'			"8 - Click Install.\nClick Install. It's at the bottom of the window."			True
'Is install installed?'			'9 - Click Yes to confirm.\nClick Yes to confirm. This installs Python on your PC. Once the installation is complete, you\'ll see a "Setup was successful" window—don\'t close it just yet.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'10 - Click Disable path length limit.\nClick Disable path length limit. It\'s toward the bottom of the "Setup was successful" window. This final step ensures that Python (and other apps) to use paths more than 260 characters in length.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'11 - Click Yes to confirm.\nClick Yes to confirm. Python is now installed and ready to use.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'12 - Click Close to exit the installer.\nClick Close to exit the installer.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'13 - Test your Python installation.\nTest your Python installation. Here\'s how to make sure the path is set up properly:\n- Type cmd into the Windows search bar and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type python and press ↵ Enter. You should see >>> at the beginning of the current line. This means Python is working and the path is set correctly.\n- If you see an error that says "python is not recognized as an internal or external command," see the "Adding the Python Path to Windows" method.\n- Type exit() to return to the command prompt.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'0 - Installing Python 2'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'1 - Go to https:__www.python.org_downloads in a web browser.\nGo to https://www.python.org/downloads in a web browser. Use this method if you want to write code in Python 2 instead of (or in addition to) Python 3 in Windows.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'2 - Scroll down and click a Python 2 version.\nScroll down and click a Python 2 version. The versions appear under the "Looking for a specific release?" header.\n- If you don\'t know which version of Python 2 to install, just click the first version beginning with "2." In the list. This ensures you\'re using the most recently-updated version.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			"3 - Scroll down and select an installer.\nScroll down and select an installer. This downloads the installer to your computer, though you may have to click Save to start the download.\n- If you have a 64-bit computer, select Windows x86-64 MSI installer.\n- If you're using a 32-bit computer, select Windows x86 MSI installer."			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'4 - Run the Python installer.\nRun the Python installer. You can do this by double-clicking python-(version).msi in your Downloads folder.'			True
'Is python installer installed?'			'5 - Select an option for installing.\nSelect an option for installing. If you want other users of this PC to be able to use Python, select Install for all users. If not, select Install for just me.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			"6 - Click Next.\nClick Next. It's at the bottom-right corner."			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'7 - Select an install directory (optional).\nSelect an install directory (optional). The default directory is fine for most people, but you can change it if you wish by selecting a different folder from the menu.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'8 - Click Next.\nClick Next.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'9 - Scroll down to the bottom of the "Customize Python" features list.\nScroll down to the bottom of the "Customize Python" features list. You should see an option called "Add python.exe to Path." It probably has an "X" on its corresponding button.\n- If you don\'t see this option, see this method after installing Python.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'10 - Click the X button next to "Add python.exe to Path.\nClick the X button next to "Add python.exe to Path." A menu will expand.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'11 - Click Will be installed on local hard drive.\nClick Will be installed on local hard drive. This ensures that you can run Python commands from anywhere without having to type the full path to Python.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'12 - Click Next.\nClick Next. A security pop-up will appear on most systems at this point.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'13 - Click Yes to continue.\nClick Yes to continue. This installs Python 2 on the PC. In a few moments, you\'ll see a window that says "Complete the Python Installer."'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'14 - Click Finish on the installer.\nClick Finish on the installer. Python is now installed.'			None
'Is python installer installed?'			'15 - Test your Python installation.\nTest your Python installation. Here\'s how to make sure the path is set up properly:\n- Type cmd into the Windows search bar and press ↵ Enter.\n- Type python and press ↵ Enter. You should see >>> at the beginning of the current line. This means Python is working and the path is set correctly.\n- If you see an error that says "python is not recognized as an internal or external command," see the "Adding the Python Path to Windows" method.\n- Type exit() to return to the command prompt.'			None
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'1 - Download the "Startup Sound Changer" program.\nDownload the "Startup Sound Changer" program. This is a utility created by Windows enthusiasts, as there is no easy way to change the Windows 8, 7, or Vista startup sound normally. You can download the utility from Winaero.\n- ;'			True
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'2 - Extract the utility.\nExtract the utility. Double-click the downloaded ZIP file and drag the StartupSoundChanger.exe file onto your desktop.'			None
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'3 - Run the utility.\nRun the utility. You will be shown a small menu of options.'			None
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'4 - Click "Replace" and browse your computer for a replacement sound.\nClick "Replace" and browse your computer for a replacement sound. It must be in WAV format.\n- You can restore the original sound by running the utility and clicking "Restore".'			None
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'5 - Open the Control Panel.\nOpen the Control Panel. You can search for this or find it in the Start menu.'			None
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'6 - Select "Sounds" and then click the .\nSelect "Sounds" and then click the .Sounds tab.'			None
'Is startup sound changer installed?'			'7 - Check the "Play Windows Startup sound" box and click .\nCheck the "Play Windows Startup sound" box and click .Apply.\n- Note: You won\'t be able to hear the startup sound in Windows 8 unless you perform a full shutdown (see next section).'			None
'Is install installed?'			'0 - macOS'			None
'Is install installed?'			'1 - Open the App Store .\nOpen the App Store . You’ll find its icon on the Dock, which is usually at the bottom of the screen.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'2 - Type xcode into the search bar and press ⏎ Return.\nType xcode into the search bar and press ⏎ Return. A list of matching results will appear.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'3 - Click Xcode.\nClick Xcode. It should be the first result. Look for the blue app store icon with a hammer.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'4 - Click Get.\nClick Get.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'5 - Click Install.\nClick Install. Xcode will now download and install on your Mac. When the app is finished installing, the “Install” button will change to “Open.”'			True
'Is install installed?'			'6 - Click Open.\nClick Open. Xcode will launch.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'7 - Click Agree.\nClick Agree. It’s at the bottom-right corner of the license agreement pop-up.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'8 - Enter your administrator password.\nEnter your administrator password. Xcode will now install additional components on your Mac.'			None
'Is install installed?'			'9 - Start a new project.\nStart a new project.\n- If you’re new to Xcode, select Get started with a playground to code in a preset environment.\n- To start a project from scratch, click Create a new Xcode project.\n- If asked to enable developer mode on your Mac, click OK.'			None
'Is window 10 installed?'			'0 - Removing Previous Overclocking and Upgrading'			None
'Is window 10 installed?'			"1 - Before installing Windows 10, go to your UEFI_BIOS.\nBefore installing Windows 10, go to your UEFI/BIOS. Make your way to the overclocking section (varies for each motherboard manufacturer). Once here, remove all previous overclocking and return to the original stock speed. In this instance it's 3.2Ghz.\n- ;"			None
'Is window 10 installed?'			'2 - Install and boot your Windows 10\nInstall and boot your Windows 10. This should work fine, but one massive issue still reigns. Due to an ill-informed update by Microsoft, you will be unable to overclock your Pentium G3258 again, unless you complete this method first.'			True
'Is window 10 installed?'			'3 - Navigate to\xa0C:\\Windows\\System32\nNavigate to\xa0C:\\Windows\\System32.'			None
'Is window 10 installed?'			'4 - Locate the file named\xa0\'mcupdate_GenuineIntel.dll\'.\nLocate the file named\xa0\'mcupdate_GenuineIntel.dll\'.\n- When you try deleting this file, access will be denied. To bypass these little hiccup, gain permission to have access to this file with the steps in How to Delete Files That Cannot Be Deleted or How to Delete a File or Folder Showing Error "Access Is Denied". Once you have deleted/renamed this file, you are set to go.'			None
'Is window 10 installed?'			'5 - Head over to the UEFI_BIOS once again.\nHead over to the UEFI/BIOS once again. Reverse any changes you had previously made'			None
'Is window 10 installed?'			"6 - Once you've finished all your changes, Windows 10 should boot without any issues.\nOnce you've finished all your changes, Windows 10 should boot without any issues."			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'0 - Steps'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'1 - Check whether your computer can run on Windows 10.\nCheck whether your computer can run on Windows 10. Learning the capabilities of your computer system is the first thing to do while installing a desired operating system. Make sure that your computer meets the minimum requirements for installing Windows 10. The minimum requirements are:\n- Processor: 1 gigahertz (GHz) or faster.\n- RAM: 1 gigabyte (GB) (32-bit) or 2 GB (64-bit)\n- Free hard disk space: 16 GB.\n- Graphics card: Microsoft DirectX 9 graphics device with WDDM driver.\n- A Microsoft account and Internet access.\n- ;'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'2 - Download the media creation tool.\nDownload the media creation tool. You will need this tool to download the iso file and burn it to a DVD. You can find it here Microsoft on the Microsoft site. Scroll to the bottom of the page and you will find the download link. Select the proper tool according to your processor\'s architecture. To find out if your computer is running a 32-bit or 64-bit version of Windows, do the following:\n- Right click on "This PC" on desktop, and select the "Properties" Tab.\n- Under System, you can view the system type.'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'3 - Install the Media Creation Tool.\nInstall the Media Creation Tool. You can do this by double clicking on the file you downloaded. When a security prompt appears, click on "Yes" button.\n- Select "Create installation media for another PC" button.\n- Select the language and proper edition of Windows in the next window. Also, select proper architecture of your PC\'s processor in which you are installing Windows 10.\n- Choose the media for installation in the next window. Check the "ISO file" button. This will download the ISO file, or a disk image file. Select the desired location for the ISO file when you are prompted.'			True
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'4 - Burn the iso file to a DVD.\nBurn the iso file to a DVD. Here are the steps to burn the ISO file to a DVD.\n- Navigate to the ISO file you downloaded earlier.\n- Right click on the file, and select "Burn Disc Image" option.\n- Select the DVD drive in "Disc Burner" option.\n- Click on "Burn".'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'5 - Restart your device and boot using the DVD burned with Windows 10.\nRestart your device and boot using the DVD burned with Windows 10. You can do this using your BIOS.[1]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'6 - Select language of your choice.\nSelect language of your choice. Then select the option, "Install Windows Only". After that, format the partition you were using earlier for your operating system.'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'7 - Install Windows 10 in that partition which you just successfully formatted, and wait for files to be copied.\nInstall Windows 10 in that partition which you just successfully formatted, and wait for files to be copied. Note that Your computer may restart several times during the installation.'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'8 - Provide your details and settings in the next processes.\nProvide your details and settings in the next processes. After successful installation, Windows will ask for information such as you email address, and ask you to customize settings. You can do that yourselves or choose the express settings for default settings.'			None
'Is media creation tool installed?'			'9 - After all is done, you are ready to use your clean-installed Windows 10.\nAfter all is done, you are ready to use your clean-installed Windows 10. You can check out the new features of the latest Windows version to get the most out of it. Good luck!'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			"1 - Download SABnzbd.\nDownload SABnzbd. Download SABnzbd for free from sabnzbd.org/. This is a free, open-source newsgroup downloader that will pull files from Usenet posts and download them to your computer. It is designed to be highly automated, so that once it's configured you won't need to interact with it again. SABnzbd will download NZB files, which are the Usenet equivalents of torrents.\n- When properly configured, Headphones will search for new tracks and then push the downloads to SABnzbd. SABnzbd will then download the NZB files to your system and extract the contents.\n- If you'd prefer to use a torrent client instead of a Usenet client, click here.\n- ;"			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'2 - Install SABnzbd.\nInstall SABnzbd. The installation process varies depending on your operating system:\n- \n- Windows - Run the installer file that you downloaded. During the installation process, indicate whether or not you want SABnzbd to start when Windows starts (this is recommended if you want the process to be fully automated). Also indicate that you want to associate NZB file with SABnzbd.\n- Mac - Double-click the DMG file that you downloaded. Drag SABnzbd from the window that appears into your Applications folder. Double-click it in the Applications folder to start it. To add it to your system startup process, open the "System Preferences" menu, select "Accounts", select your account, and then drag SABnzbd into the "Login Items" field.\n- Linux (Ubuntu/Debian) - Open the Terminal and type sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jcfp/ppa. Then type sudo apt-get update to load the new repository into your list of available packages. Type sudo apt-get install sabnzbdplus to install SABnzbd, and then type sabnzbdplus to start it.'			True
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'3 - Wait for the browser window to load.\nWait for the browser window to load. When starting SABnzbd for the first time after installation, it may take a little while for the browser to appear. SABnzbd is run through your default web browser, and all configuration is done through the web-style interface.'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			"4 - Run through the initial configuration.\nRun through the initial configuration. After launching for the first time, yo will be prompted to select your preferred language and theme. Select whichever theme you'd like."			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'5 - Determine your access settings.\nDetermine your access settings. You can select if you want SABnzbd accessible by other computers on the network, or just the computer it was installed on. You can also set a password, which is recommended if you plan on remotely accessing the service.'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			"6 - Enter your Usenet service information.\nEnter your Usenet service information. You will need to enter the Usenet server address and port of the service you are subscribed to, your username and password, the number of connections your server allows, and you will need to indicate if it supports SSL (encryption).\n- All of this information will be available on your Usenet service's account page. Click here for instructions on setting up a Usenet account.\n- Click Test Server to check that the information you entered is correct."			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'7 - Skip the Newzbin and NZBMatrix step.\nSkip the Newzbin and NZBMatrix step. These services are no longer active.'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'8 - Wait for SABnzbd to restart.\nWait for SABnzbd to restart. This will occur automatically after you finish the configuration wizard. Bookmark the webpage that opens after a moment, as this will be your SABnzbd configuration page.'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'9 - Click the "Folders" tab.\nClick the "Folders" tab. You can make adjustments here if you\'d like downloaded files to be stored somewhere other than the default locations.'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'10 - Click the "Configuration" tab and find the "API Key" field.\nClick the "Configuration" tab and find the "API Key" field. Copy and paste this key into a text document for now so that you have easy access to it later, you\'ll need it to configure Headphones.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- That\'s it for now with SABnzbd, you can close the browser window and SABnzbd will continue running in the background. Click here to move on to installing and configuring Headphones.'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			"11 - SABnzbd is not able to connect to the Usenet provider.\nSABnzbd is not able to connect to the Usenet provider. This is typically caused by an issue with your Usenet credentials. Make sure that you've entered in the correct provider, authentication information, and retention amount. Also ensure that you have SSL enabled if your provider supports it."			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'12 - SABnzbd won\'t start.\nSABnzbd won\'t start. SABnzbd does not get along well with firewalls, and this is usually what\'s causing connection problems.\n- Add SABnzbd to your firewall\'s exceptions list, or "whitelist". Click here for instructions.\n- If you are using Windows 7, download and install this Microsoft optional update.\n- Some antivirus programs will interfere with SABnzbd. Try disabling your antivirus to see if the problem is fixed. If it is, you\'ll need to add an exception for SABnzbd or try a different antivirus program.'			None
'Is sabnzbd installed?'			'13 - SABnzbd hangs while repairing a file.\nSABnzbd hangs while repairing a file. Occasionally SABnzbd won\'t be able to repair a file after downloading it. This can cause the process to freeze, holding up the rest of your download queue. You\'ll need to manually kill the repair process so that SABnzbd can continue downloading.\n- Open your operating system\'s process manager.\n- Find and kill the "par2" process. This is SABnzbd\'s repair process.\n- Manually extract the file. Since the repair process has failed, SABnzbd will mark it as "Failed" and move on. You will need to manually extract the file using WinRAR or 7-Zip.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is browser installed?'			"1 - Download SABnzbd.\nDownload SABnzbd. Download SABnzbd for free from sabnzbd.org/. This is a free, open-source newsgroup downloader that will pull files from Usenet posts and download them to your computer. It is designed to be highly automated, so that once it's configured you won't need to interact with it again. SABnzbd will download NZB files, which are the Usenet equivalents of torrents.\n- When properly configured, Headphones will search for new tracks and then push the downloads to SABnzbd. SABnzbd will then download the NZB files to your system and extract the contents.\n- If you'd prefer to use a torrent client instead of a Usenet client, click here.\n- ;"			None
'Is browser installed?'			'2 - Install SABnzbd.\nInstall SABnzbd. The installation process varies depending on your operating system:\n- \n- Windows - Run the installer file that you downloaded. During the installation process, indicate whether or not you want SABnzbd to start when Windows starts (this is recommended if you want the process to be fully automated). Also indicate that you want to associate NZB file with SABnzbd.\n- Mac - Double-click the DMG file that you downloaded. Drag SABnzbd from the window that appears into your Applications folder. Double-click it in the Applications folder to start it. To add it to your system startup process, open the "System Preferences" menu, select "Accounts", select your account, and then drag SABnzbd into the "Login Items" field.\n- Linux (Ubuntu/Debian) - Open the Terminal and type sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jcfp/ppa. Then type sudo apt-get update to load the new repository into your list of available packages. Type sudo apt-get install sabnzbdplus to install SABnzbd, and then type sabnzbdplus to start it.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'3 - Wait for the browser window to load.\nWait for the browser window to load. When starting SABnzbd for the first time after installation, it may take a little while for the browser to appear. SABnzbd is run through your default web browser, and all configuration is done through the web-style interface.'			True
'Is browser installed?'			"4 - Run through the initial configuration.\nRun through the initial configuration. After launching for the first time, yo will be prompted to select your preferred language and theme. Select whichever theme you'd like."			None
'Is browser installed?'			'5 - Determine your access settings.\nDetermine your access settings. You can select if you want SABnzbd accessible by other computers on the network, or just the computer it was installed on. You can also set a password, which is recommended if you plan on remotely accessing the service.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			"6 - Enter your Usenet service information.\nEnter your Usenet service information. You will need to enter the Usenet server address and port of the service you are subscribed to, your username and password, the number of connections your server allows, and you will need to indicate if it supports SSL (encryption).\n- All of this information will be available on your Usenet service's account page. Click here for instructions on setting up a Usenet account.\n- Click Test Server to check that the information you entered is correct."			None
'Is browser installed?'			'7 - Skip the Newzbin and NZBMatrix step.\nSkip the Newzbin and NZBMatrix step. These services are no longer active.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'8 - Wait for SABnzbd to restart.\nWait for SABnzbd to restart. This will occur automatically after you finish the configuration wizard. Bookmark the webpage that opens after a moment, as this will be your SABnzbd configuration page.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'9 - Click the "Folders" tab.\nClick the "Folders" tab. You can make adjustments here if you\'d like downloaded files to be stored somewhere other than the default locations.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'10 - Click the "Configuration" tab and find the "API Key" field.\nClick the "Configuration" tab and find the "API Key" field. Copy and paste this key into a text document for now so that you have easy access to it later, you\'ll need it to configure Headphones.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- That\'s it for now with SABnzbd, you can close the browser window and SABnzbd will continue running in the background. Click here to move on to installing and configuring Headphones.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			"11 - SABnzbd is not able to connect to the Usenet provider.\nSABnzbd is not able to connect to the Usenet provider. This is typically caused by an issue with your Usenet credentials. Make sure that you've entered in the correct provider, authentication information, and retention amount. Also ensure that you have SSL enabled if your provider supports it."			None
'Is browser installed?'			'12 - SABnzbd won\'t start.\nSABnzbd won\'t start. SABnzbd does not get along well with firewalls, and this is usually what\'s causing connection problems.\n- Add SABnzbd to your firewall\'s exceptions list, or "whitelist". Click here for instructions.\n- If you are using Windows 7, download and install this Microsoft optional update.\n- Some antivirus programs will interfere with SABnzbd. Try disabling your antivirus to see if the problem is fixed. If it is, you\'ll need to add an exception for SABnzbd or try a different antivirus program.'			None
'Is browser installed?'			'13 - SABnzbd hangs while repairing a file.\nSABnzbd hangs while repairing a file. Occasionally SABnzbd won\'t be able to repair a file after downloading it. This can cause the process to freeze, holding up the rest of your download queue. You\'ll need to manually kill the repair process so that SABnzbd can continue downloading.\n- Open your operating system\'s process manager.\n- Find and kill the "par2" process. This is SABnzbd\'s repair process.\n- Manually extract the file. Since the repair process has failed, SABnzbd will mark it as "Failed" and move on. You will need to manually extract the file using WinRAR or 7-Zip.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'0 - '			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			"1 - Download SABnzbd.\nDownload SABnzbd. Download SABnzbd for free from sabnzbd.org/. This is a free, open-source newsgroup downloader that will pull files from Usenet posts and download them to your computer. It is designed to be highly automated, so that once it's configured you won't need to interact with it again. SABnzbd will download NZB files, which are the Usenet equivalents of torrents.\n- When properly configured, Headphones will search for new tracks and then push the downloads to SABnzbd. SABnzbd will then download the NZB files to your system and extract the contents.\n- If you'd prefer to use a torrent client instead of a Usenet client, click here.\n- ;"			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'2 - Install SABnzbd.\nInstall SABnzbd. The installation process varies depending on your operating system:\n- \n- Windows - Run the installer file that you downloaded. During the installation process, indicate whether or not you want SABnzbd to start when Windows starts (this is recommended if you want the process to be fully automated). Also indicate that you want to associate NZB file with SABnzbd.\n- Mac - Double-click the DMG file that you downloaded. Drag SABnzbd from the window that appears into your Applications folder. Double-click it in the Applications folder to start it. To add it to your system startup process, open the "System Preferences" menu, select "Accounts", select your account, and then drag SABnzbd into the "Login Items" field.\n- Linux (Ubuntu/Debian) - Open the Terminal and type sudo add-apt-repository ppa:jcfp/ppa. Then type sudo apt-get update to load the new repository into your list of available packages. Type sudo apt-get install sabnzbdplus to install SABnzbd, and then type sabnzbdplus to start it.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'3 - Wait for the browser window to load.\nWait for the browser window to load. When starting SABnzbd for the first time after installation, it may take a little while for the browser to appear. SABnzbd is run through your default web browser, and all configuration is done through the web-style interface.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			"4 - Run through the initial configuration.\nRun through the initial configuration. After launching for the first time, yo will be prompted to select your preferred language and theme. Select whichever theme you'd like."			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'5 - Determine your access settings.\nDetermine your access settings. You can select if you want SABnzbd accessible by other computers on the network, or just the computer it was installed on. You can also set a password, which is recommended if you plan on remotely accessing the service.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			"6 - Enter your Usenet service information.\nEnter your Usenet service information. You will need to enter the Usenet server address and port of the service you are subscribed to, your username and password, the number of connections your server allows, and you will need to indicate if it supports SSL (encryption).\n- All of this information will be available on your Usenet service's account page. Click here for instructions on setting up a Usenet account.\n- Click Test Server to check that the information you entered is correct."			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'7 - Skip the Newzbin and NZBMatrix step.\nSkip the Newzbin and NZBMatrix step. These services are no longer active.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'8 - Wait for SABnzbd to restart.\nWait for SABnzbd to restart. This will occur automatically after you finish the configuration wizard. Bookmark the webpage that opens after a moment, as this will be your SABnzbd configuration page.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'9 - Click the "Folders" tab.\nClick the "Folders" tab. You can make adjustments here if you\'d like downloaded files to be stored somewhere other than the default locations.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'10 - Click the "Configuration" tab and find the "API Key" field.\nClick the "Configuration" tab and find the "API Key" field. Copy and paste this key into a text document for now so that you have easy access to it later, you\'ll need it to configure Headphones.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- That\'s it for now with SABnzbd, you can close the browser window and SABnzbd will continue running in the background. Click here to move on to installing and configuring Headphones.'			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			"11 - SABnzbd is not able to connect to the Usenet provider.\nSABnzbd is not able to connect to the Usenet provider. This is typically caused by an issue with your Usenet credentials. Make sure that you've entered in the correct provider, authentication information, and retention amount. Also ensure that you have SSL enabled if your provider supports it."			None
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'12 - SABnzbd won\'t start.\nSABnzbd won\'t start. SABnzbd does not get along well with firewalls, and this is usually what\'s causing connection problems.\n- Add SABnzbd to your firewall\'s exceptions list, or "whitelist". Click here for instructions.\n- If you are using Windows 7, download and install this Microsoft optional update.\n- Some antivirus programs will interfere with SABnzbd. Try disabling your antivirus to see if the problem is fixed. If it is, you\'ll need to add an exception for SABnzbd or try a different antivirus program.'			True
'Is microsoft optional update installed?'			'13 - SABnzbd hangs while repairing a file.\nSABnzbd hangs while repairing a file. Occasionally SABnzbd won\'t be able to repair a file after downloading it. This can cause the process to freeze, holding up the rest of your download queue. You\'ll need to manually kill the repair process so that SABnzbd can continue downloading.\n- Open your operating system\'s process manager.\n- Find and kill the "par2" process. This is SABnzbd\'s repair process.\n- Manually extract the file. Since the repair process has failed, SABnzbd will mark it as "Failed" and move on. You will need to manually extract the file using WinRAR or 7-Zip.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'0 - Installing Headphones'			None
'Is python installed?'			'1 - Download and install Python (Windows only).\nDownload and install Python (Windows only). You will need the Python if you are using Headphones in Windows. OS X and Linux come with Python pre-installed.\n- You can download Python for free at python.org/downloads/windows/. Download Python 2.7.9; Python 3 is not compatible with Headphones.'			True
'Is python installed?'			'2 - Download and start the Headphones application.\nDownload and start the Headphones application. The download process varies depending on your operating system:\n- \n- Windows - Visit github.com/rembo10/headphones/zipball/master to download the ZIP file containing Headphones. Double-click the ZIP file to open it. Drag the folder inside onto your C: drive. This is where Headphones will be installed to. You can rename the folder to "Headphones" if you want. Double-click Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.\n- Mac - Open the Terminal (found in the Utilities folder) and type xcode-select --install to install Git. Type mkdir /Applications/Headphones to create the installation folder, and then type cd /Applications/Headphones to open it. Finally, type git clone https://github.com/rembo10/headphones.git Headphones to install Headphones. Using this method ensures that you always have the latest version. Type python Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.\n- Linux (Ubuntu/Debian) - Open your Terminal and type sudo apt-get install git-core to install Git. Type cd /opt and then git clone https://github.com/rembo10/headphones.git to download Headphones. Type cd headphones and then python Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'3 - Allow headphones to start automatically with your computer (optional).\nAllow headphones to start automatically with your computer (optional). This requires a little extra work, but is recommended if you want a truly automated system.\n- \n- Windows - Right-click on Headphones.py and select "Create shortcut". Press ⊞ Win+R to open the Run box and type shell:startup to open your Startup folder. Drag your newly-created shortcut into this folder.\n- Mac - Open Automator, which can be found in your Applications folder. Select "Application" as the document type. Enable the Library using the button in the upper-left corner of the window. Select "Utilities" from the Library, and then "Run Apple". Paste the following code into the right frame, replacing adminpassword with the Mac\'s administrator password: do shell script "python /Applications/Headphones/Headphones.py" password "adminpassword" with administrator privileges. Click "Run" to test it, and Headphones should open. Close Automator and save the new document as "Headphones". Ensure that "Where" is set to "Applications", and that "File Format" is "Application". Open "System Preferences", select "Accounts", select your account, and then drag the new Headphones Automator file into the "Login Items" field.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'4 - Open the Settings page in the Headphones interface.\nOpen the Settings page in the Headphones interface. After launching Headphones, you\'ll be greeted with a web interface. Click the Gear button in the upper-right corner to open the Settings page. Make sure to click the "Save Changes" button at the bottom of each tab when you\'re finished making changes.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'5 - Click the "Download Settings" page.\nClick the "Download Settings" page. This will let you configure Headphone\'s connection to either SABnzbd (Usenet) or your torrent client.\n- Usenet - Select the "SABnzbd" option at the top of the Usenet section. Enter your SABnzbd information, including the API that you copied to a text document earlier. The "SABnzbd Host" field should read "0.0.0.0:8080" unless you made changes during SABnzbd configuration. For the "SABnzbd Category", enter "music". Enter your Usenet provider\'s Retention into the last field.\n- Torrents - Select "Black Hole" option at the top of the Torrents section. Enter your Black Hole directory (the directory that uTorrent is loading torrents from). Select your minimum seeder option (10 is usually a good number), and decide if you want to continue seeding files after the download has been completed.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'6 - Click the "Search providers" tab.\nClick the "Search providers" tab. This is where you will set the search engines that Headphones will use to find new content for you.\n- NZBs (Usenet) - Select the search protocols you want to use. Newznab is the most popular, as some of the others have been closed down. You can also use the Headphones Indexer. After selecting Newznab, you\'ll need to enter your provider\'s web address and API Key. Note that not all search providers are free. You can find the API key on your search provider\'s site in the API/RSS section.\n- Torrents - Select the torrent trackers you want to add. When selecting one, make sure that the tracker still works, as they tend to get shut down and switch domains often.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'7 - Click the "Quality and Post Processing" tab.\nClick the "Quality and Post Processing" tab. The settings on this tab determine the quality of files that Headphones searches for, as well as what it does with the files once they\'ve been downloaded. A lot of the settings here are going to be up to your personal preferences.\n- The "Quality" side lets you dictate whether Headphones should look for lossless files or not. Lossless files are larger but don\'t suffer from any audio compression. You can also specify a preferred bitrate.\n- The Post-Processing side allows you to automatically sort and rename completed files, download album art, fix metadata information for the songs, and delete extra files like playlists.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'8 - Add your library.\nAdd your library. Once you\'ve adjusted your settings, you can import your library into Headphones. This will allow Headphones to find new music by artists in your collection.\n- Click the "Manage" tab on the main Headphones screen.\n- Select the "Scan Music Library" option.\n- Check the "Automatically scan library" and "auto-add new artists" box.\n- Click "Save changes and scan", and Headphones will begin scanning your computer for existing music tracks.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'9 - Manage your wishlist.\nManage your wishlist. After scanning your library, albums will be added to the "Wanted" tab based on what is currently on your computer. You can uncheck albums that you don\'t want to download, or mark them as already downloaded if you got them from another source.'			None
'Is python installed?'			'10 - Sit back and wait.\nSit back and wait. Now that Headphones and your download service are configured, all you have to do is wait for your library to fill. Any time that new content from the artists in your library becomes available through your search sources, Headphones will automatically find it and set it to download.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is python installed?'			'11 - I\'m getting a ERROR Request raised HTTP error with status code 401 (local request error) message.\nI\'m getting a ERROR Request raised HTTP error with status code 401 (local request error) message. This is typically caused by problems with your search provider settings.\n- Make sure that you\'ve entered the server information correctly in the "Search providers" tab of Settings.\n- Ensure that you have provided the correct credentials to use that search provider.\n- This error is sometimes not actually an error, and is simply an indicator that no results were found for the search. This is most common with KickAssTorrents.'			None
'Is python installed?'			"12 - My downloader isn't picking up downloads from Headphones.\nMy downloader isn't picking up downloads from Headphones. This is usually cause by authentication issues, or a problem with your Black Hole directory.\n- Ensure that all of your APIs have been entered correctly, both in Headphones and SABnzbd.\n- Ensure that the Black Hole directory in Headphones matches the Watch directory in your torrent client.\n- Ensure that your downloader is checking for new downloads regularly."			None
'Is python installed?'			'13 - I\'m getting a Database is locked message.\nI\'m getting a Database is locked message. The most common cause for this error is a large library that is getting scanned too often. When your database is being scanned, it locks the database, which isn\'t a problem for smaller or medium-sized libraries. If you have tons of tracks however, the scan could be taking too long and causing other functions to lock.[4]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Open the "Manage" tab from the Headphones main page.\n- Increase the scanning interval until you no longer receive the error message.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'0 - Installing Headphones'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'1 - Download and install Python (Windows only).\nDownload and install Python (Windows only). You will need the Python if you are using Headphones in Windows. OS X and Linux come with Python pre-installed.\n- You can download Python for free at python.org/downloads/windows/. Download Python 2.7.9; Python 3 is not compatible with Headphones.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'2 - Download and start the Headphones application.\nDownload and start the Headphones application. The download process varies depending on your operating system:\n- \n- Windows - Visit github.com/rembo10/headphones/zipball/master to download the ZIP file containing Headphones. Double-click the ZIP file to open it. Drag the folder inside onto your C: drive. This is where Headphones will be installed to. You can rename the folder to "Headphones" if you want. Double-click Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.\n- Mac - Open the Terminal (found in the Utilities folder) and type xcode-select --install to install Git. Type mkdir /Applications/Headphones to create the installation folder, and then type cd /Applications/Headphones to open it. Finally, type git clone https://github.com/rembo10/headphones.git Headphones to install Headphones. Using this method ensures that you always have the latest version. Type python Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.\n- Linux (Ubuntu/Debian) - Open your Terminal and type sudo apt-get install git-core to install Git. Type cd /opt and then git clone https://github.com/rembo10/headphones.git to download Headphones. Type cd headphones and then python Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.'			True
'Is headphone installed?'			'3 - Allow headphones to start automatically with your computer (optional).\nAllow headphones to start automatically with your computer (optional). This requires a little extra work, but is recommended if you want a truly automated system.\n- \n- Windows - Right-click on Headphones.py and select "Create shortcut". Press ⊞ Win+R to open the Run box and type shell:startup to open your Startup folder. Drag your newly-created shortcut into this folder.\n- Mac - Open Automator, which can be found in your Applications folder. Select "Application" as the document type. Enable the Library using the button in the upper-left corner of the window. Select "Utilities" from the Library, and then "Run Apple". Paste the following code into the right frame, replacing adminpassword with the Mac\'s administrator password: do shell script "python /Applications/Headphones/Headphones.py" password "adminpassword" with administrator privileges. Click "Run" to test it, and Headphones should open. Close Automator and save the new document as "Headphones". Ensure that "Where" is set to "Applications", and that "File Format" is "Application". Open "System Preferences", select "Accounts", select your account, and then drag the new Headphones Automator file into the "Login Items" field.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'4 - Open the Settings page in the Headphones interface.\nOpen the Settings page in the Headphones interface. After launching Headphones, you\'ll be greeted with a web interface. Click the Gear button in the upper-right corner to open the Settings page. Make sure to click the "Save Changes" button at the bottom of each tab when you\'re finished making changes.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'5 - Click the "Download Settings" page.\nClick the "Download Settings" page. This will let you configure Headphone\'s connection to either SABnzbd (Usenet) or your torrent client.\n- Usenet - Select the "SABnzbd" option at the top of the Usenet section. Enter your SABnzbd information, including the API that you copied to a text document earlier. The "SABnzbd Host" field should read "0.0.0.0:8080" unless you made changes during SABnzbd configuration. For the "SABnzbd Category", enter "music". Enter your Usenet provider\'s Retention into the last field.\n- Torrents - Select "Black Hole" option at the top of the Torrents section. Enter your Black Hole directory (the directory that uTorrent is loading torrents from). Select your minimum seeder option (10 is usually a good number), and decide if you want to continue seeding files after the download has been completed.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'6 - Click the "Search providers" tab.\nClick the "Search providers" tab. This is where you will set the search engines that Headphones will use to find new content for you.\n- NZBs (Usenet) - Select the search protocols you want to use. Newznab is the most popular, as some of the others have been closed down. You can also use the Headphones Indexer. After selecting Newznab, you\'ll need to enter your provider\'s web address and API Key. Note that not all search providers are free. You can find the API key on your search provider\'s site in the API/RSS section.\n- Torrents - Select the torrent trackers you want to add. When selecting one, make sure that the tracker still works, as they tend to get shut down and switch domains often.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'7 - Click the "Quality and Post Processing" tab.\nClick the "Quality and Post Processing" tab. The settings on this tab determine the quality of files that Headphones searches for, as well as what it does with the files once they\'ve been downloaded. A lot of the settings here are going to be up to your personal preferences.\n- The "Quality" side lets you dictate whether Headphones should look for lossless files or not. Lossless files are larger but don\'t suffer from any audio compression. You can also specify a preferred bitrate.\n- The Post-Processing side allows you to automatically sort and rename completed files, download album art, fix metadata information for the songs, and delete extra files like playlists.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'8 - Add your library.\nAdd your library. Once you\'ve adjusted your settings, you can import your library into Headphones. This will allow Headphones to find new music by artists in your collection.\n- Click the "Manage" tab on the main Headphones screen.\n- Select the "Scan Music Library" option.\n- Check the "Automatically scan library" and "auto-add new artists" box.\n- Click "Save changes and scan", and Headphones will begin scanning your computer for existing music tracks.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'9 - Manage your wishlist.\nManage your wishlist. After scanning your library, albums will be added to the "Wanted" tab based on what is currently on your computer. You can uncheck albums that you don\'t want to download, or mark them as already downloaded if you got them from another source.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'10 - Sit back and wait.\nSit back and wait. Now that Headphones and your download service are configured, all you have to do is wait for your library to fill. Any time that new content from the artists in your library becomes available through your search sources, Headphones will automatically find it and set it to download.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'11 - I\'m getting a ERROR Request raised HTTP error with status code 401 (local request error) message.\nI\'m getting a ERROR Request raised HTTP error with status code 401 (local request error) message. This is typically caused by problems with your search provider settings.\n- Make sure that you\'ve entered the server information correctly in the "Search providers" tab of Settings.\n- Ensure that you have provided the correct credentials to use that search provider.\n- This error is sometimes not actually an error, and is simply an indicator that no results were found for the search. This is most common with KickAssTorrents.'			None
'Is headphone installed?'			"12 - My downloader isn't picking up downloads from Headphones.\nMy downloader isn't picking up downloads from Headphones. This is usually cause by authentication issues, or a problem with your Black Hole directory.\n- Ensure that all of your APIs have been entered correctly, both in Headphones and SABnzbd.\n- Ensure that the Black Hole directory in Headphones matches the Watch directory in your torrent client.\n- Ensure that your downloader is checking for new downloads regularly."			None
'Is headphone installed?'			'13 - I\'m getting a Database is locked message.\nI\'m getting a Database is locked message. The most common cause for this error is a large library that is getting scanned too often. When your database is being scanned, it locks the database, which isn\'t a problem for smaller or medium-sized libraries. If you have tons of tracks however, the scan could be taking too long and causing other functions to lock.[4]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Open the "Manage" tab from the Headphones main page.\n- Increase the scanning interval until you no longer receive the error message.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'0 - Installing Headphones'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'1 - Download and install Python (Windows only).\nDownload and install Python (Windows only). You will need the Python if you are using Headphones in Windows. OS X and Linux come with Python pre-installed.\n- You can download Python for free at python.org/downloads/windows/. Download Python 2.7.9; Python 3 is not compatible with Headphones.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'2 - Download and start the Headphones application.\nDownload and start the Headphones application. The download process varies depending on your operating system:\n- \n- Windows - Visit github.com/rembo10/headphones/zipball/master to download the ZIP file containing Headphones. Double-click the ZIP file to open it. Drag the folder inside onto your C: drive. This is where Headphones will be installed to. You can rename the folder to "Headphones" if you want. Double-click Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.\n- Mac - Open the Terminal (found in the Utilities folder) and type xcode-select --install to install Git. Type mkdir /Applications/Headphones to create the installation folder, and then type cd /Applications/Headphones to open it. Finally, type git clone https://github.com/rembo10/headphones.git Headphones to install Headphones. Using this method ensures that you always have the latest version. Type python Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.\n- Linux (Ubuntu/Debian) - Open your Terminal and type sudo apt-get install git-core to install Git. Type cd /opt and then git clone https://github.com/rembo10/headphones.git to download Headphones. Type cd headphones and then python Headphones.py to start Headphones in your web browser.'			True
'Is web browse installed?'			'3 - Allow headphones to start automatically with your computer (optional).\nAllow headphones to start automatically with your computer (optional). This requires a little extra work, but is recommended if you want a truly automated system.\n- \n- Windows - Right-click on Headphones.py and select "Create shortcut". Press ⊞ Win+R to open the Run box and type shell:startup to open your Startup folder. Drag your newly-created shortcut into this folder.\n- Mac - Open Automator, which can be found in your Applications folder. Select "Application" as the document type. Enable the Library using the button in the upper-left corner of the window. Select "Utilities" from the Library, and then "Run Apple". Paste the following code into the right frame, replacing adminpassword with the Mac\'s administrator password: do shell script "python /Applications/Headphones/Headphones.py" password "adminpassword" with administrator privileges. Click "Run" to test it, and Headphones should open. Close Automator and save the new document as "Headphones". Ensure that "Where" is set to "Applications", and that "File Format" is "Application". Open "System Preferences", select "Accounts", select your account, and then drag the new Headphones Automator file into the "Login Items" field.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'4 - Open the Settings page in the Headphones interface.\nOpen the Settings page in the Headphones interface. After launching Headphones, you\'ll be greeted with a web interface. Click the Gear button in the upper-right corner to open the Settings page. Make sure to click the "Save Changes" button at the bottom of each tab when you\'re finished making changes.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'5 - Click the "Download Settings" page.\nClick the "Download Settings" page. This will let you configure Headphone\'s connection to either SABnzbd (Usenet) or your torrent client.\n- Usenet - Select the "SABnzbd" option at the top of the Usenet section. Enter your SABnzbd information, including the API that you copied to a text document earlier. The "SABnzbd Host" field should read "0.0.0.0:8080" unless you made changes during SABnzbd configuration. For the "SABnzbd Category", enter "music". Enter your Usenet provider\'s Retention into the last field.\n- Torrents - Select "Black Hole" option at the top of the Torrents section. Enter your Black Hole directory (the directory that uTorrent is loading torrents from). Select your minimum seeder option (10 is usually a good number), and decide if you want to continue seeding files after the download has been completed.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'6 - Click the "Search providers" tab.\nClick the "Search providers" tab. This is where you will set the search engines that Headphones will use to find new content for you.\n- NZBs (Usenet) - Select the search protocols you want to use. Newznab is the most popular, as some of the others have been closed down. You can also use the Headphones Indexer. After selecting Newznab, you\'ll need to enter your provider\'s web address and API Key. Note that not all search providers are free. You can find the API key on your search provider\'s site in the API/RSS section.\n- Torrents - Select the torrent trackers you want to add. When selecting one, make sure that the tracker still works, as they tend to get shut down and switch domains often.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'7 - Click the "Quality and Post Processing" tab.\nClick the "Quality and Post Processing" tab. The settings on this tab determine the quality of files that Headphones searches for, as well as what it does with the files once they\'ve been downloaded. A lot of the settings here are going to be up to your personal preferences.\n- The "Quality" side lets you dictate whether Headphones should look for lossless files or not. Lossless files are larger but don\'t suffer from any audio compression. You can also specify a preferred bitrate.\n- The Post-Processing side allows you to automatically sort and rename completed files, download album art, fix metadata information for the songs, and delete extra files like playlists.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'8 - Add your library.\nAdd your library. Once you\'ve adjusted your settings, you can import your library into Headphones. This will allow Headphones to find new music by artists in your collection.\n- Click the "Manage" tab on the main Headphones screen.\n- Select the "Scan Music Library" option.\n- Check the "Automatically scan library" and "auto-add new artists" box.\n- Click "Save changes and scan", and Headphones will begin scanning your computer for existing music tracks.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'9 - Manage your wishlist.\nManage your wishlist. After scanning your library, albums will be added to the "Wanted" tab based on what is currently on your computer. You can uncheck albums that you don\'t want to download, or mark them as already downloaded if you got them from another source.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'10 - Sit back and wait.\nSit back and wait. Now that Headphones and your download service are configured, all you have to do is wait for your library to fill. Any time that new content from the artists in your library becomes available through your search sources, Headphones will automatically find it and set it to download.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'11 - I\'m getting a ERROR Request raised HTTP error with status code 401 (local request error) message.\nI\'m getting a ERROR Request raised HTTP error with status code 401 (local request error) message. This is typically caused by problems with your search provider settings.\n- Make sure that you\'ve entered the server information correctly in the "Search providers" tab of Settings.\n- Ensure that you have provided the correct credentials to use that search provider.\n- This error is sometimes not actually an error, and is simply an indicator that no results were found for the search. This is most common with KickAssTorrents.'			None
'Is web browse installed?'			"12 - My downloader isn't picking up downloads from Headphones.\nMy downloader isn't picking up downloads from Headphones. This is usually cause by authentication issues, or a problem with your Black Hole directory.\n- Ensure that all of your APIs have been entered correctly, both in Headphones and SABnzbd.\n- Ensure that the Black Hole directory in Headphones matches the Watch directory in your torrent client.\n- Ensure that your downloader is checking for new downloads regularly."			None
'Is web browse installed?'			'13 - I\'m getting a Database is locked message.\nI\'m getting a Database is locked message. The most common cause for this error is a large library that is getting scanned too often. When your database is being scanned, it locks the database, which isn\'t a problem for smaller or medium-sized libraries. If you have tons of tracks however, the scan could be taking too long and causing other functions to lock.[4]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Open the "Manage" tab from the Headphones main page.\n- Increase the scanning interval until you no longer receive the error message.'			None
'Is audio software installed?'			'0 - Preparing a Burn-in Playlist'			None
'Is audio software installed?'			'1 - Select music with a wide range of frequencies.\nSelect music with a wide range of frequencies. You will need at least 40 hours of music or sound. The more hours you can get without having to loop the playlist, the better. You want lots of different music so it loosens the drivers in your headphones and they become accustomed to producing various sounds at an optimal level.[1]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- \n- Even if you don’t like a particular genre of music, you should include it in your playlist to give your headphones the best workout.\n- Add a mixture of pop, rock, heavy metal, rap, hip-hop and R&B, country, and classical music to ensure a wide range.\n- ;'			None
'Is audio software installed?'			'2 - Incorporate periods of white noise and pink noise on your playlist.\nIncorporate periods of white noise and pink noise on your playlist. You can use your audio software to loop pink and/or white noise so that it plays for an extended period of time. An easier method would be to find a video that plays pink or white noise on YouTube and play it through your headphones.[2]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- For good measure, search “frequency sweeps” on YouTube to include 20-20000 Hz, 10-30000 Hz, and 20-200 Hz frequency sweeps on your playlist.'			True
'Is audio software installed?'			'3 - Use a program on your computer to make a playlist of the burn-in tracks.\nUse a program on your computer to make a playlist of the burn-in tracks. Alternate the music genres to encourage your headphones to adjust to the various changes in bass, treble, and frequency. Programs like Windows Media Player, iTunes, and Winamp are easy to use for making custom playlists.\n- Add the songs you want, then organize the files by alternating the genres. For instance, play a country song followed by a heavy metal track.[3]\n- X\n- Research source'			None
'Is audio software installed?'			'4 - Get a pre-recorded audio file if you don’t have time to make a playlist.\nGet a pre-recorded audio file if you don’t have time to make a playlist. Search online for “audio burn-in file.” You will find free options to use online players featuring a pre-recorded audio file, as well as options to download the file to play without using an internet connection.[4]\n- X\n- Research source\n- \n- If you go this route, simply follow the instructions provided with the program.'			None
'Is audio software installed?'			'5 - Download a burn-in app if you want to use your phone.\nDownload a burn-in app if you want to use your phone. Both iTunes and Google Play offer apps specifically designed for burning-in your headphones. The apps are essentially the same as an audio file—with pre-built playlists that alternate music, noise, and rest periods—just made for your phone.\n- Many of these apps are free, but some cost up to $2.99. Read the product descriptions and reviews to find which app might work the best for you.'			None